Você está na página 1de 472

Project: CONSTRUCTION OF MOSQUE

Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Awqaf,


& Crown Prince Court
Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1, Plot No. P8
CIVIL / ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION

Sep. 2013
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01010

SUMMARY OF WORKS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORKS

A. The works comprise the Construction, Maintenance and Handing over of Mosque
within Al Ain City.

B. Project Setting

The project area is located in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi of the United Arab Emirates at
Al Ain City.

C. The limits to be constructed are defined in the Contract drawings forming a part of this
document.

D. Scope of Work-The Scope of the contract comprises the following:

1. Construct the Mosque and associated works, Immam & Moazen House,
Infrastructures and Landscape presented in the Contract drawings forming a part of
this Contract.

1.02 CONTRACT

A. The Specifications shall be read in conjunction with the other Contract Documents.
Refer to the General Conditions of Contract for order of precedence of the Contract
Documents.

B. The Specifications given in one section shall apply to other sections unless otherwise
stated.

C. Contractor shall provide and do everything necessary for the proper execution of the
Works according to the intent and meaning of the Tender and Contract Documents.

D. The Works shall be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and any
further drawings or instructions issued or approved by the Employer Representative
during the execution of the Works.

E. The work to be performed under this Contract include, but are not necessarily limited to,
the furnishing of all supervision, labor, materials, temporary works, false-work, plant,
machinery, equipment, parts, tools, supplies, transportation, utilities, construction
facilities, incidentals and logistic support necessary for the performance and maintenance
of the Works, accomplished in a professional and workmanlike manner.

Section 01010 – Summary of works Page 1 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

F. All works shall be executed by skilled tradesman who shall be thoroughly acquainted
with all aspects of their trade including any special local customs and modes of operation.
G. Workmanship of the highest standard only will be accepted.
H. Contractor shall be deemed to have:

1. Based his Tender on the information in respect of hydrological, physical and climatic
conditions of the site.
2. Inspected the site and its surroundings and satisfied himself of all conditions before
submitting his tender.

I. Visits to the site to review the existing conditions shall be strictly by agreement with the
Employer Representative.
J. The Employer Representative and any person authorized by him shall at all times have
access to the Works and to the Site and to all workshops, stores and places associated
with the Works.

1.03 WORK PERFORMED BY OTHERS

A. During the construction of the Works the Contractor shall ensure that none of his
activities cause undue hindrance to others in the performance of their duties. The
infrastructure contact is running concurrent with this contract. The Contractor is required
to coordinate his works and cooperate with all other works including the works
mentioned herein.

1.04 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE

A. The Contractor shall maintain access to the Site at all times and he shall take all
necessary steps to ensure the safety of persons on the Site.

B. All construction operations and Site establishment facilities shall be confined to within
the Site boundaries as shown on the Drawings unless otherwise approved by the
Employer Representative and the relevant authorities.

1. Following such approvals, all such areas shall also be designated and treated as
included within the definition of the word "Site".

C. Contractor shall be responsible for safeguarding all other work sites in the development
in the vicinity of the Site.

1. Shall ascertain from the public utility authority positions of all existing underground
services.
2. Shall maintain and protect or divert them as required.

1.05 ITEMS FURNISHED BY THE EMPLOYER

A. Items supplied by the Employer

1. The Employer reserves the right to place and install equipment, etc., in completed or
partially completed areas of the Works upon the understanding that the exercising of

Section 01010 – Summary of works Page 2 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

such right will not substantially interfere with the regular progress and completion of
the Works.
2. The Employer or his Representative and the Employer’s Supervision Team will use
facilities of the Site as required elsewhere herein.

B. Partial occupancy by the Employer

1. The Employer reserves the right to occupy completed parts of the Works prior to
substantial completion of the whole of the Works, provided that such occupancy does
not substantially interfere with completion of the remaining parts of the Works.

1.06 INTERFACES WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES

A. Contractor has to coordinate with all local authorities for obtaining all necessary
NOC’s for the proper and safe execution of the works.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01010 – Summary of works Page 3 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01011

LOCAL CONDITIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. CONDITIONS

1. The site conditions shall be assumed to be as follows for the purpose of tendering:

a. Max. ambient Temperature 55°C


b. Min. ambient Temperature 1°C
c. Design Ambient Temperature 55°C
d. Max. Metal Temperature under sun 85°C
e. Min. Barometer Pressure 998 Mb
f. Average Barometric Pressure 1015 Mb
g. Max. Ambient Humidity 100%
h. Min. Ambient Humidity 20%
i. Design Ambient Humidity 100%
j. Design Wind Velocity 160 km/hr.
k. Yearly Rainfall 80 mm - 150 mm
l. Seismic Zone Zone 2A

1.02 RELEVANT INFORMATION

A. The following relevant information is provided as an aid to construction.

1. Particular attention should be paid to concrete curing and corrosion conditions.


2. In the event of the Tender being accepted the Contractor shall satisfy himself as to
the accuracy of the information provided.

B. Climate

1. The climatic information given is based on records of local meteorological stations.


2. The climate of Abu Dhabi is relatively mild from November to April and hot from
May to October with high relative humidity.
3. Under certain combinations of the above climatic conditions considerable
condensation may take place.
4. A considerable amount of salt is contained in the atmosphere, which together with
the extremely high ambient humidity can produce severe corrosion problems.

Section 01011 – Local Conditions Page 1 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

5. Temperature

a. Shade temperature ranges from approximately 3°C to 48°C.


b. The coldest month is January and the hottest month is August.

6. Humidity

a. Relative humidity of 85% is reached almost everyday and very often 100% is
experienced.

7. Rainfall

a. As is usual in areas of low precipitation, distribution of rainfall is very erratic.


b. Heavy storms are common in winter.

8. Fog and Dew

a. Night time and early morning fog is common during certain periods of winter.
b. This may persist from two hours after sunset until two hours after dawn.
c. Heavy dew can be expected most mornings at any time of the year.

9. Winds

a. The prevailing wind directions are from the North and West.
b. The estimated wind speed for a 3-second gust likely to be exceeded once in 50
years is 44 m/s.
c. Gusts up to 18 m/s are commonly experienced.

10. Sandstorms

a. Sandstorms are experienced mainly between January to March and August to


October.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01011 – Local Conditions Page 2 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
SECTION 01041

PROJECT COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide the administrative and supervisory personnel necessary for Project coordination,
construction, completion, commissioning and maintenance.

1.02 COORDINATION

A. General

1. Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of these


Specifications to assure efficient orderly installation of each part of the Works.
2. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the
Specifications that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection,
and operation.

a. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other


components, either before or after its own installation, schedules detailed design
and construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results.
b. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different
components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service
and repair.
c. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
d. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved
outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as
required notices, reports and attendance at meetings.
e. Prepare similar memoranda for the Employer and separate contractors, where
coordination of their work is required.

B. Administrative Procedures

1. Contractors constructing other utilities and buildings may be working in the


vicinity of the Works during the course of this Contract.

2. Contractor must allow for the above Sub-Clause and for coordinating work as
necessary to cause minimum disruption.

3. Co-ordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other


construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the work.

a. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of schedules
Section 01041 – Project Coordination Page 1 of 3 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings
5. Project Closeout activities.

4. Contractor to cooperate with and coordinate his activities with commercial shipping
and pleasure craft movement and other dredging works as required elsewhere herein.

C. Drawings

1. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the extra cost, if any, occasioned
by any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in the Drawings and other submittals
furnished by him, whether they have been approved by the Employer
Representative or not.

2. Prepare and submit coordination drawings where close and careful coordination is
required:

a. Installation of products
b. Materials fabricated off-site by separate entities
c. Where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for
efficient installation of different components.

3. Drawings shall indicate:

a. Interrelationship of components detailed on separate shop drawings.


b. Required installation sequences.
c. Comply with requirements contained in Section 01300 - "Submittals".

D. Specifications

1. The arrangement of the Specifications into Divisions, Sections, Clauses, Sub-Clauses


and paragraphs, shall not control the division of work among Sub-Contractors nor
establish the extent of work to be performed by any particular trade or Subcontractor.

2. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper coordination of all Works including
that required between different trades and different Sub-Contractors, Suppliers,
Utility Agencies, Governmental Authorities, etc.

1.03 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

A. During the progress of the Works, other contractors may be engaged in performing
works at or near the Site. The Contractor shall coordinate the Works with the works of
said other contractors.

B. If the Employer shall direct the Contractor to coordinate the Works with the work of
another contractor or contractors in a certain manner and if the Employer shall determine
that the Contractor is failing so to coordinate the Works with the work of another
contractor or contractors :
Section 01041 – Project Coordination Page 2 of 3 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. The Employer shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract
until the Employer’s directions are complied with by the Contractor; and

2. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer for any and all claims or damages and
from any costs or damages to which the Employer may be subjected or which the
Employer may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor’s failure to comply
promptly with the Employer’s directions.

C. If the Contractor notifies the Employer, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is
failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Works, the Employer shall
investigate the charge. If the Employer finds it to be true, the Employer shall promptly
issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may
require. The Employer shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by
reason of the other contractor’s failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued
by the Employer, or by reason of another contractor’s default in performance.

D. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other
contractor having a contract with the Employer or through any act or omission of any
sub-contractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the
Employer for said damage.

E. Should any other contractor having or which shall have a contract with the Employer
sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or through any act or
omission of a Sub-contractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all
said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless from all said claims.

F. The Employer cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency or performance of any


other contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk
of all delays including but not limited to delays caused by the presence or operations of
other contractors and delays attendant upon any construction schedule approved by the
Employer and the Employer shall not incur any liability by reason of any such delay.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01041 – Project Coordination Page 3 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01043

JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section involves the Contractor’s job-site operations and administration of the Contract.

A. All work shall be performed under the observation of and in the presence of the
Employer Representative or his authorized delegate.

1.02 DETAILS OF CONTRACTOR’S SUPERVISORY AND OFFICE STAFF

A. It shall be clearly understood at the Tender stage that the Supervisory staff as detailed in
the Tender shall be made available for the execution of the work under this Contract.

B. Each person listed in the Contractor’s Tender is subject to final approval by the
Employer Representative.

1. Approval of the Contractor’s supervisory staff does not waive the right of the
Employer Representative to withdraw that approval at any time thereafter as
provided for by the Conditions of Contract.

C. It is pointed out that the provision of the supervisory and office staff submitted by the
Contractor as detailed in his Tender, does not relieve him in any way of his liability
under the Contract to provide all the staff necessary for the satisfactory completion,
commissioning and maintenance of the Works and within the dates stated in the
Contract.

D. The Contractor shall provide the names and details of the experience, qualifications and
previous appointments for the supervisory staff including those of the Subcontractors who
will be allocated to the project all as stipulated under clause 16.1 of the Conditions of
Contract.

1.03 USE OF SITE

A. Contractor shall not use the Site for any purpose other than carrying out the Works.

1.04 ADVERTISING

A. Do not display or permit advertisements to be displayed on the Site without written


approval of the Employer Representative.

Section 01043 – Jobsite Administration Page 1 of 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.05 WORKING HOURS

A. The normal working hours of the Employer Representative and his supervisory staff
shall be as stipulated under Clause. 45.2 of the Conditions of Contract.

B. Any work done in the absence of the Employer Representative or his authorized
inspector shall be subject to rejection.

C. Contractor shall notify the Employer Representative three working days in advance of
any work to be done in order that inspection services may be provided.

D. Inspection by the Employer Representative during defects liability period is to be


performed as follows:

1. The Employer Representative will give the Contractor due notice of his intention to
carry out any inspections during the defects liability period.

2. Contractor shall arrange for a responsible representative to be present at the times


and dates named by the Employer Representative.

3. Contractor’s Representative shall render all necessary assistance and take note of
all matters and issues to which the Employer Representative directs his attention.

1.06 ACCIDENT PREVENTION

A. Refer to Section 01500 - “Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls”.

1.07 ADJOINING PLANT AND PROPERTY

A. Take all reasonable precautions to avoid interference with the operation of and to prevent
damage to adjoining plant and property.

B. Obtain permission as necessary from the concerned Authority and pay all necessary
charges if required to use and/or protect adjoining property.

C. Clear away and make good on completion or when directed.

1.08 TEMPORARY WORK

A. Provide and maintain during the execution of the Works all shoring, strutting, needling
and other supports as may be necessary to preserve the stability of all plant and property
that may be endangered or affected by the Works.

1.09 ROADS AND FOOTPATHS

A. Ensure that no damage beyond fair wear and tear is caused by site traffic to existing roads
and footpaths outside the site boundaries and adequately maintains approaches to the
Site.
Section 01043 – Jobsite Administration Page 2 of 6 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. Contractor will be required to repair damage directly attributable to his work.


1.10 LABOR RECORD

A. Submit a daily record to the Employer Representative in a format to be approved by the


Employer Representative showing the number, duration of their engagement, and
description of craftsmen, laborers and other persons employed on or in connection with
the Works, including those employed by Subcontractors.

1. This record shall be incorporated in the Contractor’s Daily Report (see


Section 01300).

1.11 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT RECORD

A. Submit a daily record to the Employer Representative in a format to be approved by the


Employer Representative, showing the type, model, number of hours worked, and
capacity of all mechanical and power operated plant and equipment employed on the
Works.

B. This record shall be incorporated in the Contractor’s Daily Report (see Section 01300).

1.12 DEFECTIVE WORK

A. When any part of the Works is known or suspected to be defective, the Contractor shall
submit proposals as soon as possible to the Employer Representative for his approval for
further testing, opening up, inspection, making good or removal and re-execution.

B. Whenever inspection or testing shows that any part of the Works is not in accordance
with the Contract, measures are to be taken to establish the acceptability of the work (e.g.
further testing, opening up, experimental making good).

1. Such measures will be:


a. At the expense of the Contractor.
b. Not considered as grounds for extension of time.

1.13 REPRESENTATIVES FOR EMERGENCIES

A A Contractor shall file with the Employer Representative, the names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of representatives who can be contacted at any time, in case of
emergency.

B. The representatives must be fully authorized and equipped to correct unsafe or


excessively inconvenient conditions at short notice.

1.14 MAINTAINING EXISTING FACILITIES IN OPERATION

A. Contractor shall carry out the Works in such manner that existing facilities, pipelines, etc.
are interfered with to the minimum extent.

Section 01043 – Jobsite Administration Page 3 of 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. In no case shall the contractor interfere with the operation of existing facilities, pipelines,
cables etc., without first obtaining the permission of the Employer Representative and
the relevant Authority to which such facility pertains.

1.15 NOTICE OF INTENT

A. Contractor will encounter existing services and activities during the course of the
construction of the Works.

B. Contractor must obtain his own information regarding the position of all pipelines,
shipping schedules and services affected by the Works.

C. Positions of services and shipping lanes shown on the Drawings have been based on
information extracted from the records of the various Services Authorities and must be
regarded as approximate and used only for guidance. The Contractor should determine
exact location of services and shipping activities.

1. Employer Representative does not guarantee either the accuracy of the information
or the location of such services and shipping activities as shown on the Drawings.
2. No warranty must be implied as to the position, depth, size or gradient
thereof.
3. Obtain formal NOC from the relevant Authority for the works
intended to be carried out.

D. Before opening up the ground in any owned area for any purpose the Contractor must:

1. Notify all concerned parties by issue of a formal “Notice of Intent”


2. Obtain information by formal notice regarding the location of all underground
services.

a. Complete responsibility for obtaining this information rests with the Contractor.

E. All locating work shall be carried out in advance of excavation work.

1. Contractor shall obtain all information and assistance available from the Services
Authorities for locating the mains and services.
2. Employer Representative’s approval shall be obtained for any trial excavations,
which may be necessary to confirm or establish the locations prior to excavation.
3. Absence of such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability for:

a. Cost of any repair work necessitated by damage caused by him to such services in
the course of his work.
b. Cost of all losses arising from their disruption.
c. Cost of any penalties that may be applicable.

4. All costs for executing any boreholes and trial holes shall be deemed to be included
in the Contractor’s rates for the relevant item or items in the Bills of Quantities.

Section 01043 – Jobsite Administration Page 4 of 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

5. Contractor shall carry out locating work in accordance with any special requirements
of the service authority concerned and in conformity with their rules and regulations.

6. Contractor will not be permitted to work in areas until all services in the area
concerned have been located, clearly demarcated and proper signage used for
identification of existing services.

7. The Employer Representative shall have the right to stop the work in any part of the
Works where the Contractor fails to take the necessary measures to uncover such
services

8. The Employer will not consider any claims from the Contractor resulting from such
instructions.

F. No public or private facility shall be extenuated or interrupted without the written


permission of the Employer Representative.

1. Such permission will not be given until:

a. Suitable permanent or temporary alternatives approved by the Employer


Representative have been provided by the Contractor, or
b. In the case of accommodation works, by the Employer of the facility or his
agents.

G. Contractor shall make arrangements with the Services Authorities concerned for the
phasing into his Program of all Works, which need to be done by:

1. Service and Port Authorities concerned or their contractors


2. Contractor himself concurrently with the works.

H. Contractor shall take any and all measures reasonably required by any Public, Port or
Service Authority for the support and full protection of all mains, pipes, cables and other
apparatus during the progress of the Works.

1. Construct and provide to the satisfaction of the Authority concerned, all works
necessary for the prevention of damage or interruption of services at no additional
cost to the Employer.

2. If in the execution of the Works, by reason of any subsidence caused by, or any act of
neglect or default or the Contractor, any damage to any apparatus or any interruption
of or delay to the provision of any service is caused, the Contractor shall:

a. Report it to the Employer Representative immediately.


b. Bear and pay the cost reasonably incurred by the Authority concerned in making
good such damage.
c. Make full compensation to the Authority for any loss sustained by reason of such
interruption or delay
d. Bear and pay applicable penalties, which are imposed.

Section 01043 – Jobsite Administration Page 5 of 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

I. Contractor shall, at all times during the progress of the works, afford facilities to all
Services or Port Authorities for access to all or to any of their apparatus situated in or
under the Site, as may be necessary for:

1. Inspection, reporting, maintaining, removing, renewing or altering such apparatus in


connection with the construction of the Works.
2. Any other purposes whatsoever.

J. Absence of information shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability of the cost of:

1. Any repair work necessitated by damage caused by him to such mains and services in
the course of his work.
2. All losses arising from their disruption.
3. Applicable penalties if any.

K. Any temporary or permanent diversion of mains and services will only be permitted after
agreement with the appropriate Service Authority and the Employer Representative.

1. Permanent diversions will only be considered where,

a. The main or service occupies the line and level of the pipework or structure to be
constructed by the Contractor,
b. The position of the main or service completely prevents construction.

2. Only permanent diversions, which the Employer Representative considers essential


for the above reasons, will be measured and paid for under the items in the Bills of
Quantities.

3. Temporary diversion and restoration of mains or services shall be at the Contractor’s


expense.

L. Payment for complying with the above is deemed to be included in the rates in the Bill of
Quantities.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01043 – Jobsite Administration Page 6 of 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01050

FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes Contractor’s responsibility on correctness of measurements.

1.02 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS

A. The levels shown on the Drawings are levels based on the datum from previous surveys
and studies as provided during the tender.

B. Contractor shall work solely from established Benchmarks approved in writing by the
ENGINEER after satisfying himself as to the correctness of the coordinates given.

1. If temporary bench marks are required, they shall be accurately and safely
established, maintained and cleared away upon completion of the Works all to the
satisfaction of the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall satisfy himself and the
ENGINEER as to their accuracy.
2. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all temporary benchmarks.

C. Contractor shall verify all measurements and be responsible for their correctness.

1. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of differences between


actual measurements and the dimensions given in the Contract Documents.
2. Any differences, which may be found, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER in
writing for consideration and directives before proceeding with the Works.

D. Contractor shall prepare a plan detailing the location of the Benchmarks and Temporary
Benchmarks and keep it up to-date throughout the period of the Contract.

1. Reproducible copies of the plan so prepared shall be supplied to the ENGINEER as


and when he may require.

E. The ENGINEER reserves the right to order levels to be taken at any time considered
necessary for the full and proper supervision and measurement of the works.

F. Before the Works or any part thereof are commenced, the Contractor and the ENGINEER
shall together make a complete survey and take levels of the Site and agree all particulars
upon which setting out of the Works shall be based, including existing plant, buildings
and services.

G. The Contractor shall prepare Drawings detailing all survey information and levels. Such
levels shall be related to the Benchmarks as aforesaid. After agreement of the Drawings
they shall be signed by the ENGINEER and the Contractor and shall form basis of setting
out of the Works.

Section 01050 – Field Engineering Page 1 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

H. The Contractor shall submit the original signed Drawings with three (3) copies to the
ENGINEER.

I. Failing such surveys and agreements being prepared and/or signed by the Contractor, the
surveys of the ENGINEER shall be final and binding upon both parties.

1.03 SETTING OUT

A. Contractor shall carry out at his own cost the setting out of the Works.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for:

1. True and proper setting out of the Works in relation to reference data given on the
Drawings.
2. Accurately setting out the positions, levels and dimensions of all parts of the Works.

C. Any delay or loss resulting from errors in the setting out of the Works shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.

D. Setting out shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER before commencing the Works, but such
approval shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correct
execution of the Work.
E. Contractor shall maintain in good working order at all times the instruments provided by
him for the setting out of the Works and shall make such instruments available to the
ENGINEER as instructed for checking out or taking measurements.
F. Contractor shall provide all assistance which the ENGINEER may require for checking
the setting out and taking measurements of the Works, including labor, equipment and
transportation.

1.04 NON-COMPLIANCE

A. Work, which fails to meet the specified levels of accuracy, must not be rectified without
approval.

B. Proposed rectification measures for parts of the Works, which do not meet the specified
levels of accuracy, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval.

C. Contractor shall note that rectification measures necessitating removal and replacement
of sub-standard work may not be approved.

D. All costs and losses associated with rectification of sub-standard work shall be borne by
the Contractor.
** END OF SECTION **

Section 01050 – Field Engineering Page 2 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01060

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Comply with all codes, standards, specifications of regulatory agencies having


jurisdiction over this project including, but not limited to, those specified herein.

1.01 BUILDING CODES

A. All reference to codes, regulations, local and administrative orders of the Al Ain
Municipality, specifications and standards referred to in the Contract Documents shall
mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment or revision of such reference
in effect as of the date of submission of these Tender Documents by the bidder.

B. There may be items for which there are no relative codes, specifications or standards.

1. Materials and workmanship of such items shall be of suitable quality as determined


by the ENGINEER.
2. Details that qualify such items as being of the acceptable quality shall be submitted to
the ENGINEER for approval in accordance with Section 01300.

1.03 GOVERNMENT BODIES

A. The following list of Government Bodies is not intended to be exhaustive.

B. Contractor shall carry out all works in strict accordance with current codes, regulations,
local and administrative orders, specifications and standards of all Government Bodies
whether listed hereunder or not.

1. Al Ain Municipality Roads Department


2. Al Ain Distribution Company - Water Division
3. Al Ain Distribution Company - Electricity Division
4. Emirates Telecommunications Corporation

1.04 PERMITS, LICENSES AND NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATES

A. The Employer shall hold the Contractor responsible for compliance with the
obligations imposed by the No Objection Certificate (NOC) to the extent that the
Contractor’s fulfillment of his obligations under the Contract may result in conditions
requiring actions to comply with No Objection Certificate.

B. No Objection Certificates shall be obtained separately in respect of each section.

Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 1 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Failure to complete the work including reinstatement of surfaces within the time
specified in the NOC may cause the suspension of the issue of further NOC’s for
that particular section.

C. The requirements and procedures in obtaining the NOC’s are detailed herein, under
“Notice of Intent” and the Specification of the Al Ain Municipality.

D. Unless otherwise explicitly provided for in these Specifications, all permits, licenses
and No Objection Certificates required for the proper execution of the Works shall be
obtained by the Contractor.

1. Prior to commencement of the execution of Works on Site.


2. On satisfactory completion of each section.

1.05 NOTICE OF INTENT

A. Contractor will encounter existing services during the course of the construction of the
Works.

B. Contractor must obtain his own information regarding:

1. Nature of the ground, sea bed and subsurface at the Site(s).


2. Position of all underground and/or sub-sea pipelines and services affected by
permanent and temporary works.

C. Positions of services shown on the Drawings have been based on information extracted
from the records of the various Services Authorities and must be regarded as
approximate only.

1. ENGINEER does not guarantee either the accuracy of the information or the
location of such apparatus as shown on the Drawings.
2. No warranty must be implied as to the position, depth, size or gradient thereof.

D. Before opening up the ground for any purpose the Contractor must

1. Notify all concerned parties by issue of a formal “Notice of Intent”


2. Obtain information by formal notice regarding the location of all underground
services.
a. Complete responsibility for obtaining this information rests with the Contractor
or party requiring opening up the ground.

E. “Notices of Intent” are required to be circulated to all concerned parties including but
not limited to the following Services Authorities.

1. Al Ain Municipality Roads Department


2. Al Ain Municipality Planning Department
3. Al Ain Distribution Company - Water Division
4. Al Ain Distribution Company - Electricity Division
5. Emirates Telecommunications Corporation
Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 2 of 7 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

6. Drawings and notices shall be sent in duplicate, one of which shall be


retained by the addressee and the other returned to the sender duly marked
to show underground services.

F. "Notice of Intent" will be given 14 (fourteen) days in advance of the proposed works.

1. In the event that the work is not started within 8 (eight) weeks of the date of the
“Notice of Intent”, it will be deemed to have elapsed.

a. A further “Notice of Intent” will then be submitted.

G. All locating work shall be carried out in advance of excavation work.

1. Contractor shall obtain all information and assistance available from the Service
Authorities for locating the mains and services.
2. ENGINEER's approval shall be obtained for any trial excavations that may be
necessary to confirm or establish the locations.
3. Absence of such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability for:

a. Cost of any repair work necessitated by damage caused by him to such mains
and services in the course of his work,
b. Cost of all losses arising from their disruption.

4. All costs for executing any bore holes and trial holes shall be deemed to be
included in the Contractor's rates for the relevant item or items in the Bills of
Quantities.

H. No public or private facility shall be extinguished or interrupted without the written


permission of the ENGINEER.

1. Such permission will not be given until:

a. Suitable permanent or temporary alternatives approved by the ENGINEER have


been provided by the Contractor, or
b. In the case of accommodation works, by the Employer of the facility or his
agents.

I. Contractor shall make arrangements with the Service Authorities concerned for the
phasing into his Program of Works of all work that needs to be done by:

1. Service and Public Authorities concerned or their contractors


2. Contractor himself concurrently with the works.

J. Contractor shall take any and all measures reasonably required by any Public or
Service Authority for the support and full protection of all mains, pipes, cables and
other apparatus during the progress of the Works.

Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 3 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Construct and provide to the satisfaction of the Authority concerned, all works
necessary for the prevention of damage or interruption of services at no additional
cost to the Employer.

2. If in the execution of the works, by reason of any subsidence caused by, or any act
of neglect or default of the Contractor, any damage to any apparatus or any
interruption of, or delay to the provision of any service is caused, the Contractor
shall:

a. Report it to the ENGINEER immediately,


b. Bear and pay the cost reasonably incurred by the Authority concerned in
making good such damage,
c. Make full compensation to the Authority for any loss sustained by reason of
such interruption or delay.

K. Contractor shall, at all times during the progress of the works, afford facilities to
properly accredited agents of any Public Service or Port Authority for access to all or
to any of their apparatus situated in or under the site, as may be necessary for:

1. Inspection, reporting, maintaining, removing, renewing or altering such apparatus


in connection with the construction of the Works.
2. Any other purposes whatsoever.

L. Absence of information shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability for the cost of:

1. Any repair work necessitated by damage caused by him to such mains and services
in the course of his work.
2. All losses arising from their disruption.

M. Any temporary or permanent diversion of mains and services will only be permitted
after agreement with the appropriate Service Authority and the ENGINEER.

1. Permanent diversions will only be considered where,

a. The main or service occupies the line and level of the pipe work or structure to
be constructed by the Contractor,
b. The position of the main or service completely prevents construction.

2. Only permanent diversions that the ENGINEER considers essential for the above
reasons will be measured and paid for under the items in the Bills of Quantities.
3. Temporary diversion and restoration of mains or services shall be at the
Contractor's expense.

1.06 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY AND UTILITIES

A. Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner as to avoid injury or damage
to:

1. Adjacent property.
Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 4 of 7 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Improvements.
3. Facilities.

B. Contractor shall protect from injury or damage to adjacent property; improvements or


facilities including but not limited to the following:

1. Sea-going Vessels
2. Buildings
3. Trees
4. Landscaping and planting areas
5. Ground cover
6. Shrubbery
7. Pole lines
8. Fences
9. Guard rails
10. Guide posts
11. Culvert and Property Markers
12. Signs
13. Structures
14. Conduits
15. Pipelines
16. Other improvements within or adjacent to the Contractor’s
operations.

C. Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect all objects under the
above paragraph from injury or damage.

1. If injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced or


restored,

a. To a condition as good as when entered upon the work, or


b. As required by the relevant Authorities.

D. Contractor shall not disturb any property corners or survey markers without permission
from the ENGINEER.

E. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, utilities, roads, highways,
ditches, embankments, bridges, culverts or other public or private property, which may
be caused by transporting plant, equipment, materials, or men to or from the site of
work.

1. Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the property
Employer over the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement.
2. Contractor shall bear the expense of replacing, restoring or resetting any of the
aforementioned which may be damaged or disturbed by his operations including
fines and charges levied by the respective Service Authority.

F. All temporary and permanent safeguards will be at the Contractor’s expense.

Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 5 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

G. Any additional costs, due to difficulty of working or to any other reasons arising from
the presence of the aforementioned shall be borne by the Contractor.

H. Contractor is advised to note the current scale of fines and charges for repairs levied by
the various Services Authorities in case of damage to services.

1.07 SAFETY AND MEDICAL FACILITIES

A. General

1. Contractor shall at his expense:

a. Arrange for medical attention to be available when necessary.


b. Provide dressing stations complete with all adequate first-aid equipment on the
site.
c. Display in suitable places the names of his employees who are available from
time to time to render first aid services.
d. Provide for the transport of serious cases to the nearest hospital.
e. Arrange for PPE in accordance with the DM Code of Construction Practice.
f. Provide PPE as required for the ENGINEER site staff, including the
ENGINEER’s Assistant and their consultants.

2. Contractor shall comply with all requirements of:

a. Legislation of the UAE and the Emirate of Abu Dhabi concerning the working
conditions, safety, health or welfare of any employee of the Contractor, the
Employer, the ENGINEER’s Assistant and their consultants.
b. Environmental Protection Regulations, Occupational Safety and Health
Regulations, Code of Construction Safety Practice under the Local Order No.
61/1991 and Safety Manual (1994) issued by Al Ain Municipality Health
Department Environment Protection and Safety Section while executing the
work,
c. Paragraph 3.03 of Section 02712 - Sewage and Drainage,
d. Best industry practices for the safety of workmen and the public, including
Maritime Law
e. Requirements established in the Health, Safety and Fire
Protection Plan of Section 01500 - Construction Facilities
and Temporary Controls as approved by the ENGINEER.
f. Regulations and requirements of the Port of Jebel Ali.

1.08 HOUSEKEEPING

A. Throughout the progress of his work, the Contractor shall keep the Site and all working
areas:
1. In tidy and workman-like condition,
2. Free from rubbish and waste materials.
B. Any temporary works, constructional plant/equipment, materials or other things that
for the time being are not required for use by the Contractor may with the consent of
the ENGINEER:
Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 6 of 7 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Be removed from the Site, but otherwise shall be dispersed about the Site in an
orderly fashion.
2. Shall be properly and securely stored thereon.

C. Requirements of this Clause shall not limit the Contractor's obligations under the
Conditions of Contract.

1.09 FINAL CONDITIONS OF WORK

A. Before application is made for the Employer to accept the work, all items of work shall
be complete, ready to operate and in a clean condition.

B. All trash, debris, unused building material and temporary structures shall have been
removed from the site of the work.

C. Tools and construction machinery not needed for repair and adjustment consequent to
operational tests shall not be on the Site.

D. Walkways, parking areas and roadways, streets and lanes pertaining to the Works shall
be completely cleaned.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements Page 7 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01070

ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS

A. The following abbreviations are used in the Specifications:


cm Centimetre
d Day
dia Diameter
ha Hectare
h Hour
kg Kilogram
kN Kilo Newton
kW Kilowatt
l Litre
MDD Maximum Dry Density
m Metre
m2 , sq m Square metre
m3 , cu m Cubic metre
mg Milligram
mm Millimetre
months Months
MPa Mega Pascal
nr Number
sec Second
set Set
t Tonne

B. Reference to a technical society, institution, association or governmental authority is


made in the Specifications in accordance with the following abbreviations as well as
these indicated on the Drawings.
AA Aluminium Association
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AAN American Association of Nurserymen
AAMA Architectural Aluminium Manufacturers Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
ADC Air Diffuser Council
AFI Air Filter Institute
AGCA Association General Contractors of America
AIA American Institute of Architects
AIMA Acoustical & Insulating Materials Association.
AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineering
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron & Steel Institute
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
ALS American Lumber Standards
AMCA Air Moving & Conditioning Association
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AOAC Association of Official Agricultural Chemists
Section 01070 – Abbreviations and Symbols Page 1 of 4 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

APA American Plywood Association


ARI Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
ASAHC American Society of Architectural Hardware Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Ass.
BIA Brick Institute of America
BRI Building Research Institute
BS British Standard
BSCP British Standard Code of Practice
BS EN European Standards
BSI British Standards Institution
CDA Copper Development Association
CEE International Commission on Rules for Approval of Electrical
Equipment (Europe)
CIRIA Construction Industry Research and Information Association
CPE Chlorinated polyethylene
CPVC Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS Commercial Standard, U.S. Department of Commerce
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
CSPE Chlorosulfonated polyethylene
CTI Cooling Tower Institute

DIN Deutsche Institute for Normung, Germany


ETISALAT Emirates Telecommunications Corporation
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
FPL Forest Products Laboratory
FS Federal Specification
FSIWA Federation of Sewage & Industrial Waste Association
FTI Facing Tile Institute
GA Gypsum Association
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GTA Glass Tempering Association
GWP Global Warming Potential
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
IEC Int'l. Electrotechnical Commission
IEE Institute of Elect. Engineers of London
IEEE Institute of Elect.& Electronics Engineers
IES Illuminating Engineering Society
ISA Instrument Society of America
ISO International Organization for Standardization, Switzerland
MIA Marble Institute of America
Section 01070 – Abbreviations and Symbols Page 2 of 4 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

MLMA Metal Lath Manufacturers Association


MSSVFI Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings
Industries
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NAFM National Association of Fan Manufacturers
NAPF National Association of Plastic Manufacturers
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association
NBHA National Builders Hardware Association
NBS National Bureau of Standards
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
NEC National Electrical Code (NPFA No.70)
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NEMI National Elevator Mfg. Industry, Inc.
NFC National Fire Code
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NFPA National Forest Products Association
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association
NHPMA National Hardwood & Pine Manufactures Association
NPA National Particleboard Association
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
NSC National Safety Council
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association
NWC National Water Council, UK
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association
ODP Ozone Depletion Potential
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration
OMM Operation & Maintenance Manual
PCA Portland Cement Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute, USA
PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute
PS Product Standard, U.S. Dept. of Commerce
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
RTI Resilient Tile Institute
SCMA Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association
SDI Steel Door Institute
SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association.
SJI Steel Joint Institute
SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
SMFMA Sprayed Mineral Fiber Manufacturers Association, Inc.
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation, U.S. Dept. of Commerce
SRI Solar Reflectivity Index
SSPC Steel Structure Painting council
SWFPA Structural Wood Fiber Products Association
TCA Tile Council of America
TEMA Tubular Exchange Manufacturing Association
Section 01070 – Abbreviations and Symbols Page 3 of 4 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association


TPI Truss Plate Institute
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
USCGS U.S. Coast & Geodetic Survey
VOC Volatile organic compounds
WCLB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute
WPA Western Wood Products Association

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01070 – Abbreviations and Symbols Page 4 of 4 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01090

REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Comply with all codes, regulations, specifications and standards referred to throughout
the Contract Documents and all codes, standards, specifications of regulatory agencies
specified herein.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Where "as shown", "as indicated", "as detailed", or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that reference to the Drawings accompanying the Specifications is
made unless otherwise stated.

B. Where "as approved", "as reviewed", "as accepted", or words of similar import are used,
it shall be understood that the approval, direction, requirement, permission, authorization,
review, or acceptance of the Employer Representative is intended, unless otherwise
stated.

C. As used in the Contract Documents, "provide" shall be understood to mean, "provide


complete in place", that is, "furnish and install".

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. All references to codes, regulations, specifications and standards referred to in the


Contract Documents shall, unless otherwise stated, mean the latest edition, amendment or
revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of submission of these Tender
Documents by the Tenderizers to the issuing authority.

B. Contractor shall obtain an original copy of the latest edition of all codes, local and
administrative orders, regulations, standards and technical literature referred to in the
Contract Documents including those referenced in inspection and test plans shall be
given to the Employer Representative at no additional cost within 15 days of receipt of
the Employer Representative’s Notice to Commence.

C. Reference to a technical society, institution, association or governmental authority is


made in the Specifications in accordance with the following abbreviations.

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials


ACI American Concrete Institute
AIA American Institute of Architects
AIMA Acoustical & Insulating Materials Association
AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineering

Section 01090 – References Page 1 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction


AISI American Iron & Steel Institute
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BS British Standard
BSCP British Standard Code of Practice
BSI British Standards Institution
CEE International Commission on Rules for Approval of Electrical
Equipment (Europe)
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
DIN Deutsche Institute for Normung
FS Federal Specification
IEC Int'l. Electrotechnical Commission
IEE Institute of Electrical Engineers of London
IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineering
IES Illuminating Engineering Society
ISO the International Organization for
Standardization.
MSS Manufacturer’s Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings
Industries
NBS National Bureau of Standards
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
NEC National Electrical Code (NPFA No.70)
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NEMI National Elevator Mfg. Industry
NFC National Fire Code
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NWC National Water Council (UK)
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (US)
SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
SSPC Steel Structure Painting Council
UL Underwriter’s Laboratories

1.04 EQUIVALENT STANDARDS ACCEPTABLE

A. Reference to standards is made throughout the specifications to establish a standard of


quality required a procedure to be followed, etc. The reference to one particular standard
is not intended to prohibit the use of any other internationally recognized standard, which
achieves the same level of quality, or requirement as those specifically mentioned in this
specification.

1.05 BUILDER’S CODES

A. All reference to codes, regulations, local and administrative orders of the Abu Dhabi
Municipality specifications and standards referred to in the Contract Documents shall

Section 01090 – References Page 2 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

mean and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment or revision of such reference
in effect on the date of submission of the Tender Documents by the tendering party.

1.06 GOVERNMENT BODIES

A. The following list of Government bodies is not intended to be exhaustive.

B. Contractor shall carry out all works in strict accordance with current codes, regulations,
local and administrative orders, specifications and standards of all Government bodies
whether listed hereunder or not.

1. Al Ain Municipality
2. Al Ain Distribution Company - Water Division
3. Al Ain Distribution Company - Electricity Division
4. Emirates Telecommunications Corporation
5. Ministry of Interior, Directorate of Civil Defense

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01090 – References Page 3 of 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01200

PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Pre-Construction Conference
2. Progress Meetings
3. Subcontractor’s Site Meetings
4. Pre-Installation Conference
5. Pre-Startup Conference
6. Post-Construction Conference
7. Minutes of Meetings

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01300 - Submittals.


B. Section 01400 - Quality Control
C. Section 01661 – Operational, Field and Performance Testing.
D. Section 01700 - Contract Close-out.

1.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Held at the project site within 7 days after the Commencement Date.

B. Attended by the Employer, the ENGINEER, and the Contractor.

C. The agenda shall be provided by the ENGINEER a minimum of 3 working days prior
to the conference.

1. Topics of discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

a. Project Title and Correspondence


b. Contract Documents
c. Letter of Acceptance
d. Contract Dates
e. Phased Completion Dates
f. Site Possession
g. Site Establishment and Services
h. Material Approvals
i. Contract Program
j. Performance Bond
k. Insurance
l. Working Hours (Friday/Holiday/Overtime Working)
m. Variations
Section 01200 – Project Meetings Page 1 of 4 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

n. Materials on Site
o. Services Authorities
p. Progress Meetings
q. Site Personnel
r. Method Statements
s. Site Inspections
t. Subcontractors
u. Daily Reports
v. Weekly Reports
w. Monthly Reports
x. Site Safety
y. Valuations
z. Penalties
aa. Project Sign Boards
bb. Contractors Queries/AOB

1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Held weekly to review work progress.

1. The agenda shall be provided by the ENGINEER a minimum of 2 working days


prior to the meeting.

2. Progress reviews shall verify:

a. Actual start and finish dates for activities completed during the update period.
b. Remaining durations and percentage of completion for all activities not
completed.
c. Logic, activity duration and cost data for Variation Order work that will be
incorporated into the construction schedule.
d. Contractor’s proposed measures to recover lost time and place the project back
on schedule by increasing manpower, materials and equipment resources and
working extended hours, additional shifts, etc.

B. Meetings shall be attended by ENGINEER, the Contractor, the Contractor and


Subcontractors who may attend when involved in the matters to be discussed or
resolved but only when requested by the ENGINEER.

1. In addition to the attendees named herewith, the meeting shall be attended by the
representatives of regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, if
required and such other persons the Employer may designate.

C. The time and location of the progress meetings shall be as directed by the ENGINEER.

D. Submit the information itemized below to the ENGINEER at least 2 working days
prior to each progress meeting.

1. A list of completed activities.


2. A list of current activities with an estimate of time required for completion.
Section 01200 – Project Meetings Page 2 of 4 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3. A list of changes to planned starting dates and duration for all outstanding
activities.
4. Percentage of completion for each current activity.
5. A list of activities planned to start in the next period.
6. Other information required by the ENGINEER.

E. Additional meetings required by the Contractor shall be submitted to the ENGINEER


in writing.

1. Provide a proposed agenda for the meeting.


2. Provide the names of all personnel who are required to attend.
3. The ENGINEER or his designee shall chair these meetings.

1.05 PRE-STARTUP CONFERENCE

A. Required prior to starting up any major part of the Works, subsystem or system.

B. Requires attendance by the Contractor, the ENGINEER or his designee, and equipment
manufacturers (if necessary).

C. The agenda shall be provided by the ENGINEER a minimum of 3 working days prior
to the conference. Topics of discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to
the following:

1. Start-up and validation prerequisites.


2. Start-up plan and schedule.
3. Temporary connections.
4. Other items deemed necessary by the ENGINEER.

1.06 POST-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Required prior to final inspection of the Work.

B. Requires attendance by the ENGINEER, the Contractor and his Site Agent.

C. The Agenda shall be provided by the ENGINEER a minimum of 3 working days prior
to the conference. Topics of discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to
the following:

1. Discuss and resolve all unsettled matters.


2. Guarantees and insurance.
3. Schedules and procedures for the final inspection process.
4. Correction of defects and deficiencies.
5. Documents required to be submitted by the Contractor.
6. Other items deemed necessary by the ENGINEER.

1.07 MINUTES OF MEETING

A. The ENGINEER will record minutes of each meeting.


Section 01200 – Project Meetings Page 3 of 4 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. Copy of the minutes furnished to the Contractor within 4 working days.

C. Contractor to submit written objections, if any, or signed copy of minutes


acknowledging agreement to contents of minutes within 2 days after presentation to
him.

D. In the absence of any objection as specified in ‘C’ and above, it shall be understood
and agreed that the Contractor accepts the minutes as a true and complete record of the
meeting.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01200 – Project Meetings Page 4 of 4 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01300

SUBMITTALS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Submittal Procedures
2. Product Data
3. Shop Drawings
4. Samples
5. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
6. Certificates and Affidavits
7. Miscellaneous Submissions
8. Drawings
9. Mistakes in Information

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01043 - Job Site Administration.


B. Section 01050 - Field Engineering.
C. Section 01200 - Project Meetings.
D. Section 01400 - Quality Control.
E. Section 01661 – Operational, Field and Performance Testing.
F. Technical Specification Sections.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Product Data and Shop Drawings

1. Includes drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules, bills of materials,


and other data prepared specifically for the Works.
2. Information may be prepared by Contractor, his Subcontractors, suppliers or
distributors, equipment manufacturer, or fabricators.
3. Information must illustrate or describe manufacture, fabrication, construction, and
installation of the Works or a portion thereof.

B. Manufacturer’s Representative

1. Person actively working at manufacturer’s factory with minimum 5 years


experience.
2. Familiar with actual problems of manufacturing, installing, and operating the
product.
3. Sales representatives or agents are not acceptable.

C. Working Drawings
Section 01300 – Submittals Page 1 of 13 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Contractor prepared plans for temporary structures and facilities.


2. Elements of work which may affect the safety of persons or property shall be
checked and certified by a qualified ENGINEER.
3. Calculations demonstrating adequacy of Contractor’s design shall be submitted
with the working drawings.
4. Follow submittal procedures for shop drawings.

D. Samples

1. Physical examples illustrating materials, equipment, or workmanship.


2. Establish standards by which the work will be judged.

E. Manuals

1. Manufacturer’s written installation, start-up, operating, maintenance and repair


instructions.
2. Include parts lists, pictures, sketches and diagrams specific to the equipment
supplied to document the manufacturer’s requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Only Contractor shall make submissions to the ENGINEER.

1. All data and correspondence prepared by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be


submitted through the Contractor.

a. All submittals shall be in English.


b. Make all corrections and changes to shop drawings and working drawings as
required by the ENGINEER and resubmit until approved.
c. Review submittals returned by the ENGINEER.
1. Determine if changes requested by the ENGINEER will result in extra cost
or will affect progress.
2. Notify ENGINEER in writing within 5 days of receiving submittal if
contractor believes additional costs are incurred, or if progress will be
impeded.
3. Failure of the Contractor to notify the ENGINEER of the extra costs or of
progress implications with the work waives Contractor claim for
compensation.

B. The ENGINEER shall review and approve all shop drawings, working drawings,
product data, samples and manuals required by the Contract Documents.

1. Review and approval shall be for compliance with the contract requirements.

a. Approval indicates Contractor has verified all materials, field measurements,


field construction criteria and similar items.

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 2 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

b. Approval also indicated Contractor has co-ordinated information contained in


submittal with work requirements of other trades and with the Contract
Documents.

2. Contractor reviews and submission to the ENGINEER shall be such as to not delay
the Works.
3. Contractor shall prepare submittals in such a manner that no more than one
resubmittal is necessary to obtain the ENGINEER’s approval.

a. If more than one resubmittal is required, the Employer reserves the right to
deduct the cost of the ENGINEER’s time to review all additional resubmittals
(after the first resubmittal) from moneys due to the Contractor.

C. Contractor shall not deliver materials or equipment to the Site and shall not incorporate
it into the work until it has been approved or authorized in writing by the ENGINEER.

D. Submit shop drawings, working drawings, product data and samples in accordance
with approved Submittal Schedule.

1. Allow sufficient time for the ENGINEER’s review, approval, and transmittal back
to the Contractor.

E. Contractor shall detail items not completely described on the Drawings in accordance
with standard Engineering practice.

1. Adjust dimensions shown on the Drawings to reflect actual dimensions of


equipment provided.
2. Coordinate dimensions shown on the Drawings as well as actual equipment
dimensions with measurements of existing, adjacent, incorporated, and completed
work to ensure all components fit into the space available.
3. Verify all dimensions before beginning any work depending on such data.

F. Identify each and every deviation from the Contract Documents to the ENGINEER
either on the shop drawing or in the letter of transmittal.

1. Explain reason for deviation.


2. Compare requested deviation with contract requirement.

a. Explain why deviation is equal to or better than contract requirement.

3. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for executing work in complete


conformance with Contract Documents for submittals not identifying deviations,
even though such submittals have been approved.

G. Submit shop drawings, working drawings, product data and samples for related
equipment items and integrated system components at the same time.

1. Partial submissions may be returned to the Contractor without review.

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 3 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

H. Contractor shall direct ENGINEER’s attention either in writing or on the resubmitted


documents to each and every revision other than those requested by the ENGINEER on
previous submittals.

I. Do not perform any work until shop drawings have been submitted to and approved by
the ENGINEER. Shop drawings are not to be prepared after work has started or is
complete.

J. All submittals from the Contractor shall include a label or stamp which indicates that
the submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Contractor for conformance to
the Contract requirements.

1. The labels or stamp shall generally conform to the following:

SUBMITTAL NO. ______________


PROJECT NO. ________________

CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________

REVIEWED AND APPROVED for conformance with the Contract Documents.

BY: _______________________________ DATE: ______________


_______________________________
(Signature)

REFERENCES:

DRAWING NOS. _______________________________________


SPECIFICATION NOS. __________________________________

2. A ten character submittal identification and numbering system shall be used.

a. The first character shall be either “D”, “S”, or “M” representing shop or
working drawing (D), sample (S), and operation/maintenance manual (M).
b. The next five digits shall be the applicable Specification section number.
c. The next three digits shall be the numbers 001 through 999 to sequentially
number each separate package submitted under each specific Specification
section number.
d. The last character shall be the letter “A” through “Z” indicating whether the
submittal is the first submission (A) or a resubmission (B through Z).
e. An example of a submittal number is D-03300-008-B which indicates:

D - Shop Drawing
03300 - Specification for Concrete
008 - The eighth separate submittal under this section.
B - The second submission (first resubmittal) of that particular
information.

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 4 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

K. ENGINEER’s Review

1. Reviewed submittals will be returned to the Contractor with the ENGINEER’s


comments within 14 days of receipt.
2. ENGINEER’s review is for general conformance with the Contract requirements
only, all work is still subject to the detailed requirements of the Contract
Documents.
3. The ENGINEER’s review is to help the Contractor by discovering errors and
omissions.
4. The ENGINEER’s review does not relieve the Contractor of the obligation and
responsibility to co-ordinate and plan the details of the Works and fulfill the intent
and purpose of the Contract.
5. The ENGINEER’s review shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for
accuracy, proper fit, or proper functioning and performance of the work.
6. The ENGINEER reserves the right to require written confirmation from the
Contractor that the comments placed on submittals stamped “Approved As-Noted”
will actually be implemented.
7. The ENGINEER will make every reasonable effort to process and return each
submittal within 14 calendar days after its receipt in the ENGINEER’s office. If
additional time is needed, the ENGINEER will advise the Contractor in writing
before the 14 day period has elapsed.

a. Large or multiple submittals may require additional time.


b. Contractor may prioritize submittals and ENGINEER will review and return
them in the order of the highest priority.
c. If requested by the Contractor, individual drawings from large submittals with
numerous drawings may be returned as they are reviewed rather than waiting
for the entire review to be completed.
d. The need for resubmissions or delays in obtaining the ENGINEER’s review or
approval shall not entitle the Contractor to a time extension for contract
completion.

8. Categories used by the ENGINEER to evaluate submittals are defined below:

a. Approved:

1. No discrepancies have been identified.

b. Approved As Noted.

1. The submittal is acceptable subject to incorporation of the comments listed.

c. Not Approved (Disapproved).

1. The submittal is unacceptable for the reasons cited.

d. Item Incorrect:

1. The submittal is being returned without review.


Section 01300 – Submittals Page 5 of 13 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Insufficient information has been provided or the submittal does not comply
with the contract requirements.

e. Comments Noted:

1. The submittal is not required by the Contract Documents.


2. The ENGINEER will include it in the project files for information only.

f. Revise & Resubmit:

1. The submittal must be revised, corrected and resubmitted to the


ENGINEER.

g. Approval Not Required:

1. Submittal to the ENGINEER for the item concerned is not a requirement


of the Contract.

h. Submit Specified Item:

1. The ENGINEER’s initial review indicates the item or detail submitted is


not the specified item; therefore further review is aborted.

9. Incomplete submittals including those not correctly transmitted, incorrectly titled


and identified, or not bearing the Contractor’s review and approval stamp may be
returned to the contractor without review.

L. Minimum Copies for ENGINEER’s Review

1. One (1) reproducible copies plus three (3) photocopies or blue line prints for each
shop drawing in A1 size format.
2. Three (3) copies of all product data and manuals.
3. The ENGINEER will return one (1) reproducible and one photocopy or blue line
print of each shop drawing and one (1) copies of product data or manuals to the
Contractor.
4. The ENGINEER may require additional copies of all submittals by notifying the
Contractor in writing and such additional copies will be at no extra cost.

1.05 PRODUCT DATA

A. Shall be explicit with regard to details of the actual products being furnished.

B. Provide sufficient information to the ENGINEER to determine that the products


submitted conform to the specification requirements.

C. Submittals with more than one style, size, capacity, etc. of a product on a page shall
clearly indicate which product type is being submitted for approval. Failure to do
this shall be cause for disapproval.

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 6 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

D. Present information on A4 size paper whenever possible.

E. Include the name of the product manufacturer on all catalogue data.

1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Provide detailed drawings and written descriptions of both the assembly and all
components.

B. Drawings shall indicate proposed installation of work as well as materials and


equipment being furnished.

C. Information shown on shop drawings shall be complete and sufficient for ENGINEER
to review for compliance with contract requirements.

1. Information shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

a. Layout dimensions and component sizes including bases, foundations, anchors,


and similar items.
b. Design criteria.
c. Materials of construction.
d. Component and assembly weights.
e. Utility requirements (power, water, etc.).
f. Manufacturer’s rating or performance curves.
g. Wiring diagrams and control schematics.
h. Recommended spare parts.
i. Special tools.
j. Deviations from contract requirements.
k. Additional requirements contained in individual Specification sections.

D. Copies of the Contract Drawings are not acceptable for submission as component
arrangement (layout) drawings. Use shop drawing title block and standard sheet
format provided by the ENGINEER.

E. Manufacturer’s model numbers or catalogue numbers alone shall not be acceptable for
describing equipment or components.
1.07 SAMPLES

A. Furnish samples as required by the individual Specification section.

B. Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be labeled and properly identified with the
following:

1. Date.
2. Part(s) of the Works for which offered.
3. Specification section and applicable paragraph numbers.
4. Supplier / Manufacturer.
5. Product Identification (Trade Name).

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 7 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. Samples shall be accompanied by an approved transmittal form, specifications and


other pertinent data required for ENGINEER to determine that the material conforms
to the Specification.

D. Three sets of samples shall be submitted unless otherwise specified.

1. One set of approved samples and all disapproved samples will be returned to the
Contractor.
2. If requested in writing by the Contractor, samples of value will be returned to the
Contractor after completion of the Work.
3. Approved samples returned to the Contractor may only be incorporated into the
work upon written approval of the ENGINEER.

1.08 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Not Applicable

1.09 CERTIFICATES AND AFFIDAVITS

A. Provide the original and seven copies of manufacturer’s certificates in accordance with
the requirements specified in Section 01400.

B. Definitions

1. Certificate indicates test results, component manufacture, or installation complies


with specified standards.
2. Affidavit is a sworn statement by an officer of the company manufacturing the
product indicating that the information on the certificate is true and accurate.

C. An affidavit shall accompany all certificates.

D. A statement from the contractor, Subcontractor, equipment supplier, or agent indicating


the product meets the requirements of the Contract Documents shall not be considered
as a certificate.

1. Such submittals shall not be approved.


2. Corresponding equipment, products, or components shall not be accepted.

1.10 MISCELLANEOUS SUBMISSIONS

A. Manufacturer’s guarantees and warranties

1. Submit original including organization registration stamp unless otherwise


specified.
2. Submit prior to final acceptance.

B. Work plans

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 8 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Submit 3 copies, unless otherwise specified, at least 30 days prior to beginning


work.

C. Submittal Schedule

1. Show the proposed date the Contractor will deliver each required submittal to the
ENGINEER for review in format provided by the ENGINEER.
2. Submit within 10 calendar days of Commencement Date.

D. Health, Safety and Fire Protection Plan

1. Submit 3 copies of the Contractor’s project specific Safety Plan unless otherwise
specified.
2. Refer to Section 01400 for specific requirements.
3. No work shall commence on the site until the Safety Plan is approved.

E. Accident Reports

1. Submit 3 copies unless otherwise specified.


2. Refer to Section 01400 for specific requirements.

F. Reports

1. Prepare and submit the Progress Reports described hereinafter in a form provided
by the ENGINEER.
2. Work activities and procurement reports should be referenced where relevant to the
approved Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
3 Submit 3 copies unless otherwise specified.
4. Contractor’s Daily Reports

a. Submit on a daily basis no later than 9:00am the following day.


b. Describe labor force and its allocation.
c. Describe material and equipment utilized.
d. Describe work progress during the day.
e. Describe temperature and weather conditions.
f. Describe any occurrence which may affect the progress of the Works.
g. Contractor’s authorized representative must sign.

5. Procurement Status Reports

a. Submit on a weekly basis.


b. Include a list of materials and items procured.
c. Include list of items delivered to the site.
d. Provide references to all correspondence and transmittals between the
Contractor and the ENGINEER regarding approval of such materials and items.

G. Inspection and Test Reports

1. Submit 3 copies unless otherwise specified.


Section 01300 – Submittals Page 9 of 13 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

H. Survey Data

1. Refer to Section 01050 for specific requirements

I. Close-out Submittals

1. Refer to Section 01700 for specific requirements.

J. Record (As Built) Documents

1. Detailed hereafter.

K. Final Statement

1. Submit 3 copies in accordance with 60.6 of the General Conditions of Contract.

L. Organization Chart

1. Submit for ENGINEER’s approval within 10 days of the Commencement Date.


2. Show the management, administrative, Quality Control, Safety and construction
supervision organization.

a. Include all personnel from ENGINEER through foreman level reporting to the
onsite engineer.
b. Describe personnel duties.
c. Amplify details provided in the “Schedule of Data” submitted with the Tender.
d. Provide qualifications and experience of all personnel shown on the
Organization Chart.

3. Update the Organization Chart whenever key personnel are reassigned.


4. The ENGINEER may interview any of the Contractor’s proposed staff prior to
approval.
5. The ENGINEER may direct the Contractor to remove personnel from the site who,
in the ENGINEER’s sole opinion.

a. Exhibit inappropriate conduct.


b. Who are incompetent, negligent in the performance of their duties.
c. Who are otherwise considered undesirable.

M. Letter of Authority

1. Submit within 10 days of the commencement date and prior to beginning any
construction activities.
2. Identify the Contractor’s Representative and detail the extent of his authority and
responsibility.

a. All site work to be under direct supervision of Contractor’s Representative.


Section 01300 – Submittals Page 10 of 13
Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

b. Contractor’s Representative shall be present at the job site whenever work is


underway.
c. Contractor’s Representative shall have full authority to represent the
Contractor.
d. Communication given to or received from the Contractor’s Representative shall
be as binding as that given to or received from the Contractor.

N. Site Layout for Contractor’s Facilities

1. Submit within 10 days of the commencement date for approval by the ENGINEER.
2. Site plan should include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

a. Temporary facilities including accommodation.


b. Storage areas including permanent dumping of excavated material and all
debris.
c. Fences, gates and security lighting.
d. Access for Subcontractors, vendors, plant staff, visitors, etc.

O. Correspondence

1. Provide one original and three photocopies of transmittals and letters including
attachments and enclosures.
2. Submit on A4 size whenever possible.
3. Clearly indicate the following on each document.

a. Project Number.
b. Title of Project.
c. Contractor’s Name.
d. Date.
e. Correspondence Reference Number.

1.11 DRAWINGS

A. The Drawings forming part of the Contract are listed in the Tender Documents.

B. Compliance with Drawings

1. All work, during its progress, and upon completion shall conform to the lines,
elevations and grades as shown on the Drawings.
2. Contractor shall complete the proposed work in every detail as specified.
3. Contractor shall bring to the notice of the ENGINEER any detail or details that have
been omitted from the Drawings and Specifications which are essential to the intended
completeness of the Works.

C. Additional Drawings

1. Additional Drawings may be issued to the Contractor by the ENGINEER as work


progresses.
Section 01300 – Submittals Page 11 of 13
Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

D. Record Drawings and Specifications

1. Contractor shall maintain one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda,
Variations, Approved Submittals, Correspondence, and Transmittals at the Site in good
order and readily available to the ENGINEER.

2. In addition to the requirements of the technical Specifications, Record Drawings shall be


clearly and correctly marked and the Record Specifications annotated by the Contractor to
show:

a. All changes made during the construction process, the date the changes are made
and those parts of the Works affected by the changes.
b. The Works as executed complete with:

1. Existing and finished levels,


2. Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) Coordinates,
3. Profiles of all pipelines,
4. Dimensions,
5. Reinforcing details,
6. Details of supports left in place,
7. Locations of all services encountered,
8. Any other information requested by the ENGINEER.

3. Drawings shall be supplemented as necessary by schedules and data sheets indicating:

a. Quantity,
b. Quality,
c. Types of materials installed.

4. Draft Record Drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for his approval, and
then finalized in accordance with any amendments required by him.

5. The ENGINEER shall furnish the Contractor electronic version of original Contract
Drawings in Autocad to be updated as required as the Works proceed.

a. Contractor shall correct where required to portray the Works as actually


constructed.
b. Prepare and supply the ENGINEER the revised transparencies and CD’s marked
“As-Built” Record Drawings for his approval.
c. On completion of the Works the Record Drawings shall be handed over to the
ENGINEER together with the CD’s.
d. Record Drawing submission shall include:

1. Five bound sets of “As-Built” Record Drawings.


2. One set of first copy negatives
3. One set of CD’s.

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 12 of 13


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

e. Each drawing shall have the Contract details and Drawing Number detailed to the
approval of the ENGINEER.

6. No final payment shall be made except for work that has been completed in accordance
with the Specification and has been duly presented on the “As-Built” Record
Drawings.
7. Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra payment or extension of time for the
preparation of the Record Drawings.

1.12 MISTAKES IN INFORMATION

A. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the extra cost, if any, occasioned by any
discrepancies, errors, or omissions in drawings and other particulars supplied by him,
whether they have been approved by the ENGINEER or not.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01300 – Submittals Page 13 of 13


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01310

PROGRESS SCHEDULES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. General Scheduling requirements


2. Construction Schedule
3. Updates and Revisions
4. Payment Applications
5. Requested Time Adjustment Schedule
6. Daily program

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01200 - Project Meetings.


B. Section 01300 - Submittals.
C. Section 01661 – Operational, Field and Performance Testing.
D. Section 01700 - Contract Close-out.

1.03 GENERAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS

A. The required time to complete the Works is indicated in the Appendix to the
Conditions of Contract.

B. Contractor shall schedule all project activities using critical path scheduling techniques
and update the schedule as specified. The schedule and all reports shall be based on
Primavera Project Planner P3, version 3.0 or later. All planning related matters should
be handled by specialized planner/planners who shall be subject to the ENGINEER’s
approval. The planner will be responsible for preparing the progress reports and
program updates as per the requirements of the Contract.

C. Base schedule on milestones and include these milestones and the specified contract
completion date as scheduled activities.

1. Show the order in which Contractor intends to perform his work.


2. Schedule shall also indicate the following:

a. Planned dates of equipment, subsystem and system start-up and testing.


b. All interface activities requiring mutual support between the Contractor,
subcontractors, suppliers, or the Employer.
c. Clear milestones that indicate information “required by dates” and
intermediate dates for completion, handover, and access for other
contractors.

Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 1 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

d. Resources planned for each activity.


e. Quantities for each activity.

D. Scheduling software shall provide data reports in each of the following formats:

1. Activity listing by activity.


2. Activity listing by start and finish dates.
3. Activity listing by total float.
4. Critical path activities.
5. Time scaled logic diagram.
6. Bar chart.

E. Contractor’s application for payment shall not be processed until the Contractor has
submitted an acceptable Construction Schedule meeting the requirements of these
Specifications.

F. Contractor shall adjust network logic, activity sequences, activity durations and
similar items as necessary to maintain adequate progress to ensure that the project
is completed within the specified time frame.

1. Adjustments shall account for events which include but are not limited to the
following:
a. Schedule slippages.
b. Delays.
c. Sequence changes necessitated by project conditions.
d. Labor inefficiency.

1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Submit Construction Schedule to the ENGINEER for approval within the period stated
under Clause 14 of the Conditions of Contract. The Schedule Submission /
Resubmission shall be on four sets and shall consist of the following:

b. A computer drawn, time scaled network diagram


c. A computer generated activities printout indicating the following
Activity Data:
1. Activity ID’s
2. Activity Description.
3. Activity’s Original Duration.
4. Activity’s Early Start and Early Finish.
5. Activity’ Total Float.
6. The loaded Quantity on the activity
7. Productivity Rate
8. The Loaded Cost on the Activity.
c. Manpower Histograms Generated from this Resource Loaded
Schedule.
d. Graphical representations or Key Project Indicators (KPIs) driven by
this resource, quantity and cost loaded schedule.

Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 2 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

e. Complete P3 Network Backup on CD_ROM.

B. Approved Construction Schedule shall be the Baseline Schedule against which all
progress is measured. It shall also be used by both the Contractor and the ENGINEER
as the basis for evaluating changes, claims and applications for payment.

C. If the Employer rejects the Contractor’s Construction Schedule including any


subsequent update or revision, the Contractor shall:

1. Within 14 days of receiving the rejection, revise the schedule to comply with the
Contract Documents and resubmit it to the ENGINEER.

D. Activity durations shall be measured in calendar days. Activities shall be selected such
that the duration is generally less than 14 calendar days. Divide activities with a
duration exceeding 14 days using logical measuring points of quantities, time location
or accomplishment.

E. The project shall begin on the date given in the letter of acceptance and it shall be
completed within the number of calendar days specified.

F. The schedule shall represent an accurate, efficient, reasonable and feasible plan and
method for completing the Works.

1. The ENGINEER will review the schedule but they will not be responsible for
whether the schedule will result in timely project completion.
2. The schedule shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility, including but not limited
to preparation, content, revisions and updating in accordance with the Contract
requirements.

G. The Construction Schedule shall be such that work included under this Contract does
not affect or unduly interfere with work being undertaken by the Employer or another
contractor.

H. The Construction Schedule shall indicate the following:

1. Off-site activities as defined elsewhere in this Specification, start up, testing,


mobilization and demobilization, shop drawing submittals, etc.
2. Interfaces with the work of outside contractors including but not limited to the
various utilities and the Employer’s plant operating personnel.
3. Activity descriptions including the activity number.
4. The planned and remaining duration for each activity.
5. Early start and late start dates for each activity.
6. Early finish and late finish dates for each activity.
7. Available float for each path of activities containing float.
8. Actual start and actual finish dates for each activity.
9. Critical path for the project shall:
a. Be clearly shown and easily recognizable,
b. Show on the time-scaled network diagrams,

Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 3 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

c. Clearly show the relationship between all non-critical activities and activities
on the critical path.
10. The percent complete for each activity in progress or completed.
11. Planned progress curve consisting of a plot of percent complete versus time for
each schedule of value item and the total project.

I. Submit a narrative report with the Construction Schedule indicating anticipated use of
the following resources and work shifts:

1. Labor resources.
2. Equipment resources.
3. Quantities placed.
4. Work shifts (e.g. single, double, or triple shifts)
5. Work weeks (5, 6, or 7 day work week)
6. Production rates at quarry.

1.05 UPDATES AND REVISIONS

A. Update the Construction Schedule every month to reflect the actual progress of the
Works.

1. The schedule update will be used to review the Contractor’s payment application.
2. Submit two (2) copies of the preceding month’s Construction Schedule marked
with the proposed updates and revisions.
3. Submit marked up schedule at least seven (7) calendar days prior to submitting
each monthly payment application.
4. The ENGINEER will review the marked up schedule and return one (1) annotated
copy to the Contractor for use in preparing the monthly update.
5. Indicate the following in the updated schedule:

a. Activities in progress or to be performed in the future,


b. Percent complete for each activity,
c. The critical path for the project based on the latest update data,

B. Progress Reports

1. Submit a report prior to each progress meeting which summarizes work progress.
2. The format of the report shall be acceptable to ENGINEER.
3. Required information shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

a. Work progress whether in the mills, shops or in the field.


b. State existing status, rate of progress, estimated time of completion and cause
of any delay (if any).
c. Description of work accomplished since submission of previous progress
schedule.
d. Compare actual work status against the Contractor’s previous Construction
Schedule.
e. Status of equipment and material deliveries.

Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 4 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

f. Details of work for the next week/month.


g. Details of all testing and results.
h. Information regarding any design changes.
i. Information regarding any variations.
j. Details of inspections and approvals required to proceed with work.
k. Records of manpower, plant etc. compared to programmed requirements.
l. Information required from the Employer.
m. Weather records.
n. Records of delays and stoppages with reasons there for.
o. Value of work done.
p. Cash flow forecast.
q. Changes or additions to Contractors supervisory personnel since the preceding
progress report.
r. Causes or any delays.
s. Changes in logic, construction sequence and activity
duration
1. Include an explanation of why the changes are necessary.
t. Proposed actions by the Contractor to restore the schedule.
1. Include what is being done or what is planned to be done in each problem
area.
u. Identify anticipated problems or changes and present plan to deal with them so
as to minimize or prevent delays.

4. Updates and revisions to required schedules and reports shall not modify or limit in
any way, the Contractor’s obligations to meet the Time for Completion.

1.06 PAYMENT APPLICATIONS

A. Contractor shall submit to the ENGINEER at the end of each calendar month or as
otherwise agreed, an approximate valuation of the total work done with items set out in
full, in accordance with the Conditions of Contract and as specified in the BOQ.

1.07 REQUESTED TIME ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

A. If the Contractor believes he is entitled to an extension of time to complete the Works,


he shall submit a “Requested Time Adjustment Schedule” (RTAS) to the Employer as
a proposed variation order.

1. Provide a separate schedule and analysis indicating proposed adjustments to the


Time for Completion.
2. Proposed adjustments may be due to actual or anticipated changes or delays.
3. Provide a time scaled, computer generated and computer drawn network analysis
schedule.
4. A formal time extension request and detailed narrative justifying the requested time
extension shall accompany the schedule.
B. Include schedule forecasts that predict the actual project completion date and which
forecast milestone achievement dates with the request for time adjustment.
Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 5 of 7 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. The RTAS shall clearly and accurately reflect the following:

1. Contractor’s actual work intention and proposed time adjustments as of the latest
update.
2. Adjustments to the logic, sequence or duration of any activities in the schedule.
3. Time extensions previously granted by the Employer.
4. Actual and expected progress.

D. The ENGINEER shall not be obligated to consider any time extension request unless
all specified contract requirements are met.

1. The Employer shall not be responsible or liable to Contractor for any constructive
acceleration if a requested time extension is denied due to the Contractor’s failure
to comply with the specified submission and justification requirements.
2. Contractor’s failure to perform in accordance with the approved Construction
Schedule shall not be excused and shall not be chargeable to the Employer as a
result of the Contractor having submitted time extension requests.

E. “Float” or “slack time” is defined as the amount of time between the early start date
and the late start date or between the early finish date and the late finish date of any
activity in the Construction Schedule.

1. Time extensions for work required by the Contract Documents will be granted only
to the extent that:

a. Time adjustments for affected activities exceed the total float available along
the affected path of activities,
b. Available float will be determined at the time a change is
authorized or at the start of the condition or delay for which
an adjustment is warranted under the Contract Documents.

2. Float is not solely for contractor’s use.

F. Variation Orders

1. If a milestone or completion date is modified by a variation order issued by the


ENGINEER, the Contractor shall modify his Construction Schedule accordingly.
2. All activities impacted by the variation order shall be adjusted to reflect the revised
requirements.

G. Contractor shall make the following available to the ENGINEER within seven (7)
calendar days of receiving a written request.

1. All documents, data, etc. which support or provide the basis for schedules, reports,
and project forecasts.
2. Subcontractor documents and data.

Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 6 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.08 SCHEDULE OF OFF-SITE ACTIVITIES

A. Include all procurement related activities for long lead items in the Construction
Schedule.

1. These activities may be submitted as a separate “Off Site Activities” Schedule upon
written approval by the ENGINEER.
2. Off site activities shall be properly correlated and interrelated to the Construction
Schedule.
3. Show all restraints and dependent activities which may affect the Construction
Schedule.
4. Long lead for items are equipment or materials which require more than one month
between the time an order is placed and the time the item is delivered to the project
site.

B. The “Off Site Activities Schedule” shall include but not necessarily be limited to:

1. Activities for submitting, ordering, manufacturing, fabricating and delivering long


lead items to the project site.
2. Significant construction related activities performed by the Contractor away from
the project site, including material and equipment purchase and delivery.
3. Contractor’s drawings and submittals for long lead items.
4. Required off site inspection activities by the ENGINEER.

C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for expediting material and equipment deliveries
to ensure the latest approved Construction Schedule is maintained.

D. Notify the ENGINEER in writing whenever it is anticipated that the delivery date
of any material or equipment will be later than shown on the latest approved
Construction Schedule.

1.09 DAILY PROGRAM

A. Contractor shall furnish a daily program for the following working day before the close
of site on each working day.

1. The program shall include amongst others the following:

a. Work to be executed during:


1. Normal working hours only, or
2. Overtime or shift system if necessary.
b. Location of the area of site where work will be carried out.
c. Proposed, labor and Contractor’s equipment and supervision to be provided.

B. The format of the daily program shall be agreed with the ENGINEER.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01310 – Progress Schedules Page 7 of 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01400

QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Submittals.
2. General Quality Control Requirements.
3. Quality Control Plan.
4. Inspection Procedures.
5. Inspection and Test Plan.
6. Document and Submittal Control.
7. Identification and Control of Items and Materials.
8. Inspections and Tests.
9. Measuring and Test Equipment.
10. Non-Conformance Monitoring.
11. Personnel Qualifications.
12. Quality Control Reports/Audits.
13. Equipment/Material Handling and Storage.
14. Quality Control Records.
15. Workmanship.
16. Protection of Property

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01200 - Project Meetings.


B. Section 01300 - Submittals.
C. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment.
D. Technical sections of the specifications as applicable.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor’s Quality Control Plan (QCP).

1. Submit to ENGINEER no later than 7 calendar days from issue of the


commencement date.
2. No work covered by the Contractor’s QCP shall begin until the plan has been
approved.
3. Plan shall describe all of the Contractor’s quality control procedures that will be
used throughout the project.

a. Minimum requirements shall be as specified herein.

B. Quality Control Organization Plan


Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 1 of 14 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Show organization of Contractor’s quality control team.


2. Provide the name, qualifications, and experience of the Quality Control Manager
and key support staff.

a. Once approved, the Contractor’s Quality Control Manager shall have full
authority to represent and act for the Contractor on all quality related matters.
b. Notify the ENGINEER in writing prior to re-assigning any of the designated
quality control personnel.
c. Obtain ENGINEER’s approval for replacement prior to re-assigning or re-
locating approved quality control personnel.

C. List of Proposed Suppliers and Sub-Contractors

1. List shall include the following:

a. Items to be supplied by each supplier and sub-contractor.


b. Model or catalogue numbers.
c. Specifications.
d. Inspection and test requirements.
e. Performance data.
f. Anticipated inspection and test dates.
g. Name and location of quarries and procedures for work in
quarries.

2. List other pertinent information as appropriate.

D. Submit inspection and test results, certificates of compliance, and certified material test
reports to the ENGINEER as specified in Section 01300.

E. Inspection and Test Plan

1. Submit to ENGINEER no later than 7 calendar days from the commencement date.
2. No work covered by the inspection and test plan shall begin until the plan has been
approved.

F. Quality Control Procedures and Instructions

1. Submit to ENGINEER no later than 3 calendar days prior to using such procedures
or instructions.
2. Do not begin work governed by Quality Control Procedures until such procedures
have been approved by the ENGINEER.

G. Records Index

1. Prepare an index of all project records which will be developed and maintained
during progress of the Work.
2. Submit to ENGINEER no later than 7 calendar days from the commencement date.

H. Inspection and Test Results

1. Submit at least 7 calendar days prior to incorporating items into the Work.
2. Report results to the ENGINEER indicating compliance or failure immediately
upon receipt.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 2 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.04 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

A. Develop, implement and maintain a quality control program consistent with the
requirements of this Section.

1. Ensure equipment and material conforms to applicable requirements of each


section of the specifications.
2. Maintain specified quality in all areas of the Work including but not limited to:

a. Design of temporary structures.


b. Inspection.
c. Testing.
d. Packaging, shipping, handling and storage of equipment and materials.
e. Site construction activities.

B. Establish procedures to prevent deficiencies from occurring.

1. Identify discrepancies when they do occur and then take corrective action.
2. Instruct workmen, sub-contractors, material suppliers, and other personnel involved
in the project on the correct procedures to follow.

C. Assign specific responsibility for implementing the quality control program.

D. Systematically verify compliance with the specified requirements using quality control
audits.

1. Record results.

E. Assist ENGINEER in auditing quality control activities.

1. ENGINEER’s audits may be either pre-planned or random as warranted by general


quality trends.

F. Inspect and test all work under this Contract.

1. Maintain records of such inspections and tests.

G. Arrange for factory inspections and tests when required by the Contract Documents.

H. Provide equipment, instruments, qualified personnel, and facilities necessary to inspect


the work and perform the tests required by the Contract Documents.

I. Repeat tests and inspections after correcting non-conforming work until all work
complies with the contract requirements.

1. All re-testing and re-inspections shall be performed at no additional cost to the


Employer.

J. The ENGINEER may elect to perform additional inspections and tests at the place of
the manufacture, the shipping point, or at the destination, to verify compliance with
applicable Specifications.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 3 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Inspections and tests performed by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the Contractor
of his responsibility to meet the Specifications.
2. Inspections and tests by the ENGINEER shall not be considered a guarantee that
materials delivered at a later time will be acceptable.

K. Non-conforming materials, whether in place or not, will be rejected by the


ENGINEER.

1. Contractor shall be notified in writing to correct or remove the defective material


from the Works.
2. If the Contractor fails to respond, the ENGINEER may order correction, removal,
and/or replacement of defective materials by others.

a. Contractor shall bear all costs for such work.

L. Materials accepted on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and


inspected/tested by the ENGINEER at any time.

1. The fact that the materials were accepted on the basis of a certificate shall not
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to use materials which comply with the
Specifications.

M. Contractor shall impose all of the specified QCP requirements (including inspection
and test procedures) upon suppliers and Sub-Contractors.

N. Failure to Perform

1. In the event the Contractor fails to adequately perform any or all of the provisions
of this Section, the Employer, at his sole discretion, reserves the right to have the
ENGINEER perform any or all of the provisions of this Section and back-charge
the Contractor for the actual cost of such work.
2. This remedy for Contractor's failure to perform shall be in addition to any other
right or remedy available under this Contract.

1.05 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN

A. Provides detailed description of procedures, instructions, and reports used to ensure


compliance with the Contract Documents.

B. No construction shall begin and no requests for payment shall be processed until the
Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is approved.

C. Contractor’s QCP shall include the following as a minimum:

1. Organization chart identifying all personnel responsible for quality control.

a. Identify the manager of the QC program showing that the position is


independent of the job supervisory staff with clear lines of authority.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 4 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

b. The QC manager shall report directly to the Contractor’s corporate


management and he shall liaise and coordinate directly with the ENGINEER.
c. Show area of responsibility and authority of each individual in the quality
control system.
d. Describe the area of responsibility and authority of each individual in the
quality control system.
c. The QC manager or designated substitute shall be present at the project site at
any time work is in progress.

2. Procedures for reviewing shop drawings, samples, certificates, and other submittals
necessary for contract compliance.

a. Include the name of all personnel authorized to sign the submittals for the
Contractor certifying that they comply with the Contract requirements.

3. Procedures used to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, as well as


problem identification, reporting and resolution.

a. Include a copy of forms and reports used to document quality control


operations.
b. Include a submittal status log listing required submittals and action required by
the Contractor and ENGINEER or Project Manager.

4. A description of the services provided by outside organizations such as testing


laboratories, architects, and consulting ENGINEERs.
5. A test and inspection schedule keyed to the construction schedule and following the
order of the Specification.

a. Indicate the following:

1. Inspections and tests required.


2. Names of responsible personnel for each segment of the Work.
3. Schedule for each inspection and test.

6. Document and submittal control procedures.


7. Procedures to identify and control use of items and materials.
8. Sample forms to be used (Stop Work Order, NCR, etc.)

1.06 INSPECTION PROCEDURES

A. As a minimum, inspect work before beginning each work segment and after
completing a representative portion of the work.

B. Perform follow up inspections as necessary to ensure compliance with the contract


documents.

C. Preparatory inspection shall include:

1. Review of the contract requirements

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 5 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Review of approved shop drawings and submittal data.


3. Check availability of required control testing.
4. Ensure materials and equipment conform to approved shop drawings and submittal
data.
5. Ensure the necessary preparatory work has been completed and is of acceptable
quality.

D. Perform an initial inspection as soon as a representative segment of the particular item


of Work has been completed.

1. This inspection shall include the following:

a. Conduct scheduled tests.

1. Results shall cite the Contract requirements, the test or analytical


procedures used, and the actual test results.
2. State whether item tested or analyzed “conforms” or “fails to conform”.
3. Test reports shall be signed by the laboratory representative authorized to
sign certified test reports.
4. Immediately deliver all documents to the ENGINEER.

b. Examine quality of workmanship.


c. Check for omissions or dimensional errors.
d. Approve or reject initial work.

E. Provide follow-up inspections as necessary.

1. Include continued testing and examinations to ensure continued compliance with


the Contract requirements.

1.07 INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN


A. Contractor shall develop an Inspection and Test Plan for each Specification Section
and for the design/production/test processes for each item of manufactured equipment.

1. Identify the following:


a. All required inspections and tests required by that Specification Section
b. Required testing frequency.
c. The accept/reject criteria.
d. Records required to document compliance.
e. Procedures or instruction to be used for control of each activity.
B. Provide sufficient detail to allow the ENGINEER and other agencies having
jurisdictional authority over the work to identify operations to be inspected by that
organization.

1. Such operations shall not be bypassed by the Contractor, unless a written waiver is
given by the witnessing organization.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 6 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.08 DOCUMENT AND SUBMITTAL CONTROL


A. Establish written procedures for processing all documents and submittals associated
with this project.
1. Procedures shall address receipt, filing, safe guarding, processing and transmitting.
2. Establish procedures to ensure documents are prepared and transmitted or
distributed in a timely manner.
3. Procedures shall also ensure documents contain the required technical information.
B. Provide quality control procedures, methods, and current documents at the locations
where they are to be used.

C. Maintain separate files for quality related documents and make such files available to
the ENGINEER upon request.
1. Retain all quality related records for not less than three years.
2. Protect all records from damage, deterioration, and loss.

D. Contractor shall not change or alter approved submittals, procedures, shop drawings or
any other pertinent documentation without the ENGINEER's written authorization.
1.09 IDENTIFICATION AND CONTROL OF ITEMS AND MATERIALS

A. Contractor shall establish control procedures to ensure that items or materials accepted
through shipping or receiving inspection are properly used and installed.
B. Contractor shall identify all items and materials so that they are traceable throughout
all inspections, test activities, and records.

1. For stored items, the identification method shall be consistent with the expected
duration and type of storage.
C. Contractor shall record equipment and material identifications and ensure that they are
traceable to the location where they are incorporated into the work.

D. Contractor shall develop and maintain a receiving/inspection log containing at least the
information itemized below:

1. Purchase order number


2. Item number
3. Suppliers name
4. Quantity
5. Item description
6. Reference to applicable contract requirements
7. Date received
8. Heat number, serial number or other Identification, as applicable
9. Verification of receipt of all required supporting documentation
10. QC acceptance sign-off and date
11. Nonconformance number, if applicable.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 7 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.10 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

A. Contractor shall use an approved material testing laboratory for testing required by
these specifications.

1. An on-site approved independent laboratory accredited by Abu Dhabi Municipality


Construction Quality Control & Research Section (ADM CQC & RS) and staffed
by qualified personnel shall be used.

a. Submit name and qualifications of independent testing laboratories to


ENGINEER for approval not less than 7 calendar days prior to the date the
laboratories are to be used.
b. Once approved, dismissal and replacement of the approved independent testing
laboratory shall require written authorization by the ENGINEER.

B. All inspections, sampling and testing of materials shall be conducted in accordance


with the specified standards.

1. Contractor shall have adequate QC personnel on site during all production shift
operations.
2. Test procedures submitted for approval shall include the following, as a minimum:

a. Prerequisites for the given test.


b. Required tools, equipment, and instrumentation.
c. Necessary environmental conditions.
d. Acceptance criteria.
e. Data to be recorded.
f. Test results reporting forms.
g. Identification of items tested.

C. Inspection work shall be performed by personnel designated by the Contractor.

1. Such personnel shall not be the same as those performing the work.

D. Approved procedures and instructions shall be “on hand” and used by inspection and
test personnel at the time of inspection or test.

1. All revisions shall be approved prior to being used to inspect or test the work.
2. No deviations from approved work procedures and instruction shall be allowed
without written authorization from the ENGINEER.

E. Provide the ENGINEER with not less than 24 hours written notice of the occurrence of
an assigned hold point.

1. Any hold point inspected by outside agencies shall require a minimum 14 days
prior written notification.

F. Submit inspection/test results to the ENGINEER prior to incorporating the item(s) into
the work.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 8 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Report inspection/test failures to the ENGINEER immediately upon receipt.


2. Submit certificates of compliance 7 days prior to incorporating a product to the
Works.

G. Inspections and tests conducted by persons or agencies other than the Contractor, shall
not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility and obligation to meet all
Specifications and referenced standards.

H. Inspection and test records shall, as a minimum, identify the following:

1. Name of items inspected/tested


2. Quantity of items
3. Inspection/test procedure reference
4. Date
5. Name of inspector/tester
6. Observations/comments
7. Specified requirements
8. Acceptability
9. Deviations/non-conformances
10. Corrective action
11. Evaluation of results
12. Signature of authorized evaluator.

I. Inspection and Test Status

1. Contractor shall clearly document and identify the inspections and test status of
materials and equipment throughout construction.
2. Identification may be by means of stamps, tags, or other control devices attached
to, or accompanying, the material or equipment.

1.11 MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Provide measuring and test equipment necessary to ensure construction conforms to the
requirements of this specification.

B. Maintain the accuracy of all measuring and test equipment.

1. Provide a unique identification number or mark permanently affixed to each item of


measuring and test equipment.
2. Calibrate each item of measuring and test equipment at intervals recommended by
the manufacturer and submit calibration certificates.
3. Develop a log of all measuring and test equipment and record:

a. Equipment description
b. Identification number
c. Date of the last calibration
d. Date that the next calibration is due.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 9 of 14 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.12 NON-CONFORMANCES MONITORING


A. Contractor shall develop a system to identify, document, control and process non-
conforming material and equipment.

1. A non-conformance exists when either material and equipment, documentation, or


construction do not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. The monitoring system shall apply to material and equipment as well as
documentation, installation and construction which fails to conform to the Contract
Documents.

B. Contractor shall provide the ENGINEER with the following information for each non-
conformance:
1. Identification of non-conformance.
2. Description of non-conformance.
3. Evaluation of non-conformance to establish the cause.
4. Recommended corrective action.
5. Date non-conformance was identified.
6. Date corrective action was completed.
7. Description of final corrective action.
C. Contractor shall develop and maintain a non-conformance log to track all non-
conformances.
1. Log shall contain the following information as a minimum:
a. Sequential reference number
b. Date issued
c. Originator
d. Description of item deemed to be in non-conformance
f. Description of non-conformance
g. Recommended and final disposition
h. Date closed
i. QC Manager's initials
j. Remarks, as applicable.
D. Contractor's QC personnel shall have the authority to stop that portion of the work
which does not comply with the Contract requirements.
E. The dispositions for non-conforming items and materials shall be subject to approval
by the ENGINEER.
F. Contractor shall clearly identify each non-conforming item with a status tag or other
distinguishing mark.
1. Establish procedures for installing, monitoring, and removing these status tags.
2. Identify personnel authorized to remove status tags.
G. Corrective Actions
1. Contractor shall take prompt action to identify the causes of each non-
conformances and the corrective action necessary to prevent recurrence.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 10 of 14


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

a. The results of failure and discrepancy report summaries, supplier evaluations,


and any other pertinent applicable data shall be used for determining corrective
action.
b. Information developed during construction, tests, and inspections that support
the implementation of required improvements and corrections shall be used to
support the adequacy of corrective action taken.

1.13 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS

A. Contractor shall identify activities requiring qualified production, inspection, and test
personnel and establish their minimum competence level.

B. Personnel inspecting and testing special operations (e.g., welding, brazing, etc.) shall
have the experience, training, and certification commensurate with the scope,
complexity, or nature of the activity.

1. Such personnel shall be approved by the ENGINEER.

C. Contractor shall submit the following for all such production, inspection and test
personnel:

1. Qualifications description
2. Orientation
3. Skill evaluation
4. Certification credentials.

D. Contractor shall maintain records of personnel qualifications as quality records.

1.14 QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS/AUDITS

A. The Contractor’s Quality Control Manager shall provide a daily Quality Control Report
to the ENGINEER. This report shall be comprehensive and it should include all Q.C.
activities on the project.

B. Contractor shall perform regularly scheduled internal audits to verify that his quality
control procedures ensure total compliance with the Specifications and referenced
standards.

1. Schedule quality control audits not less than monthly.


2. Maintain records of internal audits as quality records and make them available to
the ENGINEER upon request.
3. Provide the ENGINEER with access to the audit records upon request.
4. Allow the ENGINEER to observe the Contractor’s internal audit upon request.
5. Provide the ENGINEER with a copy of the monthly audit report.

1.15 EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE

A. Contractor shall be responsible for handling, storing and preserving equipment and
material from the time of receipt to the time of acceptance by the Employer.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 11 of 14


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. Contractor’s storage and handling procedures shall be designed to prevent damage,


deterioration, distortion of shape or dimension, loss, degradation, loss of identification,
or substitution.

C. The handling procedures shall address the use, inspection and maintenance of special
devices such as crates, boxes, containers, dividers, slings, material handling and
transportation equipment and other facilities.

D. Contractor shall identify equipment and material requiring special handling or testing.

1.16 QUALITY CONTROL RECORDS

A. Contractor shall develop a complete records index based on the requirements for
document and data submittals in each Section of these Specifications.

1. Indicate all quality control records, documentation, submittals and data required by
the Contract.
2. Supplement these records as necessary to monitor quality throughout the project.
3. The records identified in the index shall provide objective evidence that quality
control program activities conform to the contract requirements.

a. Include evidence that required verifications have been performed


b. Establish the basis for key project decisions.

B. Authenticate all records.

1. Only complete and properly authenticated documents shall be maintained as


records of material and equipment quality.

C. Quality records shall be indexed, filed and maintained in a manner that provides for
timely retrieval; traceability, easy identification and the latest status (acceptability) of
equipment and material.

D. Protect Quality Control records from deterioration and damage.

E. As a minimum, records shall include:

1. Name of equipment/material inspected/ tested


2. Specification reference by section and paragraph (where applicable)
3. Quantity of items
4. Location and installation
5. Inspection/test procedure reference
6. Date
7. Signature of inspector
8. Observations/comments.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 12 of 14


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.17 WORKMANSHIP

A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified
requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.

B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of the specified quality.

C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration, and racking.

D. Comply with manufacturer’s published installation instructions in full detail, including


each step in sequence.

1. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from


ENGINEER before proceeding.

1.18 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY

A. Do not load or permit a structure to be loaded in a manner that will endanger the
structure.

B. Do not subject Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.

C. Existing Surfaces and Facilities:

1. Take positive action to protect existing surfaces and facilities from damage
resulting from construction operations unless modifications to the surfaces or
facilities are required as part of the Contract.
2. Protect paving, landscaping, and utility facilities from damage caused by mobile
and stationary equipment, including vehicles delivering materials to the project site.
3. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as
passageways through which materials are handled, against possible damage
resulting form the conduct of the work by trades.
4. Provide and maintain adequate protection for adjacent structures.

a. When required by law or for the safety of the Work; shore, brace, underpin, or
otherwise protect those portions of adjacent structures that may be affected by
the Work.

D. Utilities

1. Known utilities and related facilities are shown on the drawings.

a. Location of these facilities are not guaranteed, nor is there any guarantee that
other utilities are not present.
b. Unless otherwise specifically provided, protect utilities and related facilities
from damage and cause no interruption of service.

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 13 of 14


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Establish and maintain direct contact with the ENGINEER or operator of each
utility that may be affected by the Work.

a. Proceed with Work that may affect a utility only with the cooperation and
approval of the ENGINEER or operator of the utility.
b. Immediately inform the ENGINEER of any agreement with the utility operator
concerning the Work under this Contract.
3. Verify the location of all utilities in the vicinity of the work before commencing
construction.

a. Submit a plan for performing the work to the ENGINEER for approval.
b. Include evidence of approval by the utility owner or operator.

E. New Work

1. All finished surfaces shall be clean and un-marked upon acceptance of the area
2. Do not permit traffic or material storage on finished surfaces.

a. Where some activity must take place on the finished surface in order to perform
the Work, provide and maintain adequate protection.

3. Provide and maintain adequate protection against the weather at all times so as to
preserve Work, materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures free from injury or
damage.
4. Do not use items of equipment that are intended to from a part of the completed
work as construction equipment without specific approval from the ENGINEER in
each instance.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01400 – Quality Control Page 14 of 14


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01500

CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Electricity and Site Lighting


2. Ventilation
3 Telephone Service
4. Potable Water
5. Sanitary Facilities
6. Barriers
7. Enclosures
8. Protection of Installed Work
9. Site Security
10. Water Control
11. Cleaning During Construction
12. Field Offices
13. Roads

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work

B. Section 01700 - Contract Close-out

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Working Drawings to ENGINEER for approval in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Show proposed locations and sizes of offices, shops, storage areas, fencing, temporary
stationary equipment, and similar facilities.

C. Show proposed connections to utilities.

1.04 GENERAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide and maintain temporary and interim utility services necessary for performance
of the Work.

B. Install and maintain utilities to comply with applicable code, safety and utility
company requirements.

C. Connect to the Employer’s utility only on approval of the ENGINEER.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 1 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

D. Contractor’s use of permanent utilities or equipment during construction shall not start
the warranty or guarantee period.

1.05 ELECTRICITY AND SITE LIGHTING

A. Provide electrical service required for all construction operations.


1. Include branch wiring and distribution boxes as necessary to allow service and
lighting.
2. Provide terminations for each voltage supply complete with circuit breakers,
disconnect switches and other electrical devices as required to protect the
permanent power supply system.

B. Provide all lighting required for construction activities.

1. Permanent site lighting may be used during construction.


2. Maintain all temporary lighting and make routine repairs as necessary.

1.06 VENTILATION

A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations and to


protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity.

B. Verify ventilation equipment is properly installed, ready for continuous operation, and
that filters are in place prior to operating permanent facilities for temporary purposes.

1. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and other associated costs prior to
acceptance by the Employer.

C. Ventilate enclosed areas to:

1. Cure materials
2. Disperse humidity
3. Prevent accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

1.07 POTABLE WATER

A. Provide potable water service as necessary for construction operations.

1. Provide temporary meters and pay all costs.


2. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that potable water service is available
for the ENGINEER and/or Project Manager’s site offices as required.

B. Provide and maintain bottled water, including a dispenser for cooling and heating the
delivered water, for ENGINEER and Project Manager’s site offices.

1.08 SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Provide and maintain facilities for the ENGINEER and/or Project Manager’s field
offices as required as well as for construction personnel.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 2 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.09 BARRIERS

A. Provide as required to:


1. Prevent public entry to construction areas.
2. Protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage due to construction
operations.

B. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated by the ENGINEER.


1. Protect against pedestrian and vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping,
chemically injurious materials, and puddling or continuous running water.

1.10 ENCLOSURES

A. Provide temporary, weather tight closures for openings in exterior surfaces to ensure
acceptable working conditions, to protect installed materials and equipment, and to
prevent unauthorized entry.

B. Provide doors with self-closing hardware and locks.

1.11 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK

A. Provide temporary protection for installed products.


1. Control traffic in the immediate area to minimize damage.

B. Cover walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of all openings.

C. Protect finished floors and stairs from traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage
damage.

D. Prohibit traffic and material storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, and on lawn
and landscaped areas.

1.12 SITE SECURITY

A. Establish security program and provide facilities necessary to protect the Work.
B. Coordinate with Employer’s security program.

1.13 SECURITY FENCE FOR CONSTRUCTION

A. Contractor shall erect, maintain, and remove suitable and approved temporary security
fencing to enclose such areas of the Works and all areas of land occupied by the
Contractor within the Site as may by necessary to implement his obligations under the
Conditions of Contract Sub-Clauses 20.1 and 22.1.

B. Contractor’s access for works within the area protected by security fence shall be
subject to the gate pass control and work permit regulations of the Palm Island
Development and of the ENGINEER.

C. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain all necessary approvals and permits.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 3 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.14 WATER CONTROL

A. Grade site to drain.

B. Maintain excavations free of water.

C. Provide, operate and maintain necessary pumping and dewatering equipment.

1.15 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. Control the accumulation of waste materials and rubbish.

1. Periodically dispose of legally off-site.

B. Clean interior surfaces prior to starting finish work.

1. Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations.

1.16 LOCATION OF CONTRACT OFFICES AND OTHER FACILITIES

A. Within two weeks of the date of the Letter of Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit
plans showing his proposed location and layout for:

1. ENGINEER and Project Manager’s Site Offices;


2. Contractor’s Site Offices;
3. Contractor’s Stores, Equipment and Maintenance Yard and Materials Stockpiling
Facilities;
4. Principal routes for heavy equipment and trucks;
5. Areas for the temporary storage and permanent dumping of excavated material;
6. Temporary fencing and security lighting.

B. Offices of the Contractor’s site agent will normally be adjacent to or close to those of
the Employer and Project Manager’s Site Offices for ease of access and
communication. A specific location will be designated by the ENGINEER.

C. ENGINEER and Project Manager’s site offices shall be completely detached from that
of the Contractor’s and shall be at a central location as approved by the ENGINEER.

D. Drawings showing the plans and elevations shall be submitted to the ENGINEER as
detailed in Section 01300

1. Any reasonable changes or modifications suggested by the ENGINEER shall be


incorporated at no additional cost to the Employer.
2. Departures from the approved details shall not be permitted unless written consent
is obtained from the ENGINEER.

E. Contractor shall pay all fees required by law and obtain all permits, licenses
and NOC’s from the relevant authorities.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 4 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.17 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICES, ETC.

A. Contractor shall provide, maintain and subsequently remove all temporary offices,
sanitary conveniences, stores, workshops, compounds, parking areas and the like
necessary for the completion and maintenance of the Works.

B Siting and layout shall be made with the general approval of the ENGINEER.

C. Contractor shall also provide, maintain and subsequently remove temporary services
for water supply, drainage, lighting and heating, roads, paths, parking place and refuse
disposal.

1.18 ENGINEER AND PROJECT MANAGER’S SITE OFFICES

A. Contractor shall provide, furnish, and maintain a suitable temporary office facility for
the exclusive use of the ENGINEER and Project Manager. All offices shall be
weather-tight with lighting, electrical outlets, air conditioning, ventilation equipment
and furniture.

B. Facilities shall be located on the Site and in accordance with the requirements of the
relevant authorities and as approved by the ENGINEER.

C. Site office shall be completed with all the equipment and furnishings by end of the
Mobilization Period.

1. Deductions in payment shall be made for any delay.

D The ENGINEER and Project Manager’s temporary site offices shall present a neat
business like appearance and shall be of substantial construction as approved by the
ENGINEER.

E Contractor shall provide one dedicated telephone line and one dedicated line for
facsimile facilities.

1. All telephone and facsimile charges within the United Arab Emirates shall be paid
by the Contractor.

2. International call charges incurred by the ENGINEER or Project Manager shall be


paid by the ENGINEER or Project Manager, respectively.

F. Maintenance of the facilities shall also include the maintenance and routine servicing
of all electrical and electronic appliances until the Completion of Contract.

G. Contractor shall provide air conditioned and lighted office accommodation, furnishings
and survey equipment in accordance with the schedule of accommodation listed
hereinafter.

1. These office facilities shall be for the exclusive use of the ENGINEER and Project
Manager.
2. Construction shall be soundproof, waterproof, fireproof and well isolated.
Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 5 of 13 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3. All doors and windows shall be provided with fly screens.


4. Windows shall be shaded.
5. Interior walls shall be of paneling selected by the ENGINEER
6. Door locks shall be of Yale lever handle equivalent and keys to all doors shall be
held by the ENGINEER or Project Manager.
7. The offices shall be identified by a suitable sign as approved by the ENGINEER.
8. All desks and cabinets shall be provided with locks and keys.
9. Kitchen room shall be fitted with:

a. Kitchen sinks with stainless steel top and cupboards below and having a potable
water supply.
b. Coffee maker -drip type.
c. Electric water cooler / heater.

H. Contractor shall be responsible for the daily cleaning and maintenance of the offices,
their fixtures and fittings.

I. In the event of failure or malfunction of any item of equipment in the office the
Contractor shall provide a substitute item equivalent to the defective item without
undue delay for the repair or replacement period.

J. Contractor shall provide covered car ports, minimum 6m x 3m each, with a clear height
of 2.5 meters.

1. All car ports shall be properly and fully shaded and shall be for the exclusive use of
Employer, ENGINEER, Project Manager, staff and visitors. Placards shall be
provided to identify each Employer, ENGINEER, Project Manager and Visitors car
port.

K. Contractor shall provide as required by the ENGINEER:

1. Supplies of consumable materials such as general office equipment, stationery


etc;
2. Protective clothing including safety helmets, waterproof clothing, cotton overalls,
safety boots, rubber boots etc. for the use of the ENGINEER, Project Manager and
their staff and visitors to the Site.

L. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of 2 laborers at the Employer Representative and


Project Manager’s Site Office Facility.
1. During site working hours until Contract Completion.
2. Laborers shall be assigned by the ENGINEER.
a. To assist in handling samples, materials and similar duties;
b. To assist the ENGINEER or Project Manager during inspection, measurements,
testing or similar duties in the field of the Works;
3. Laborers shall speak English.
M. Contractor shall provide all items listed in the attached Schedules of Offices,
Furnishings & Fittings and Survey Equipment.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 6 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SCHEDULE OF OFFICES

The office requirements are as follows:


Room No. of
Type No. Description Size
Rooms

1. Conference Room 4x8m 1

2. Representative’s Office and 4x6m 1


Private toilet

3. Project Manager’s Office 4x6m 1


and

Private Toilet

4. Toilets 1.5x 2.5 m 4

5. Kitchen 3 x 3.5 m 1

6. Store Room/Sample Room 4x4 1

Total area =113 sq.mtr

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 7 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SCHEDULE OF FURNISHINGS & FITTINGS

The fittings required under this contract for the rooms within the ENGINEER and
Project Manager’s Site offices indicated in the schedule of offices, shall be to the
ENGINEER’s approval and are as follows:

Quantity of Fittings

Item Description Unit

1 Executive desk with


two locking drawers
and swivel chair nr 2

2 Conference table
for 12 persons nr 1

3 Desk with two locking


drawers & swivel chair nr 12

4 Chair, cloth fabric


covered, padded,
steel frame nr 12

5 Typist desk and chair nr 2

6 Full size drafting table


with adjustable stand &
`T’ square; stool &
drafting instruments
complete nr 1

7 Drawing stand nr 2

9 Samples cupboard nr 2

10 Four drawers steel


filing cabinet nr 2

11 Waste paper basket nr 4

15 Magnetic White Board nr 2

16 Punch (small), stapler


(small), desk sharpener, 3
pentray, tape holder etc.

17 Portable dry powder


fire extinguisher nr 3

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 8 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

18 Maximum-minimum
thermometer nr 1

Room Type No. and Total Quantity of Fittings

Item Description Unit

19 Plain paper heavy


duty type photo-
copier (A3/A4 format,
reduction/enlargement
facility, cassette feeds,
sorting facility. nr 1

20 IBM compatible
computer, as specified
hereinafter nr 2

21 HP 4V Laser Jet
Printer or approved
equal with all
accessories nr 1

22 HP Deskjet 1600C
Printer or approved
equal with all
accessories nr 1

23 HP Scanjet 3 P or
approved equal with
PC interface and
accessories kit nr 1

24 First Aid Kit nr As necessary

25 Electronic Calculators 2

26 Digital Camera
(auto focus with
30-140 range lens
with panoramic view
and date imprint facility) nr 1

27 Binding Machine
(adjustable for A4
size to A3 size) nr 1

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 9 of 13 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

28 Lamination machine nr 1

SCHEDULE OF SURVEY EQUIPMENT

The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good condition at all times, the following survey
equipment and materials during the continuance of the Contract for the exclusive use of the
ENGINEER and his staff.

On satisfactory completion of the Contract, all survey equipment will revert to the Contractor.

1.19 STORAGE SHEDS FOR TOOLS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Contractor’s storage sheds shall have the following features:

1. Weather tight with ventilation for products requiring controlled climatic conditions.
2. Adequate space for organized storage and access.
3. Lighting for inspection of stored materials.

B. Submit shop drawings showing the proposed location and size of all shops, storage
areas, security fencing, stationary equipment, and similar facilities.

1.20 ROADS

A. Use established roads or routes approved by the ENGINEER.

B. Maintain roads free of dirt, trash, construction debris, etc.

1.21 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY ITEMS

A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, etc. prior to Substantial Completion of


works.

B. Terminate utility connections in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and the


appropriate utility company.

C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities.

1. Remove underground installations to a depth of 600 mm.


2. Grade site as shown on the Drawings or to match adjacent areas.
3. Restore existing facilities used during construction either to specified or original
conditions.

1.22 RODENT AND PEST CONTROL

A. Contractor shall keep the work area, including all storage areas, free from rodents,
noxious pests, and other vermin at all times.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 10 of 13


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. The ENGINEER shall notify the Contractor of any noncompliance and the corrective
action required.

1. Contractor shall take immediate corrective action upon receiving such notice.
2. If the Contractor fails to eliminate both the rodents and the causes thereof, the
Employer may have the site exterminated and charge the cost to the Contractor.
1.23 HOARDING

A. Unless otherwise specified, hoarding shall be provided to protect the existing facilities
as directed by the ENGINEER or other concerned authorities at no additional cost to
the Employer.

1.24 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY AND UTILITIES

A. Contractor shall protect from injury or damage to adjacent property, improvements or


existing facilities including but not limited to the following:

1. Landscaping and planting areas


2. Ground cover
3. Fresh Water Hydrants
4. Bollards
5. Guard rails and posts
6. Guide posts
7. Culvert and Property Markers
8. Signs
9. Structures
10. Conduits
11. Pipelines
12. Other furniture and improvements within or adjacent to the Contractor’s operations.

C. Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect all objects under the
above Sub-Clause from injury or damage.

1. If injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced or


restored at his own expense,

a. To a condition as good as when entered upon the work, or


b. As required by the ENGINEER.

D. Contractor shall not disturb any property corners or survey markers without permission
from the ENGINEER.

E. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, utilities, roads, highways, ditches,
embankments, bridges, culverts or other public or private property, which may be caused
by transporting plant, equipment, materials, or men to or from the site of work.

1. Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the property
owner over the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 11 of 13


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Contractor shall bear the expense of replacing, restoring or resetting any of the
aforementioned which may be damaged or disturbed by his operations including fines
and charges levied by the respective Service Authority.

F. All temporary and permanent safeguards will be at the Contractor’s expense.

G. Any additional costs, due to difficulty of working or to any other reasons arising from the
presence of the aforementioned shall be borne by the Contractor.

H. Contractor is advised to note the current scale of fines and charges for repairs levied by the
various Services Authorities in case of damage to services.

I. The concerned authority shall have the right to stop the work at site if, in their opinion, it is
considered that the Contractor is endangering the safety of existing facilities.

J. Contractor may be required to work in the vicinity of water mains and high voltage and
telecommunications cables in certain locations under this Contract.

1. These locations are to be confirmed on site with the concerned Authorities.


2. Work in these areas shall not be permitted with mechanical excavation plant.
3. All electrical and telephone utilities exposed by the Contractor shall be provided with
service protection ducts.

1.25 SAFETY AND MEDICAL FACILITIES

A. General

1. Contractor shall at his expense:

a. Arrange for medical attention to be available when necessary,


b. Provide dressing stations complete with all adequate first-aid equipment on the site,
c. Display in suitable places the names of his employees who are available from time
to time to render first aid services,
d. Provide for the transport of serious cases to the nearest hospital,

2. Contractor shall comply with all requirements of:

a. Legislation of the UAE and the Emirate of Abu Dhabi concerning the working
conditions, safety, health or welfare of any employee of the Contractor, the
Employer or the Project Manager,
b. Environmental Protection Regulations, Occupational Safety and Health
Regulations, Code of Construction Safety Practice under the Local Order No.
61/1991 and Safety Manual (1994) issued by Abu Dhabi Municipality Health
c. Requirements for Safety of any Statutory Regulations published,
d. Best industry practices for the safety of workmen and the public.

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 12 of 13


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.26 SITE TO BE KEPT CLEAN

A. Throughout the progress of his work, the Contractor shall keep the Site and all working
areas:

1. In tidy and workman-like condition,


2. Free from rubbish and waste materials.
B. Any temporary works, constructional plant/equipment, materials or other things which for
the time being are not required for use by the Contractor may with the consent of the
ENGINEER:

1. Be removed from the Site, but otherwise shall be dispersed about the Site in an orderly
fashion.
2. Shall be properly and securely stored thereon.

C. Requirements of this Clause shall not limit the Contractor's obligations under the
Conditions of Contract.

1.27 FINAL CONDITIONS OF WORK

A. Before application is made for the Employer to accept the work, all items of work shall be
complete, ready to operate and in a clean condition.

B. All trash, debris, unused building material and temporary structures shall have been
removed from the site of the work to a Abu Dhabi Municipality Tip.

C. Tools and construction machinery not needed for repair and adjustment consequent to
operational tests shall not be on the Site.

D. Walkways, parking areas and roadways, streets and lanes pertaining to the Works shall be
completely cleaned.

1.28 WATER SERVICE AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICES

A. No valve or other control of the water system shall be operated by the Contractor without
approval of the relevant authority and the ENGINEER.

B. Contractor shall not draw any water from a fresh water or fire hydrant for use on the work,
without first obtaining permission from the relevant authority.

C. In case of connections to existing mains or services the Contractor shall notify the relevant
authority and the ENGINEER three working days in advance of any shutdowns required
for connections to existing mains in order that the required shutdown and inspection
services may be provided.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01500 – Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls Page 13 of 13


Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01570

TRAFFIC CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Traffic Control Requirements.


2. Quality Assurance.
3. Dust Control.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01300 - Submittals

B. Section 01700 - Contract Close-out

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01300.

B. Shop Drawings

1. Shop drawings for all areas requiring traffic regulation, even if such areas are not
shown on the contract drawings to include but not be limited to:

a. Identify existing services and access to adjacent properties


b. Detail congested areas at a scale of 1:250.
c. Vehicular segregation and routing.
d. Proposed detours during construction.
e. Employee parking areas

C. Method statement for dust control.

1.04 GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

A. Contractor shall maintain and protect vehicular and pedestrian traffic (including plant
staff) through all construction areas.

1. Work shall include but not necessarily be limited to furnishing, erecting and
maintaining temporary traffic control devices including barriers, barricades, cones,
drums, warning signs directional signage and lights.
B. No work shall be performed during the hours of darkness unless otherwise authorized
in writing by the ENGINEER.

Section 01570 – Traffic Control Page 1 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. Contractor shall ensure that adequate access is maintained at all times to properties
affected by construction activities.

1. Replace access ways with the same width, standard and surface type as the existing
access facilities.

a. A minimum width of 3 m shall be provided.


b. The ENGINEER shall agree to the layout, width and construction details of all
access ways prior to construction.

2. The access locations to be maintained are not shown on the Drawings.


3. All existing access ways; paved or unpaved, shall be maintained at all times during
the contract period unless specifically authorized otherwise by the ENGINEER in
writing.

D. Detour Works and access to the site shall include but not necessarily be limited to:

1. Field surveys,
2. Construction and maintenance of paved and unpaved detour carriage ways
including earthwork,
3. Providing and installing barriers, drainage, lighting, traffic signals, signs,
barricades, and other traffic control devices.
4. Drawings showing details of the proposed Detour Works shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER for approval.
5. Temporary protection of existing utility services as required by the ENGINEER.
6. Restoration of the Detour sites to their original condition (or such other condition
as directed or approved by the ENGINEER) when the Detours are no longer
required.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Traffic Safety Supervisor

1. Provide a competent Traffic Safety Supervisor approved by the ENGINEER, to


oversee the maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic operations. This
supervisor may have collateral duties but he must give adequate time and attention
to traffic safety as required by job site conditions.

a. Supervisor shall be available at all times,


b. Supervisor shall have received traffic safety training or shall have had previous
experience regulating traffic flow through construction work areas.

2. The Traffic Safety Supervisor's duties and responsibilities shall include but not
necessarily be limited to the following:

a. Maintain traffic flow through and around the construction site as required by
these Contract Documents.
b. Coordinate traffic control procedures with all relevant authorities including the
plant operating staff,

Section 01570 – Traffic Control Page 2 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

c. Inspect the condition and location of traffic control devices to ensure that they
are in proper working order, clean, visible and conform to these specifications.
d. Establish traffic control requirements and develop the appropriate control
procedures.
e. Provide and maintain such devices as are necessary for safe and efficient traffic
movement. Ensure that these devices are in place at the required time. These
will include backup alarms on equipment and haul trucks.
f. Coordinate traffic control operations, including maintenance, with the
ENGINEER.
g. Review the Contractor's material storage and handling procedures with respect
to traffic safety and operation.
h. Conduct an initial traffic safety meeting with Contractor, Subcontractor
Superintendents and other Contractors prior to beginning construction. Review
traffic control procedures, safety, barricading, traffic speeds, flagman, diversion
on the site.
i. Conduct periodic meetings at least monthly to review traffic control problems
and implement solutions.

1. Provide the ENGINEER with minutes summarizing all discussions.


2. The ENGINEER may elect to attend these meetings.

B. Flagmen

1. Persons acting as flagmen shall be:

a. Physically and mentally qualified


b. Trained in their duties, and
c. Courteous.

2. Each flagman on duty shall wear appropriate and distinctive apparel as approved by
the ENGINEER.

a. Shall be equipped with a STOP/GO sign conforming to these Specifications.


b. Reflective apparel is required for flagging during darkness.

1.06 DUST CONTROL

A. Contractor shall prevent nuisance conditions from developing as a result of dust.

B. Dust control shall be by watering using tanker trucks with spray


attachments or by other approved methods at no additional cost to the
Employer.

C. Submit for approval by the ENGINEER.

Section 01570 – Traffic Control Page 3 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. All traffic control devices shall be approved by the ENGINEER before being used on
the Site.

1. After the initial use is complete, the Contractor may reuse any approved items as
the need arises.

B. All sign panels, barricades, drums, vertical panels and flagmen's paddles shall be
reflectorized.

1. Painting shall not constitute an approved substitute for reflectorization.

C. Barricades shall be made of metal or plastic and shall collapse when tipped over.

1. Barricades made of wood will not be permitted.

D. Cones shall be manufactured of a material capable of withstanding impact without


damage to the cones or vehicles.

1. All cones shall be red and shall have a white reflectorized band.
2. Cones shall be capable of remaining upright during normal traffic flow and wind
conditions in the area where they are used.

E. Vertical panels shall be constructed of metal or plastic.

1. Wood construction will not be permitted.

F. Warning lights shall be Type A (low intensity flashing), or Type C (steady burn).

1. Shall meet the minimum requirement of the Institute of Transportation


ENGINEERs "Standard for Flashing and Steady-Burn Barricade Warning Lights".

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

A. Provide and maintain traffic control devices, both inside and outside the Contract
Limits, as needed to direct traffic and ensure vehicular and pedestrian safety.

B. Prior to beginning construction, erect the necessary signs, barricades, and other traffic
control devices.

1. Remove or cover all warning signs except those required for public safety during
non-working hours or when construction in that area is completed.
2. Cover signs with either metal or plywood sheets so that the entire sign cannot be
seen by on-coming traffic.
Section 01570 – Traffic Control Page 4 of 5 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. Use traffic Control devices only as long as they are needed.

1. Only those devices that apply to conditions actually in existence shall be in place.

D. Reflective materials on signs, drums, barricades, and other devices shall be kept clean,
free from dirt, mud and road grime.

1. Scratches, rips, and tears in the sheeting shall be promptly repaired by the
Contractor to the ENGINEER's satisfaction.
2. Reflective sheeting materials shall maintain a reflectivity of not less than 50% of
their design intensity values.

E. Traffic Control Devices

1. Shall be supplied and maintained by the Contractor.


2. Shall be relocated, realigned or replaced as necessary.
3. Which are damaged, lost, stolen, destroyed or deemed unacceptable shall be
promptly replaced by the Contractor without additional payment or compensation.

F. Warning lights shall be securely fixed to barricades or drums used singly or in


combination with other devices, unless otherwise specified.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01570 – Traffic Control Page 5 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01580

PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Project Identification Sign.


2. Sign Maintenance.
3. Sign Removal.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01010 - Summary of the Work


B. Section 01043 - Job Site Administration
C. Section 01300 - Submittals
D. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The signs and mounting structure shall be designed to withstand a wind speed of 140
km/hr.

B. Paint selection and application shall be adequate to withstand weathering, fading and
chipping for the duration of construction.

C. Signs shall be painted by a professional sign painter.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawings of the project identification signs shall be submitted for approval in
accordance with Section 01300.

B. Shop drawings shall show:

1. Content and layout details.


2. Structural and foundation details.
3. Samples of the Sign Painters Work.

1.05 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN

A. Size shall be as specified by the ENGINEER.


B. Number required: 1 minimum at the site.
C. Contents

1. Text in both Arabic and English.

Section 01580 – project Identification Signs Page 1 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Names and logos of the Employer and Contractor and any other parties designated
by the Employer.
3. Project Title: To be provided by the ENGINEER.

D. Shall be illuminated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SIGN MATERIALS

A. Construction Materials

1. Mounting structure : Timber


2. Sign surface : Plywood
3. Foundation : Concrete

B. Paint

1. Conform to Section 09900.


2. One prime and two finish coats of paint required.
3. Use exterior grade of paint.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 ERECTION

A. Contractor shall erect the project identification sign not later than 7 days after the
Commencement Date.

B. Signs shall be erected where shown on the Contract Drawings or as approved by the
ENGINEER.

3.02 SIGN MAINTENANCE

A. Contractor shall keep all signs clean, repair them if damaged and repaint them as
necessary to maintain a neat and visually pleasing appearance throughout the
construction period.

3.03 SIGN REMOVAL

A. Contractor shall remove the signs and mounting structures within one month of
completion of the works.

B. Repair ground disturbed during removal to its original condition.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01580 – project Identification Signs Page 2 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01600

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Products
2. Transportation, delivery, receiving and handling.
3. Storage and protection.
4. Product Options.
5. Products List.
6. Substitutions.
7. Product acceptance.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work


B. Section 01300 - Submittals
C. Section 01400 - Quality Control
D. Section 01700 - Contract Close-out

1.03 PRODUCTS

A. The term “product” shall mean any material including proprietary goods, equipment
and manufactured items that are incorporated into the final Works.

1. It does not include machinery and equipment used for the preparation, fabrication,
conveying and erection of the Works.

B. Products of a similar nature shall be standardized, interchangeable and supplied by the


same manufacturer as far as is possible.

C. Comply with specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements.

1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Transport and handle products so as to avoid product damage.

B. Deliver dry and in undamaged condition in the manufacturer’s unopened containers or


packaging.

C. Inspect shipments upon delivery to ensure that the products;

1. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.


2. Quantities are correct.
Section 01600 – Materials & Equipments Page 1 of 5 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3. Are undamaged.
4. Are carrying the manufacturer’s lot number and relevant mill test certificates
attached.

D. Comply with detailed transportation and handling requirements specified in


individual Specification Sections.

1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels
intact and legible.

1. Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures.


2. Maintain temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions.

B. Exterior Storage of Fabricated Products

1. Place on sloped supports above ground.


2. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheeting and provide
ventilation to prevent condensation.

C. Loose Granular Materials Storage

1. Store on solid surfaces in a well drained area.


2. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

D. Store products so as to allow ready access for inspection.

1. Periodically inspect the products to ensure that they are undamaged and that they
are maintained under required conditions.

1.06 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Products specified by Reference Standards or by description only.

B. If products are specified by naming one or more manufacturers, only the named
manufacturer’s shall be used.

1. Where the term “or approved equal” is included, the contractor may submit a
request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named.

C. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor:

1. Has investigated the proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds,
in all respects, the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as the specified product.
3. Will coordinate the installation requirements of the substitution and will make all
changes necessary for the Work to be complete in all respects. Cost of such
changes shall be at the Contractor’s sole expense.
Section 01600 – Materials & Equipments Page 2 of 5 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

4. Waives claims for additional costs resulting from the substitution which may
subsequently become apparent.

D. Substitutions will not be considered when acceptance will require substantial revisions
to the Contract Documents.

E. The ENGINEER will determine the acceptability of the proposed substitution and will
notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable time.

1.07 PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE

A. All products shall be tested as required by the Specification.

1. Product testing shall be by an approved independent laboratory or a recognized


testing organization, when required either by the Specifications or the ENGINEER.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with product testing
including labor, transportation and the cost of the test itself.
3. Testing samples shall be taken at the place of origin, place of fabrication or from
the site as required by the ENGINEER.

a. Samples that are of value after testing shall remain the property of the
Contractor.
b. Samples used for testing may only be incorporated into the Work with the
written approval of the ENGINEER.

4. Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities required for on site testing of
products.
5. Contractor shall ensure that products are made available for testing sufficiently in
advance of intended use so as to allow for testing.

a. Delays resulting from the time taken to test a product shall not be acceptable as
cause for a claim.

B. Prior to final inspection, all components, systems and subsystems, shall be tested to
demonstrate compliance with the specified performance requirements.

1.08 MATERIALS GENERALLY

A. Definition

1. The terms “materials”, “products” and “goods” shall mean all materials, goods and
articles of every kind whether raw, processed or manufactured and equipment and
plant of every kind to be supplied by the Contractor for incorporation in the
permanent work.

B New Materials

1. All materials shall be suitable for the climatic and environmental conditions
prevailing on Site, new, and of the kinds and qualities described in the Contract.
Section 01600 – Materials & Equipments Page 3 of 5 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Environmental conditions may be different in different parts of the Works and


materials shall be selected and manufactured items designed accordingly to
withstand the relevant corrosive elements.
3. All materials and products in contact with sewage or sewage environment shall be
non-biodegradable.
4. All materials shall contain no Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs) as per
Cabinet Resolution No. 39 of 2006 Concerning Prohibiting Import, Production and
Utilization of Asbestos Boards and extends the prohibition to all ACMs.
5. All materials shall contain no chromated copper arsenate (CCA)-treated timber.
6. Shall be to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER that the material offered is equal or
superior to the material specified for the use to which it is to be put.
7. Contractor has obtained from the ENGINEER approval in writing to its use.
8. Where materials to be used for any component have not been laid down in the
specification:

a. Contractor shall use only those materials in such compositions as have been
proved in actual service to be the most suitable for the particular purpose.

1.09 APPROVAL

A. Contractor shall not place any order for materials without the approval of the
ENGINEER which maybe withheld until samples have been submitted and
satisfactorily tested.

B. Contractor shall thereafter keep the ENGINEER informed of orders for and delivery
dates of all materials.

C. Approval by the ENGINEER as to the placing of orders for materials or as to samples


or tests shall not prejudice any of the ENGINEER’s powers under the Contract.

D. The provision of this specification shall also apply to materials supplied under any
subcontract.

E. Contractor should note that the ENGINEER’s approval to all goods and materials to be
imported into Abu Dhabi will be further subject to a written statement from the
supplier giving the maximum anticipated manufacture and delivery periods for each
item to be provided.

F. The project schedule for the works must include all critical material delivery dates.

1. Any additional costs involved to ensure that the delivery dates are met will be
borne by the Contractor.

1.10 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANT

A. Delivery

Section 01600 – Materials & Equipments Page 4 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Plant shall not be delivered to the Site unless application has been made in writing
to the ENGINEER and permission has been granted.

2. If for any reason it is not possible to install the plant immediately following
delivery to Site:

a. It shall be stored in a location to be agreed with the ENGINEER.

b. It shall be protected against damage and corrosion at the Contractor’s expense.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01600 – Materials & Equipments Page 5 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01661

OPERATIONAL, FIELD AND PERFORMANCE TESTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Operational Testing
2. Field Testing
3. Performance Testing

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01300 - Submittals


B. Section 01400 - Quality Control
C. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals
D. Technical Specification Sections

1.03 OPERATIONAL, FIELD AND PERFORMANCE TESTING

A. After all construction and starting is complete and before Taking-Over of any part of the
Works, the Contractor shall perform operational, field and performance tests as called for in the
Specifications.

1. Contractor shall demonstrate operation of the facilities to the ENGINEER showing proper
sequence of operation as well as satisfactory performance of the system and individual
components.
2. Any improper operation of the system or any improper, neglected or faulty construction
shall be repaired or corrected to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
3. Contractor shall make such changes, adjustments or replacement of equipment as may be
required to make same comply with the specifications, or replace any defective parts or
material.

B. Performance

1. At the time of testing, failure of the system to perform at the specified level will be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
2. In the event of failure of equipment to meet the specified performance, the Employer
reserves the right to:
a. Not accept such equipment or system
b. Withhold retention money
c. Make claims on the performance bond

C. Test Schedule

1. Prepare and submit a consolidated schedule of operational, field and performance tests not
later than three months before the scheduled start of the first test.

Section 01661 – Operational Field & Performance Testing Page 1 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Submit updates at monthly intervals.


3. Prepare and submit weekly a schedule of tests to be carried out during the following week.
4. Inform the ENGINEER not later than twenty-four hours in advance of changes in the
scheduling of a test.

D. Submittals

1. For all specified performance tests, prepare and submit:

a. Draft test procedure

1. Submit not later than two months in advance of the scheduled test date.

b. Final test procedure

1. Submit not later than two months in advance of the scheduled test date.

c. Test report

1. Submit within fourteen days of the successful completion of the test.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 01661 – Operational Field & Performance Testing Page 2 of 2 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01700

CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes:

1. Substantial Completion.
2. Final Inspection.
3. Close-out Procedures.
4. Approvals From Public Authorities.
5. Final Cleaning.
6. Equipment Operating Data.
7. Operating and Maintenance Instructions.
8. Warranties and Bonds.
9. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01200 - Project Meetings.


B. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
C. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Project Close-out Requirements

1. Includes general requirements in preparation for final acceptance such as:


a. Final payment.
b. Normal termination of the Contract.
c. Similar actions evidencing completion of the Work.

2. Specific requirements for individual units of Work are specified in the technical
sections.

B. Time of Close-out

1. Directly related to Taking Over of Works.


2. May be a single time period for the entire work.
3. May also be a series of time periods for individual parts of the Work
that have been certified as “Taken-Oven” by the employer at
different dates.

1.04 PREREQUISITES FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Contractor shall complete the following:

1. Submit last progress payment request complete with associated releases, consents
and supporting documents.

01700 – Contract Closeout - Page 1 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. Submit final manufacturer certifications, guarantees, warranties, and similar


documents.
3. Submit clearance certificates and approvals from government authorities as
necessary to connect the Works to the permanent power supply.
4. Submit occupancy permits, operating certificates, final inspection and test
certificates and similar releases enabling full and unrestricted use of the Works.
5. Submit record drawings, final operation and maintenance manuals, final project
photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar physical
items.
6. Make final changeover of locks and deliver keys to the Employer
Representative.
7. Complete start-up, testing of systems, and training of the Employer’s operations
and maintenance personnel.

a. Submit equipment operating data as well as all test reports and test data
required by the Contract.

8. Dismantle and remove temporary facilities and services from the project site.

a. This includes utilities, construction tools, buildings and facilities, mockups, and
similar elements.

9. Complete final cleaning.


10. Repair and restore exposed finishes which have been marred or otherwise
damaged.
11. Submit all spare parts, tools and maintenance equipment.
12. Submit an itemized list of all deviations and non-conformances to the contract
requirements.

a. Include a detailed plan to correct each deviation and non-conformance.

B. Notify the ENGINEER that the facility or Works is ready for the substantial
completion inspection.

1. Include the itemized list of deviations and non-conformances in the notification


letter.

1.05 PREREQUISITES FOR FINAL INSPECTION

A. Contractor shall complete the following:

1. Submit last progress payment request complete with associated or corrected


submittals.

a. State that each item has been corrected or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

2. Submit the ENGINEER’s and Contractor’s list of deficiencies from the substantial
completion inspection.

a. State how each item has been corrected or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Submit final meter readings for all utilities, a measured record of stored fuel and
chemicals, and similar data as of the time of final completion.

01700 – Contract Closeout - Page 2 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

4. Submit complete listing of all consumable stores and spare parts used by the
Contractor to service the electro-mechanical works throughout the maintenance
period.
5. Complete submittal of record documents.

B. Notify the ENGINEER that the facility or Works is ready for the final inspection.

1. Include the itemized list of deviations and non-conformances in the notification


letter.

1.06 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT PROCEDURES

A. Comply with specified and contractual procedures necessary for issuance of the
“Taking-Over Certificate.”

B. When Contractor considers work has reached final completion, submit the following:

1. Certificate that:

a. Contract Documents have been reviewed.


b. Work has been inspected.
c. Work is complete and meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.

2. Provide all submittals required by governing authorities.


3. Submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted contract sum, previous
payments, and the sum remaining due.

1.07 APPROVALS FROM PUBLIC AUTHORITIES

A. Obtain all clearance certificates and approvals required as a prerequisite to connecting


the Works to the permanent power supply.

B. Coordinate with the ENGINEER to obtain the necessary documents from Al Ain
Distribution Company regarding connection to the permanent power supply.

1.08 FINAL CLEANING

A. Execute prior to final inspection.

1. Clean all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view.

a. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces.

1. Remove temporary labels, stains, and foreign substances.


2. Polish transparent and glossy surfaces.
3. Clean or replace all filters for mechanical equipment.
4. Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
5. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces.
6. Clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces broom clean.

01700 – Contract Closeout - Page 3 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

7. Clean light fixtures and lamps so they operate at maximum efficiency.

2. Clean the plant site.

a. Sweep paved areas and rake all other surfaces.


b. Remove litter and foreign substances.
c. Remove stains, chemical spills, and other foreign deposits.

B. Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations.

1. Do not burn waste materials at the site.


2. Do not bury debris or excess material on the property or discharge to the sea.
3. Do not discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into the drainage
or sewerage systems.
4. Remove all waste materials from the site and dispose of properly.

1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Store documents separate from those used for construction.

1. Protect from deterioration and loss.


2. Store in a secure, fire resistive location.

B. Keep documents current throughout the construction period.

1. Do not conceal Work until “As-Built” information has been recorded.

C. Record Drawings (As-Builts)

1. Maintain a blue line or black line set of prints of all Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings.
2. Keep drawings clean and undamaged.
3. Mark up drawings to show actual installation if that differs from what is shown on
the Contract Drawings.

a. Mark up changes using a red erasable pencil.


b. Show “as built” condition fully and accurately.

4. Mark up drawings to show new information of importance which was not shown on
either the Contract Drawings or the Shop Drawings.

a. Give particular attention to concealed work that will be difficult to measure or


record at a later date.

5. Note related variation order numbers as applicable, next to the mark up.
6. Submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, project title, Contractor’s
name and address, itemized list of documents, and the Contractor’s signature.

1.10 EQUIPMENT OPERATING DATA

01700 – Contract Closeout - Page 4 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

A. Provide operating data for all motor operated equipment specified in Divisions 15, and
16 of the specifications.

1. Comply with Section 01300.


a. Submit four sets prior to final inspection.

2. Index and present data in a three-ring side binder with durable plastic cover.
3. Present data on A4 size paper.
4. Separate data by process system.

a. Process systems are defined by the process and instrumentation diagrams


included with the Contract Drawings.

1.11 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A. Provide approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals as specified in Section 01730.

1.12 GUARANTEES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS

A. Provide in duplicate, notarized copies of all specified guarantees, warranties, and bonds
including those required of manufacturers, suppliers and sub-contractors.

1. Assemble documents in a binder with a durable plastic cover.


2. Provide table of contents.

B. Start of Warranty period shall be:

1. Date when equipment is placed into full time operation for the Employer’s benefit
and with the Employer’s approval, or
2. Date of Taking over Certificate.

1.13 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials as specified in the technical
Sections of this specification.

1. Include itemized list of all items furnished, describing each item and citing the
appropriate specification section and paragraph.
2. Package each item for long term storage.
3. Mark or tag each item for easy identification.

B. Deliver items to the project site.

1. Inventory items with the ENGINEER, and obtain a receipt prior to final payment.

** END OF SECTION **

01700 – Contract Closeout - Page 5 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 01730

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section Includes:

1. Building installations and Systems


2. Testing and Commissioning
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Maintenance Schedules
5. Operating and Maintenance Manuals
6. Warranties and Bonds.
7. Suppliers and Manufacturers
8. Training of Personnel

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01200 – Project Meetings


B. Section 01300 - Submittals
C. Section 01600 – Materials and equipment
D. Section 01661 – Operational, Field and Performance Testing
E. Section 01700 – Contract Close out

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Completion Drawings for the building


B. Completion drawings for Services
C. Layout and Details of Equipment Installed
D. Manufacturers Catalogues

1.04 BUILDING INSTALLATIONS AND SYSTEMS

A. The contractor shall submit Category wise, list of all Mechanical, Electrical and other
Installations, made in the building.
B. The contractor shall also supply a list of all Testing and monitoring Equipment installed. A
plan showing such installations will be attached.
C. Test Certificates for each installation certifying its having been successfully installed and
tested. The date of testing and agency carrying out tests will be clearly brought out.
D. Diagrammatic drawings of each system indicating principal items of plant, equipment, valve
etc.

01730 – Operation and Maintenance Manuals - Page 1 of 4 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.05 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

A. Testing and Commissioning of each and every Equipment and Installation shall be done as
per Manufacturer’s specifications and manuals.
B. Staff designated by Employers Representative must invariably be associated in the process
of Commissioning and Testing. At least one week advance notice should be available to the
Employers representative before the proposed date of Testing.
C. A copy of Testing and Commissioning certificates will be supplied by the contractor to the
Employers Representative within two weeks of the tests.

1.04. SPARE PARTS AND MATERIALS

A. The Contractor shall supply a list of spare parts and consumables as recommended by the
equipment supplier to cover an operation period of two years.
B. Catalogue number, characteristics, quantity and price of each item, and validity date.
C. Source and alternate source of supply.
D. Contractor shall also supply, for each item the name, address, with Telephone and Fax nos
and email addresses of suppliers from whom these spares could be obtained. Current price
including packaging details.
E. Contractor shall also list or indicate items that should be stocked by the owner due to a long
delivery period.
F. The Contractor shall also supply, before completion of work, any special tools and
equipment, including relevant special safety apparel, required to enable the maintenance and
service of the specified plant, equipment or system to be carried out.

1.06 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

A. Detailed maintenance schedules for each and every equipment and installation shall be
prepared by the Contractor and submitted with test reports.
B. Maintenance schedules shall include:
a. A list of all bearings with type and period of lubrication.
b. Equipment manufacturers printed data on care and maintenance of bearings and other
parts.
c. System wiring and control diagrams and detailed description of the operation of control
systems.
d. Periodicity/ frequency of maintenance with requirements of materials and parts required.
e. Details of all lubricating oils and greases required and filter replacements.
C. Man hour requirements for each of the activity mentioned in the Maintenance Schedule will
also be specified.

1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. The Operation and Maintenance Manuals will provide full information in regard to all
Equipments and Installations provided in each building. These would serve as an
information source and guide to the Owner and end user to understand the Building,
Installations and systems.
.
B. The operating instructions shall include:

01730 – Operation and Maintenance Manuals - Page 2 of 4 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

 A general description of the system, equipment included, and control operation.


 Instructions on how to start and stop the plant, noting any safety and /or sequencing
arrangements.
 A trouble-shooting table, showing where to look for trouble under various conditions
of malfunction.
 Operating temperatures at critical points in the systems.
 Manuals will contain clear instructions in regard to the operation and maintenance of
the equipment, Installation and Systems, which will be adequate to enable the end
user to operate and maintain these facilities safely and effectively.
C. The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the manufacturer of every item of plant and
equipment, type and model, serial number, duty and rating together with catalogue list
numbers.
D. Three (3) copies of complete operating and maintenance manuals for all mechanical,
electrical and building installations and systems, in A4 size, plastic covered, four ring
binders bound in hard covers shall be supplied. Each Manual will be indexed, divided and
appropriately cover titled. Selected drawings needed to illustrate or locate items mentioned
in the Manual, needing larger size than A4, shall be folded and accommodated in the
binders so that they may be unfolded without being detached from the rings.
E. The format of the Contents Layout for all Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be as
suggested below:

 Building, System or Plant installed.


 Detailed Description of the system or Plant installed.
 Equipment Schedules.
 General Maintenance procedures.
 Specific Maintenance instructions.
 System, Plant Commissioning.
 Drawings.
 Parts identification and recommended spares.
 Spares Policy.
 Manufacturers literature.
 Warranties as applicable

1.08 WARRANTY AND BONDS

A. The contractor shall supply, Guarantees, Warranties, Bonds and Maintenance agreements
that are applicable to any of the Equipment, Plant and /or system installed.
B. Amounts of such warranties, Bonds and due dates with details of the parties concerned will
be clearly listed with provision of any penalties as applicable and obligations of suppliers
/manufacturers.
C. ENGINEER will not accept any liability of any kind in regard to the Installations, System
and/or equipment provided by the Contractor.

1.09 SUPPLIERS AND MANUFACTURERS


A. Names, addresses, telephone, e-mail and fax numbers of contractors, sub contractors,
suppliers and manufacturers responsible for the supply and installation of any equipment,
plant or system, shall be supplied by the contractor.

01730 – Operation and Maintenance Manuals - Page 3 of 4 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. List of suppliers manufactures, who could be alternate source of supply of spare parts,
maintenance services shall also be supplied by the contractor.

1.10 TRAINING

A. The contractor shall be responsible to train adequate number of Operators or Maintenance


Staff deputed by the ENGINEER. They shall be trained for correct operation, safety devices,
control and maintenance of all air conditioning and MEP services provided under the
contract, before the works are handed over.
B. The training shall be carried out by the qualified commissioning staff of the contractor, for
each particular service and shall continue till the operators or maintenance staff is fully
conversant with aspects of operations.
C. All expenses in such training will be borne by the contractor.

** END OF SECTION **

01730 – Operation and Maintenance Manuals - Page 4 of 4 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Section 017419

Construction and Operational Waste Management

1.1 Construction and Operational Waste Management


1.2 Operational Waste Management
1.3 Waste Calculations
1.4 Waste Management Facilities Plan
1.4.1 Construction and Demolition Waste
1.4.2 Operational Waste Calculations

017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 1 / 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1 Construction and Operational Waste Management
Introduction
This section outlines the options for diverting construction and demolition (C&D) and
operational waste from landfill and incineration.
A detailed construction waste management plan shall be prepared for the project’s site by
the awarded contractor prior to commencing construction activities. Similarly, detailed
Operational waste management plan shall be presented preceding the operational stage by
the operator.
The overall objective of these plans will be to provide the framework to help deliver
sustainable waste management within the project from inception to its operation in order
to divert 40% of Construction & Demolition waste arising from the construction of
infrastructure and public realm and 50% of operational waste from landfill and
incineration.
Construction and Demolition Waste Management
Outline of the Construction and Demolition waste Management Plan
The aim of the construction waste management plan is to identify methods that increase
the cost effective performance of waste management measures and deliver environmental
improvements, such as reduced waste to landfill.
A scoping exercise to identify a range of options for managing construction waste was
carried out (see Appendix A). The scoping exercise identified a range of different options
and outlined implementation considerations, resource efficiency outcomes, risks, issues
and costs. From the scoping exercise the following recommendations are to be progressed
to the detailed development stage:
Preparation of a Construction and Demolition Waste Management Plan (CDWMP);
The development of dedicated on‐site waste material transfer station to maximise the
segregation of materials for reuse, recycling and recovery.
Preparation of a CDWMP
The PRS for Estidama requires the Primary Contractor, working collaboratively with all
subcontractors and specialty contractors (e.g. demolition), to develop a CDWMP prior to
the start of construction and demolition activities.
The CDWMP must identify the materials to be diverted from landfill and indicate
whether the materials will be segregated on‐site or commingled. If materials are intended
for salvage, the plan must indicate their planned use.
The Primary Contractor must implement monthly monitoring of the CDWMP, and
achieve a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 40% of C&D waste (by weight or
volume). This figure excludes all hazardous waste that must undergo specialized
treatment and all excavated soil and land clearing debris.
It will be the responsibility of the Primary Contractor to:
 Submit Waste Management Plan taking ESTIDAMA conditions and requirements
into their account.
 Develop a CDWMP conforming to the requirements of the PRS for Estidama; and

017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 2 / 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Produce a schedule of items to be recycled/salvaged including their source within
the project; their total estimated weight or volume and the name and location of
potential reclaim/recycling haulers.
The Primary Contractor will be responsible for the ‘Construction Rating Submission’ for
Construction Waste Management which requires: calculations, supported with detailed
receipts, summarising final results of the CDWMP activities listing items
recycled/salvaged, their source within the project, their total weight or volume, the name
and location of the reclaim/recycling haulers, and markets for the recyclable materials.
(a) Development of dedicated on‐site waste material transfer station
It is recommended that the Primary Contractor develops a dedicated on‐site waste
material transfer station to maximise the segregation of materials for re‐use, recycling
and recovery. In addition, a dedicated area would contribute to a clean and tidy site,
which can help make a safer work environment.
To maximise the potential for reuse, recovery and recycling of materials, segregating
materials into different waste streams is essential. In most cases sorting materials on‐site
is the most effective way to achieve higher reuse and recycling rates.
Sending materials off‐site to be sorted by a waste management contractor may cost more
and may result in more waste being sent to landfill. This is because:
 Segregating waste materials on site reduces the number of mixed waste skips
needed (mixed waste skips can attract a higher disposal cost);
 It can cost more to pay a waste contractor to collect and sort waste at a transfer
station off site; and
 The performance levels of off‐site waste transfer stations are site specific and
depend on the capacity and equipment available at the facility to recover waste, local
markets available for material reprocessing and transport distances to end markets.
Sorting materials on site requires detailed planning and the information on the estimated
construction waste arising’s and composition. Implementing sorting and segregation
procedures on site will also aid in achieving the waste diversion targets of the PRS for
Estidama.
Facilitating effective segregation of waste materials will require clear communication
with contractors, subcontractors and site operatives. It is recommended to that a Waste
Management Champion be appointed, from the Construction Staff, to be responsible for
implementing the CDWMP, delivering multi‐lingual Waste Toolbox Talks to all
construction staff and ensuring that the CDWMP is drafted, revised and followed during
the construction works.
It is also recommended that a clearly signed system for segregating different waste
streams arising during the construction phase of the development is implemented.
The Figure shows an example of a UK recognised colour coded system to identify
containers for different waste materials.

017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 3 / 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Clear signage can help facilitate effective segregation of waste materials to maximize
recycling and recovery rates and to reduce contamination of recyclables materials.
Signage will be required in a number of languages owing to the diverse nationalities of
the workforce.
The signage requirements will be identified in the CDWMP and implemented in
conjunction with the waste management contractor. Information prepared as part of the
Primary Contractors CDWMP will identify the types and quantities of waste arising from
the development and should be used to determine the number and type of containers
required to store the different waste streams. This will contribute to maximising the
amount of waste that can be segregated and recovered and will help to minimise the
amount of waste disposed to landfill.
1.2 Operational Waste Management

1. Outline of the Operational Waste Management Plan


The aim of the operational waste management plan is to design appropriate systems and
allocate space for waste and recycling storage in accordance with Municipality and
Private Waste Contractor’s collection policies.
The waste and recycling systems implemented must provide residents, employees and
visitors the maximum opportunity to reuse and recycle their waste. This is important as
not only is there growing public pressure to have user-friendly and effective recycling
systems, but the project must achieve the 50% waste diversion target set out in the PRS
for Estidama in SM-R2 and SM-13.
The key to a successful operational waste management will be to ensure that as far as
possible the waste is segregated at source so that the various waste fractions, especially
those destined for recycling, are kept apart from the outset. The PRS for Estidama, based
on recommendations by the Centre of Waste Management (CWM) Abu Dhabi, typically
requires developers to design on‐site storage and collection systems that allow, at a
minimum, the separation of the following waste streams:
 Container for recyclable plastics, glass and metals;
 Container for recyclable paper and cardboard;
 Container for non recyclable and non compostable waste; and
 An optional container may be provided for compostable organic waste;
It is recommended that plastics, glass and metals be collected as separate waste streams
as this should increase the quality and the subsequent market value of the recycle.
017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 4 / 7 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To allow the project to meet these obligations, storage solutions for waste and recycling
containers will need to be addressed. These include:
 Garbage Collection facility – each residential building along with the facility
building have dedicated garbage room where all accessible for the garbage disposal
and transportation. The location is centrally place for ease access for the tenants.
 Adequate size and numbers of Garbage bins – Appropriate number of garbage bin
will be assigned for each building in coordination with the waste collection personnel
and the Site Management Team.
 Refuse collection vehicle access – there will be enough space to access the
community for refuse collection vehicles. Access ramps are provided for the
convenient transportation of garbage container from refuse room to garbage truck
collector.
 On-street Garbage container - Container will be available in the community
surrounding, these are segregated according to the type of waste. All bins will be
properly colored and labeled for distinction and segregation.
 Landscape waste collection – all waste to be generated from landscape will be
collected and be brought to recycling plant approved by Abu Dhabi Municipality
 Used clothes bank – A Central collection bin shall be located in the community in
an area where people can place their used/unwanted clothes for donation or recycle.
 Commercial Signage – Campaign for community cleanliness will be posted. Fine
for littering will be implemented to ensure strict regulation must be followed.
 Building rules and regulations – Such operational and maintenance policies will
be exhibited in a central public area in each building (ex. In the lift lobby or any
public space where people gather),
 Waste Management Staff – designated personnel will ensure guidelines for waste
control and disposal will be followed.

2. Regular Maintenance check, Education and Public awareness


To reduce waste from failed materials or equipment, it is necessary to have a regular
check of all building equipment’s and facilities to ensure all are running accordingly.
Educational campaign will be conducted to the entire community to teach how to reduce
the production of waste and awareness to the negative effect of excessive waste
production.
A comprehensive and preventive maintenance program will also be implemented to keep
all building systems functioning as designed.
Meters will be installed to track progress of energy, water, and waste systems to ensure
the highest performance levels possible. Without meters to monitor and verify
performance, it will be difficult to determine if building systems are operating as
designed

1.3 Waste Calculations


Refer to the PBRS Waste Calculator results.

1.4 Waste Management Facilities Plan


1.4.1 Construction and Demolition Waste
The location for any construction waste material transfer station will be the responsibility
of the Primary Contractor and will be indentified in their CDWMP.
017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 5 / 7 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.4.2 Operational Waste
Temporary waste storage capacity is provided in each building to accommodate the
recyclable and general waste accumulated throughout the day. Individual site buildings
will be required to separate their general waste from recyclable waste (paper/cardboard,
plastic, glass and metal) at source and to deliver it on a daily basis to the temporary
storage facilities provided by the buildings’ operator.
The PRS for Estidama for Design of Buildings provides the following mandatory
requirements for waste storage areas:
 Waste storage areas are part of the building design.
 be located near a road or a passage and provided with ramps of appropriate slope
in order to facilitate the collection process;
 have adequate lighting, be covered from the inside with ceramic tiles (floor and
full height of the walls) and be connected to the water supply and wastewater
networks in order to facilitate cleaning; and
 Be enclosed, lockable and screened to a minimum height of 1.8m to protect
against vandalism and scavenging. Where enclosed the waste room must be provided
with adequate ventilation that shall include a fly screen.
Organic (Landscape & Food) waste shall be collected separately in dedicated color-coded
garbage bins to ease transferring them to a waste composting facility.
Since approximately 45 - 55% of the waste stream is organic matter, composting can play a
significant role in diverting waste from landfills thereby conserving landfill space and reducing
the production of leachate and methane gas. In addition, an effective composting program can
produce a high quality soil amendment with a variety of end uses.
Waste generated by operational activities will be collected by the Compound operator or via
Municipality Personnel in coordination with Waste Management Plan.
The collection will be done by Garbage Vehicles which will pull the containers from the garbage
rooms outside the buildings toward the main circular road, where it can unload / load the
containers.
The size of the central storage area has been allocated according to nature of the Residential
function of the Community which is large enough to accommodate suitable waste containers
with a total capacity sufficient to meet the estimated waste produced and estimated in the waste
calculation. It is recommended that storage is provide for up to one week of waste though it is
likely that more frequent collections would be made to avoid odor or aesthetic problems. The
type and size of waste containers employed at the site will need to tailored to the available
collection frequency and are subject to necessary due diligence between the SMT and their
preferred waste management contractor.
Hazardous materials shall be treated carefully via dedicated bins and collection which include
waste from electrical and electronic equipment paints, batteries etc.

017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 6 / 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX A
Waste Implementation Strategy

Implementation Resource Efficiency


Option Risks/Issues/Costs
Considerations Outcomes
Waste materials Waste streams are Higher resource Cost recovery benefits
segregated on site segregated at the efficiency outcomes due from increased resource
for waste construction site for to upfront efficiency is passed to
contractor removal removal by waste waste contractor (lost
offsite to Merchant contractor source separation from project)
Waste/ Treatment Limited reuse on site
Facility Segregating materials on- Potentially reduced waste
site will help to ensure the Level of waste recovery is disposal costs due to
mandatory credit limited by activities and increased diversion from
landfill (dependent on
requirements to divert application of the contractor)
waste from landfill are met merchant waste
treatment facility Space restrictions may
Adequate storage hamper the ability to
requirements on site are Limited ability to monitor source separate
needed to maximize the and control resource
all materials
potential a wide range of recovery
materials to be segregated
for recovery
Limited facility to reuse
excess materials on site
Good awareness and signs
on skips is necessary to
ensure everyone
understands where waste
materials should be placed

END OF SECTION

017419 – Construction and Operational Waste Management Page 7 / 7 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 1800
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTS

1. GENERAL
1.1 This section shall be read in addition to the Testing and Commissioning provisions in Section 2600, Section
2630, Section 2881, Section 2910, Section 03001, Section 03300, Section 03310, Section 03400, Section
15151, Section 15590, Section 16080 and Section 16800.
1.2 Commissioning Plan Targets and Goals

1.2.1 The Client or consultant shall employ a third party specialist Commissioning Agent (Commissioning
Engineer) to manage, monitor and verify the commissioning of all mechanical & electrical services.

1.2.2 The Commissioning Engineer shall:

- Co-ordinate the preparation of all method statements, in accordance with relevant standards, of
all services for the Engineers approval.
- Carry out a commissioning appraisal of design drawings and advise on any measures
that would assist the commissioning process.
- Advise on test point locations and access panel requirement to enable commissioning
to be carried out efficiently.
- Review construction programs/plant delivery dates to formulate a fully interfaced
commissioning program.
- Produce standard documentation for sign off of each system.
- Liaise with all subcontractors to manage the commissioning process of each
discipline individually and co-ordinate the interfacing between services, where required.
Duties to be carried out:
o Monitor progress and track utilising commissioning program.
o Verify approved commissioning test procedures are being carried out by
specialist.
o Witness random sample of all systems and verify recorded results for
presentation to Engineer.
o Assist the Engineer over the course of action to be taken if design parameters
are not being achieved.
o Maintain a computer based commissioning database to aid monitoring of
commissioning activities (commissioning activity schedules).
- Maintain and collate a complete set of commissioning and testing record documents
for hand over to the Client.
- Co-ordinate demonstration/training for all systems to Clients’ staff.
- Attend all necessary off site testing.
- Monitor all plant functions during reliability proving period.

1.2.3 The works to be managed and verified by the Commissioning Engineer shall include but not be limited to
the testing and commissioning of the following systems:

- Building Management System


- Waste water system
- Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning systems

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 1 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

- Domestic water system


- LV Distribution
- Small Power & Lighting
- Earthing & Bonding
- Lightning Protection
- Fire Detection and Alarm System
- Public Address/Voice Evacuation
- Emergency Lighting
- Security Systems
- Two-Way Radio System
- SMATV System
- Disabled Persons Alarm System
- Etisalat installations
- Fire telephone/microphone
- WAN & LAN front end integration
- Close Circuit Television
- LPG Gas installation
- Services integration

2. PROCEDURES
a) Test procedures Method Statement. At least 45 days before testing and commissioning is to be
performed, a detailed and comprehensive method statement shall be submitted for the
performance of each separate test. Each method statement shall describe and itemize the
involved system including associated electrical equipment, instrumentation and control system.
Evidence of an organized step-by-step procedure, properly co-ordination the efforts of the various
trades and manufacturers representative involved, and of the operations of the facilities should be
provided. Method Statements shall include an estimated duration and commencement date for
each procedure and a schedule of personnel and equipment required.

b) Method Statement information. Each method statement shall include the following information,
as applicable:

i) Description of temporary procedure facilities, including drawings and sketches as necessary


to fully illustrate the requirements.

ii) List of test materials and estimated quantities

iii) List of instruments, measuring and recording devices, and other test equipment, whether a
part of the equipment or furnished separately for temporary use. Copies of calibration
certificates shall be submitted for any test equipment.

iv) Names of supervisor and participating personnel

v) Recording intervals.

c) Record materials. Samples shall be submitted of the forms, charts, and other materials to be used
when recording demonstration and validation test results. Wherever possible, standard forms
shall be used.

d) Test recording. Neat and comprehensive records of each test shall be maintained by the
Contractor. Each portion of the test procedure shall be described with all components itemized.

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 2 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Records shall be prepared on forms in a step-by-step fashion paralleling the approved method
statement. Forms shall list for each test or check the following:

i) Check/list taken

ii) Result anticipated

iii) Result obtained

iv) If incorrect, corrective action taken

v) Re v test/check result

vi) Steps (IV) and (v) shall be repeated until all systems operate as required. Instruments,
gauges, and other sensors and display devices forming a part of the various systems shall be
employed for data acquisition where applicable. The Contractor shall furnish all other
instruments, gauges, recorders and test devices as required, types conforming to the
approved method statements.

vii) The names of the personnel conducting the tests and the serial numbers of any
measurement equipment employed.

All applicable data such as, but not limited to, water and other liquid levels, flows, pressures,
head differentials, duration of runs, instrument readings, voltage settings, drive speeds, motor
running currents, torque, voltages and related information, as applicable, and in accordance with
approved test procedures shall be recorded at the start and finish of each operational
demonstration and at 30 minute intervals during system validation tests, unless other intervals are
specified.

e) When a repeat of the same demonstration or validation test is required to verify the results the
repeat procedure shall be indicated on the recorded data by numerical indication, data and time.

f) Test and commissioning reports including results, final settings and adjustments made shall be
provided in a separately bound volume of the Operations and Maintenance Instruction Manuals.

3. SITE RELIABILITY TRIALS


This Clause is supplementary to Clauses 5 and 1.

The Site Reliability Trials shall be carried out as follows under the control of the Contractor's staff and
the supervision of the Engineer. The purpose of these trials shall be as follows:-

(i) To confirm the results of the Works Tests.

(ii) To confirm the performance guarantee figures.

(iii) To provide a comprehensive record of machinery performance, bearing temperatures and


alignment at the time of commissioning.

The Contractor will be responsible for the following:-

a) To provide all necessary measuring instruments, indicators, temporary pipe work, temporary
pumping plant and all other apparatus necessary to carry out tests as detailed herein. The
Contractor shall provide all necessary skilled personnel and testing water and fuel for the Site
Reliability Trials.
01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 3 / 11 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

b) To liaise with his sub-contractors associated with the completion of any part of the Works to
ensure that all parties concerned are present during any tests to carry out their responsibilities
within the defined limits of their individual sub-contracts.

c) To provide Test Certificates in quadruplicate giving a detailed record of all electrical and
mechanical tests carried out on the plant and cabling under the Contract both in the manufacturers
works and at site. Test certificates for the cable installation shall be issued with the Record
Drawings.

The Site Trials shall be carried out under the control of the Contractor's staff and the supervision of the
Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all of the necessary labour and instrumentation to conduct the
test.

Failure of one of the elements during the test run shall invalidate the test run, and test runs shall be
repeated until a continuous uninterrupted test run of all equipment has been obtained.

The Site Reliability Trials, as applicable shall include the following:-

(i) A record of bearing, coupling clearances, protective device settings and alignments shall be
tabulated to show the "as-built" condition of each pump set and drainage equipment machinery.

(ii) A record of all limit switches, overloads, relay and protective settings etc. shall be tabulated to
show the "as-built" condition of each applicable part of FBA’s and other electrical switchgear and
include a discrimination chart.

(iii) All cables shall have an insulation test to confirm the integrity of the insulation. A tabulated
record of results shall be made. Every cable shall be subject to the following tests after
installation:

Witnessed high voltage pressure tests shall not be carried out on P.V.C/S.W.A/P.V.C. control
cables, but it shall remain the responsibility of the Contractor to test the insulation of these cables
both between cores and between cores and earth during installation with a 500 volt insulation
tester.

The Contractor shall test all cables after installation to ensure phasing out of cores and continuity
of cores sheath and armor over the whole length of the cable.

(iv) All earthen systems shall be tested to demonstrate the resistance of the electrodes to earth and the
earth conductor continuity is in accordance with the Specification. The tests shall be made on
completion of the installation.

Tests shall also be performed to prove earth loop impedance for all circuits. Calculations shall be
produced in accordance with the IEE regulations to support the relevance of the impedance
measured.

(v) The control centers, control panels and instrumentation shall be statically tested with motors
disconnected to confirm the correct sequence and functional operation.

(vi) Each pump shall be operated individually over the range from closed valve to maximum
emergency top water level on a recirculation basis using fresh water. During this test the
following parameters will be recorded:

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 4 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

a) Motor current and voltage.

b) Pump and sewage treatment machinery outputs.

c) Ambient and Test Water temperatures.

d) Rotational and linear speeds, noise generated

e) Process product composition.

f) Sampling, Process and Dynamic Instrumentation settings.

(vi) All equipment subject to water pressure shall be hydraulically tested to at least 8 bars, 1.5 times
the maximum working pressure, twice the closed valve pressure or 1.5 times the surge pressure
whichever is the greater. The hydraulic tests shall also be applied to the above ground pipework at
Site after erection. The Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment including any
temporary blank flanges which may be required to isolate equipment.

(vii) All cranes shall be tested at works with a load 25% in excess of the rated load. The tests shall be
repeated at site when erection is complete using test weights to be provided under the Contract.
Certificates shall be provided for both tests and these shall include details of centre span
deflections recorded during the test procedure. After all the deficiencies apparent during the site
reliability trials have been rectified to the Engineer's satisfaction, apart from necessary retesting,
the following test shall be carried out:

(viii) Circuit Breakers and Control Gear: Routine tests including H.V. pressure tests, and mechanical
tests.

(ix) Protection and Control Circuits:

(x) All inter-tripping circuits in conjunction with other items of plant supplied under separate
contracts and controlled by others under the supervision of the Engineer. All testing and
commissioning records shall be bound into a separate volume of the Operations and Maintenance
Manual.

4. WORKS TESTING AND INSPECTION OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS


All manufactured items for incorporation in the Works shall be offered for inspection, examination and
witness testing and shall be supported by certificates to demonstrate compliance with this specification
and with the approved manufacturing and testing standards specifications.

Where manufactured items are to be shipped the packaging shall also be offered for inspection before
dispatch.

Inspections when required shall be carried out by the Engineer or his appointed Inspecting Engineer. A
schedule of proposed equipment to be witness tested is included in the Contract Documentation.

The Contractor shall give to the Engineer and the Inspecting Engineer reasonable notice, which shall
normally be of two weeks, of the date and place at which plant will be ready for prescribed testing.

If the tests are beyond the resource of the manufacturer he shall make arrangements for these to be carried
out elsewhere. Any variation of this requirement shall be agreed and confirmation in writing shall be
obtained from the Engineer.

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 5 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

The Contractor shall supply four un-priced copies of all sub-orders for manufactured items. Two copies of
each of these sub-orders shall be forwarded to the Engineer and two to the appointed Inspecting Engineer
at the time the sub-orders are placed. The sub-order shall indicate the Works for which the item is
required, state in detail the inspection and test requirements, give sufficient information for ready
identification and shall state that these items will be subject to witness testing and inspection.

5. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION OF MOTORS


Witness testing may be waived on standard types of small motors from recognized manufacturers and on
small components used in the manufacture of units of plant.

Motors of 15kW and above shall be witness tested for performance to the approved standard.

Type test certificates shall be provided and shall include the following information for all motors:

(1) Approved standard of manufacture

(2) Class of insulation

(3) Size and type of cable fittings

(4) Type of bearings, sizes and lubricant

(5) Type and rating of heaters

(6) Brush sizes and maker (if fitted)

(7) Line current all phases

(8) Phase current balance

(9) Efficiency and P.F. at 100%, 75% and 50% of Full load

After initial witness testing, each motor shall be combined with its driven units and witness tested to
demonstrate satisfactory performance, correctness of assembly and ease of re-assembly at site. The
assembled units shall be adequately marked and dowelled.

6. SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL


PLANT
(1) Cables laid underground shall be tested in accordance with the appropriate standard specification
and to Dubai Electricity & Water Authority - Electricity Division's requirements for insulation
resistance and continuity of earth circuit in the presence of the Engineers’ Representative before
the cable trenches are back-filled. All joints made during the installation of cables which prove
faulty when tested shall be remade and re-tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(2) The connections of all electrical circuits shall be proved to be correct and the whole installation
shall be tested for insulation resistance and earth loop resistance in the presence of the Engineer
or the Engineer’s Representative and Dubai Electricity & Water Authority - Electricity Division
Representative with instruments provided by the Contractor.

Any faults or defects shall be remedied at the Contractor’s expense. Certificates in accordance with
approved standard regulations of all service authorities shall be issued to the Engineer.
01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 6 / 11 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

(3) On completion of erection all pipelines shall be tested to ensure tightness of joints and
connections to a pressure agreed between the Contractor and the Engineer. Test pressures will
not exceed standard specification requirements unless otherwise specified.

(4) Lubricating and fuel lines, sumps, tanks, etc., shall be adequately flushed to remove any foreign
matter before being put to use.

(5) On completion of erection of each item of Plant the Contractor shall test and check it and as far as
is possible proving it under working conditions.

(6) As soon as is practicable after erection the Contractor will be required to co-operate under the
supervision of the Engineer in test running the completed installation (of which the Plant
may form the whole or a part) and, as far as is possible, proving it under working conditions.

(7) Following successful initial testing the installation shall be operated continuously by the
Contractor(s) for 24 hours, or such time as the Engineer may specify, following the requirements
of sub-clauses (8) thru (13) during which time the Contractor will check that the installation is in
safe working order and fulfills the function for which it is intended.

(8) Operational demonstrations and system validation tests are required for all mechanical and
electrical equipment, Telemetry and SCADA systems specified including all associated and
related electrical systems and control devices specified.

All costs for this shall be included in the Contract Price.

Materials, water, chemicals and electrical power for testing and commissioning and validation
shall be supplied by the Contractor. Temporary facilities, storage, and similar facilities necessary
for these shall be supplied by the Contractor. Testing and commissioning shall be performed
under continuous inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide sufficient experienced
skilled staff to carry out the testing and commissioning. The various equipment manufacturers
shall be present, if specified.

All defects and malfunctions found by testing and commissioning shall be corrected immediately,
using approved method and new materials for repairs as required. Interruption time necessary for
corrective work may, at the Engineer's discretion, be added to the specified testing and
commissioning period.

Satisfactory completion and approval of required commissioning and testing is one of the
conditions precedent to the Engineer's acceptance of the work, but does not constitute final
acceptance.

Testing and commissioning shall be in accordance with the Project Specification, the relevant
International Standards, DEWA requirements, and industry norms and to the Engineer's approval.

(9) Test Procedures

Testing shall be carried out in stages as follows :-

i) Primary tests and checks

ii) Unit testing

iii) System validation tests

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 7 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

iv) Commissioning and setting to work

The Contractor shall not proceed from one stage to the next without the Engineer's approval.

Consolidation of demonstration, testing and instruction requirements. Unit and system validation testing,
commissioning and instruction of the Employer's personnel may be performed simultaneously but
requires the written agreement of the Engineer where this is at variance with requirements specified
elsewhere.

(10) Primary Tests and Checks

All component unit and complete systems shall conform to the Specification, Drawing and the approved
working drawings, samples, construction manuals, materials lists, and other approved submittals.

All specified components and complete systems shall have been installed satisfactorily and are operable.

All installation shall be safe to use. Temporary access, covers etc., will only be permitted if approved by
the Engineer.

All cleaning work shall be completed.

Equipment shall be free from physical damage due to mechanical force, exposure to the elements,
incorrect connection etc.

(11) Unit Testing

Unit testing is defined as tests on individual equipment items such as pumps, compressors, deodorizers,
blowers, fans, conveyors and all similar equipment item. Tests may be performed simultaneously on
groups of identical equipment, items, and groups of items supplied by one manufacturer, if practicable.

Clean water shall be used to fill tanks, wells piping and systems that contain water, sewage or sludge in
normal operation. Where necessary specified chemical shall be used for chemical systems but shall not
exceed in-service concentrations.

Tests shall show that all component units operate with the quantities, efficiency, repeatability, and
accuracy specified.

Tests shall be carried out continuously for a minimum period of 24 hours.

(12) System validation tests

System validation tests shall not commence until tests have been satisfactorily completed.

This is defined as testing of complete systems that perform a discrete process function such as auto-
desludging, pumping systems, emergency power systems, Telemetry SCADA and similar systems. Each
system shall include associated structures tanks, piping, utilities, instrumentation and controls, and like
related items. Two or more separate systems shall be validation tested simultaneously when necessary to
validate an entire specific function.

Clean water shall be used for system validation tests if it is possible to carry them out satisfactorily with
this medium. If the tests require use of the medium used in service, then this shall be used.

Each system validation tests shall be carried out for minimum of 24 hours, unless longer is needed to
prove the performance of the system.

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 8 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

(13) Commissioning and Setting to Work

Commissioning is defined as testing all the equipment and system together under actual operating
conditions using all the mediums used in actual operating conditions. Setting to work follows
consecutively from this. Once the equipment and systems are operating satisfactorily they are left to
work.

Each system shall be tested including standby equipment by continuous operation under the "in-service"
condition for not less than 14 consecutive days, with no interruptions except for normal maintenance or
corrective work. Where the in-service condition is an automatically controlled repair cycle with on/off
intervals it shall be so operated.

Systems shall be operated continuously under constant inspection of trained operators. System operation
shall be cycled from full load to light load and back to full load each 24 h. Variable speed equipment
shall cycle through the applicable speed range at a steady rate of change. Simulated alarm and failure
operating conditions shall be induced. Test controls and protective devise shall be tested for correct
operation in adjusting system functions or causing system shutdown.

Subject to Contractor's request and Engineer's approval in each case, the Contractor may simulate certain
operating conditions relating to flow rates, water levels, and malfunctions. Permission for simulations
will be granted only where it is unwise or impossible to obtain the conditions covered by the capability of
ranges or equipment. The simulation method shall reflect reasonable anticipated operating conditions.

7. TROPICALISATION
7.1 General

In choosing materials and their finishes due regard shall be given to the conditions under which
equipment is to work. Tropical duty materials shall be used wherever possible.

7.2 Metals

Ferrous metals shall be prepared and coated in accordance with the painting specification. Small iron and
steel parts (other than stainless steel) of all instruments and electrical equipment the cores of
electromagnets and the metal parts of relays and mechanisms shall be treated in an approved manner to
prevent rusting.

Cores etc. which are built up of laminations or cannot for any other reason be anti-rust treat shall have all
exposed parts cleaned and heavily enameled or lacquered.

When it is necessary to use dissimilar metals in contact these shall be selected such that the electro-
chemical potential difference is not greater than 250 mV and if practicable the two metals shall be
insulated from each other by an approved insulating material or by a coating of approved varnish
compound.

7.3 Screws, Nuts, springs, Pivots etc.

The use of iron and steel shall be avoided in instruments and electrical relays wherever possible. Steel
screws when used shall be zinc, cadmium or chromium plated or when plating is not possible owing to
tolerance limitations shall be of corrosion resisting steel. Springs shall be of bronze or non-rusting
material. Pivots for which non-ferrous material is unsuitable shall be of approved rust-less steel where
possible.
01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 9 / 11 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

7.4 Wood

The use of wood shall be avoided as far as possible. When used it shall be of an approved type to resist
termite attack and fungal decay.

7.5 Electrical Insulating Materials

The use of hygroscopic insulating materials shall not be permitted except where immersed in oil or
suitably sealed to prevent ingress of moisture.

8. Re-Commissioning Plan

This document outline the requirements of the (Re-Commissioning Plan) which needs to be conducted by a
specialized (Commissioning Engineer , the process shall be performed after one year as well as after two years of
building hand-over. This process shall consider the following steps; as a minimum:

A- General.

1- Select and define the project name , location, function and purpose
2- Set project objectives and obtain support from owner, consultant, facility Management Company and/or
contractor.
3- Select commissioning lead company, engineer, technician and staff.
4- Document the current operation requirements.

B- Technical:

1- Obtain, read and inspect all as built drawing, catalogues, and operation and maintenance manuals.
2- Perform an initial site walk-through.
3- Develop the re-commissioning plan (testing procedures, testing equipments, flow meters, thermometers,
testers, clampers, speedometer and log book of daily water temperature, water pressure, room air
temperature, visual inspection of pumps, chillers, panels and all MEP equipments).
4- Assemble the re-commissioning team (engineers, electrician, plumbers, A/C technician and helpers).
5- Hold a project kick off meeting.

C- Investigation phase

1- Review facility documentation.


2- Perform diagnostic monitoring (including visual and all types of checking and testing).
3- Perform functional tests.
4- Perform simple repairs (grease pumps, motors, change belts, clean filters, rewind motors and cleaning).
5- Develop master list of findings.
6- Prioritize and select operational improvements.

D- Hand-off phase:

1- Develop final report including all findings, defaults, log book of all readings to all parameters and
properties such as daily temperature, pressure, current and voltage.
2- Compile system manual with recommendations and corrective actions.

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 10 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3- Develop re-commissioning plan


4- Provide training for administration people, Labor and tents.
5- Hold-close out meeting to discuss and verify the results.
6- Take and start corrective actions.

END OF SECTION

01800 – Commissioning Plan Page 11 / 11 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 018113

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 1 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

INDEX

PART 1 - GENERAL............................................................................................................................ 3
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS .......................................................................................................... 3
1.02 REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 4
1.03 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................. 4
1.04 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................. 5

PART 2 - PRODUCTS ......................................................................................................................... 7


2.01 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ELIMINATION – SM-R1 ........................................................... 7
2.02 NON POLLUTING MATERIALS – SM 1.................................................................................. 7
2.03 MODULAR FLOORING SYSTEM – SM 5 ............................................................................... 8
2.04 REGIONAL MATERIALS – SM 9 ............................................................................................. 9
2.05 RECYCLED MATERIALS – SM 10........................................................................................... 9
2.06 CERTIFIED WOOD – SM 12 .................................................................................................... 10

PART 3 – EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 11


3.01 REPORTING .............................................................................................................................. 11
3.02 GUEST WORKER ACCOMMODATION ................................................................................ 11

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 2 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. ESTIDAMA - Pearl Building Rating System – Design & Construction Version 01 April
2010 issued by Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Commission (UPC) and any additional version
or amendment issued during course of the project duration.
C. The Pearl Rating System is organized into seven categories that are fundamental to more
sustainable
development. These form the heart of the Pearl Rating System:
1) Integrated Development Process - IDP: Encouraging cross-disciplinary teamwork to
deliver environmental and quality management.
2) Natural Systems - NS: Conserving, preserving and restoring critical natural environ-
ments and habitats.
3) Livable Buildings - LBo & LBi: Ensuring quality of outdoor and indoor spaces.
4) Precious Water - PW: Reducing water demand and encouraging alternative water
sources.
5) Resourceful Energy - RE: Targeting energy conservation through passive design
measures, reduced demand, energy efficiency and renewable sources.
6) Stewarding Materials - SM: Ensuring consideration of the ‘whole-of-life’ cycle when
selecting and specifying materials.
7) Innovating Practice - IP: encouraging innovation in building design and construction
to facilitate market and industry transformation.
This Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with
SUSTAINABILITY prerequisites and credits needed covering following chapters for the
Project to obtain Pearl certification.
 SM-R1, SM-R2, SM-R3, SM-1, SM-5, SM-9, SM-10, SM-12 of Stewarding Material
chapter
Other Sustainability prerequisites and credits needed to obtain Pearl certification are
dependent on material selections and may not be specifically identified as Sustainability
requirements. Compliance with requirements needed to obtain Sustainability prerequisites
and credits may be used as one criterion to evaluate substitution requests.

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 3 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

D. Estidama Certification:

1) The project will be certified under Estidama Pearl Building Rating System. The min-
imum level to be achieved is a 2 Pearl rating.
2) Contractor shall comply with requirements and credits defined in this section and oth-
er related specifications.
3) ESTIDAMA Submittals: the required submittals by the contractor will be defined on
this section and other related sections. Contractor shall provide all the required docu-
mentation for Estidama Construction Submission.
4) The contractor shall have on board an Estidama representative/specialist to be respon-
sible for the collection and compilation of the submittals. This professional shall assist
the contractor in having the process on the right track according to Estidama require-
ments.

E. Schedule of Estidama Pearls Rating Score Card.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Forest Stewardship Council - FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria"


B. EU Directive on Dangerous Substances 67/548/EEC
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/chemicals/dansub/consolidated_en.htm
C. EU Directive 67/548/EEC Annex III :
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/chemicals/dansub/pdfs/annex3_en.pdf
D. EN 717-1 for initial type testing
E. EN120 and EN 717-2 for factory production control

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Certificates of Chain-of-Custody: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood


used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification
body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." Certificates shall include evidence
that mill is certified for chain-of-custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
B. Sustainability: Pearl Building Rating System for sustainability.
C. Regionally Manufactured Materials: Materials that are manufactured within a radius of 500
km from the Project location. Manufacturing refers to the final assembly of components into
the building product that is installed at the Project site.
D. Regionally Extracted, Harvested, or Recovered Materials: Materials that are extracted,
harvested, or recovered and manufactured within a radius of 500 km from the Project site.

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 4 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

E. Recycled Content: The percentage by weight of constituents that have been recovered or
otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing process (pre-
consumer), or after consumer use (post-consumer).
1) Spills and scraps from the original manufacturing process that are combined with other
constituents after a minimal amount of reprocessing for use in further production of the
same product are not recycled materials.
2) Discarded materials from one manufacturing process that are used as constituents in an-
other manufacturing process are pre-consumer recycled materials
F. Acronyms: For complete list of Acronyms refer to Estidama Pearl Rating System Guideline.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit additional Sustainability submittal requirements included in other sections


of the Specifications.

B. Sustainability submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to


that submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as a separate
submittal to verify compliance with indicated Sustainability requirements.

C. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for building materials
used for Project. Include statement indicating total cost of mechanical and electrical
components.

D. Sustainability Action Plans: Provide preliminary submittals within 30 days of date


established for commencement of the work indication how the following requirements will be
met.

1) List of proposed materials with recycled content.


2) Indicate cost, post-consumer recycled content, and pre-consumer recycled content for
each product having recycled content.
3) List of proposed regional materials
4) Identify each regionally extracted, harvested or recovered and manufactured material, its
source, and cost.
5) List of proposed certified wood products.
6) Indicate each product containing certified wood, its source, and cost.
7) Include statement indicating total cost for wood-based materials used for Project, includ-
ing non-rented temporary construction
018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 5 / 12 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

8) List of all nonpolluting material to be used for Low Toxicity materials.


9) Construction Guest Worker Accommodation Plan in accordance to Abu Dhabi Cabinet.

E. Progress Reports: Concurrent with each monthly report, submit reports comparing actual
construction and purchasing activities with Sustainability action plans for the following:

1) Salvaged and refurbished materials.


2) Recycled content.
3) Regionally manufactured materials
4) Certified Wood
5) All other materials covered for achieving sustainability target.

F. Sustainability Documentation Submittals:

1) Product Data indicating location of material manufacturer for regionally manufactured


materials (SM-9).
a) Include statement indicating cost and distance from point of extraction, harvest, or re-
covery and manufacturer to Project for each regionally manufactured material.
b) For each nominated material provide proof of manufacture detailing country of origin
and port of entry, if applicable
c) Evidence of purchase and installation of these materials in the project in the form of
invoices from suppliers and installers.

2) Product Data for nonpolluting materials (SM-1).


a) Product data confirming all materials are “Low Toxicity Materials”.
b) Evidence of purchase of materials manufacturer confirming all materials are “Low
Toxicity Materials”.

3) Product Data for Hazardous Materials Elimination (SM-R1)


a) Product Data and evidence of purchase indicating that no Asbestos Containing
Materials (ACMs) and no Chromated Cooper Arsenate (CCA) treated timber were
installed.
b) Manufacturer’s information shall be provided for all timber products confirming
compliance

4) Product Data for Certified Timber (SM-12).


a) Product Data and certificates of chain-of-custody for products containing certified
wood

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 6 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

b) List all installed timber products and include statement indicating costs for each
product containing certified wood.
c) Include statement indicating total cost for wood-based materials used for Project, in-
cluding non-rented temporary construction.
d) Evidence of purchase and installation of the certified timber products from suppliers
and installers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ELIMINATION – SM-R1

A. No asbestos containing materials (ACMs) shall be used within the development


B. Demonstrate that where timber is specified to treat external structures where there is
frequent and intimate contact, such as –but not limited to- shading devices, playground
equipment and handrails that no chromated copper arsenate (CCA)-treated timber is used
on the project.

2.02 NON POLLUTING MATERIALS – SM 1

Demonstrate that the project has achieved the following.


A. Low Toxicity Materials

Eliminate materials or building products or components containing elements or compounds


with the following R-phrase attribution under the EU Risk Phrases (R-Phrases) listed in An-
nex III of EU directives 67/548/EEC:

R20 - Harmful by inhalation.


R21 - Harmful in contact with skin.
R22 - Harmful if swallowed.
R23 - Toxic by inhalation.
R24 - Toxic in contact with skin.
R25 - Toxic if swallowed.
R26 - Very toxic by inhalation.
R27 - Very toxic in contact with skin.
R28 - Very toxic if swallowed.
R29 - Contact with water liberates toxic gas.
R31 - Contact with acids liberates toxic gas.
R32 - Contact with acids liberates very toxic gas.
R33 - Danger of cumulative effects.

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 7 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

R36 - Irritating to eyes.


R37 - Irritating to respiratory system.
R38 - Irritating to skin.
R39 - Danger of very serious irreversible effects.
R41 - Risk of serious damage to eyes.
R42 - May cause sensitization by inhalation.
R43 - May cause sensitization by skin contact.
R45 - May cause cancer.
R46 - May cause heritable genetic damage.
R48 - Danger of serious damage to health by prolonged exposure.
R49 - May cause cancer by inhalation.
R50 - Very toxic to aquatic organisms.
R51 - Toxic to aquatic organisms.
R52 - Harmful to aquatic organisms.
R53 - May cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.
R54 - Toxic to flora.
R55 - Toxic to fauna.
R56 - Toxic to soil organisms.
R57 - Toxic to bees.
R58 - May cause long-term adverse effects in the environment.
R59 - Dangerous for the ozone layer.
R60 - May impair fertility.
R61 - May cause harm to the unborn child.
R62 - Possible risk of impaired fertility.
R63 - Possible risk of harm to the unborn child.
R64 - May cause harm to breastfed babies.
R65 - Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.

All building materials must not contain materials or compounds with over 1% of constituent
materials with designated R phrases in the above categories (minor exceptions permitted if it
can be demonstrated that no alternatives are available).

2.03 MODULAR FLOORING SYSTEM – SM 5

Demonstrate that at least 95% (by surface area) of finished floor areas use modular flooring
products. To qualify, the proposed product must have one or more of the following environ-
mental characteristics:

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 8 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

A. Have a minimum of 30% post-consumer recycled content;

B. be fully or partly recyclable;

C. be rapidly renewable; or

D. Be extracted, harvested or recovered and manufactured locally as per SM-9.

2.04 REGIONAL MATERIALS – SM 9

Demonstrate that the transport distance traveled by materials, representing at least 10% of the
material cost, is not greater than 500 km from the furthest point of origin to the project site.
The ‘furthest point of origin’ is defined as the longest distance to the project site from (1) the
point of extraction, harvest or recovery or (2) the point of manufacture.

2.05 RECYCLED MATERIALS – SM 10

At least Four Credits points to be targeted by the contractor as follows:

A. 1 Credit Point: At least 80% of all reinforcing or stressing steel (by weight) has a mini-
mum of 90% post-consumer recycled content.

B. Demonstrate through either the use of supplementary cementing materials (SCMs) (in-
cluding fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) and silica fumes) or the
increased use of aggregates or admixtures, that the project has reduced the overall amount
of Portland cement used and associated embodied greenhouse gas emissions as per Table
SM 10.1 below.

- 1 Credit Point: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM10.1, rows B1,
C1 and D1

- 2 Credit Point: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM10.1, rows B2,
C2 and D2

Table SM 10.1: Embodied Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Concrete

Strength
Row A 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Estidama
Grade
Credits
Type Embodied GHG
Row B1 Cast in place 16 19 21 24 25 27 29 30
2 2 8 0 9 7 2 7
Row B2 Cast in place 12 14 16 19 19 20 21 22
1 4 3 4 4 6 8 9

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 9 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

Row C1 Precast 17 20 23 28 28 30 31 33
6 9 6 1 1 0 7 2
Row C2 Precast 14 17 19 22 23 25 26 28
9 6 9 0 7 3 8 1
Row D1 Stressed 18 21 24 27 29 31 32 34
3 7 5 0 2 2 9 5
Row D2 Stressed 16 19 21 24 25 27 29 30
2 2 8 0 9 7 2 7

C. Recycled Aggregates:

- 1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that at least 15% of all aggregates used on site (by vol-
ume), in structural and non-structural applications are recycled.

- 2 Credit Point: Demonstrate that only recycled aggregates and/or aggregates from in-
dustrial waste by-products are used as base, sub-base or backfill.

D. Other materials:
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that any combination of materials with the following characteris-
tics constitute at least 10% of the Total Material Costs:
- Minimum 30% post-consumer recycled content.
- Minimum of 80% post-industrial content.
- 50% agricultural waste by-product.

2.06 CERTIFIED WOOD – SM 12

Demonstrate that at least 50% (by cost) of the timber and composite wood products used on
the project -including temporary construction timber- is reused OR certified (with Chain of
Custody Certification: COC) under any one or any combination of the following certification
schemes as per the Requirement Achievement table:
 Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)
 Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC) or the following
national Schemes endorsed by PEFC: the Canadian Standards Association, CSA, the
Sustainable Forestry Initiative SFI and the Malaysian Timber Certification Scheme
MTCS.

Demonstrate that all timber is legally sourced and not on the CITES (Convention on Interna-
tional Trade in Endangered Species) list of endangered species (Appendix I, II and III).

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 10 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 REPORTING

Comply with requirements of relevant specifications for all reporting and submissions
necessary for credit titles covered in this section.

3.02 GUEST WORKER ACCOMMODATION

A. Develop and implement a Construction Guest Worker Accommodation Plan that, at


a minimum, addresses the following:
a) The provision of accommodation facilities for all construction guest workers on
the project. Facilities must be located within suitable walking distances. Appro-
priate shade must be provided in circulation areas, parks, play fields and wait-
ing/gathering areas such as bus stops. The facilities must provide dedicated and
adequate areas for:
i. food preparation,
ii. personal hygiene;
iii. religious services,
iv. healthcare,
v. recreation, and
vi. Entertainment.
b) An ongoing maintenance plan of guest worker housing facilities and total budget
allocated to maintenance services;
c) Inspection schedules and auditing mechanisms for the guest worker housing facil-
ities with minimum annual inspections required; and
d) A formal protocol for engaging with facility residents and other stakeholders to
address their requests, concerns and petitions, including the formation of a Work-
ers’ Representative Committee and the development of a Workers’ Social & Wel-
fare Program to address the following issues at a minimum:
i. Health, safety and security;
ii. House rules;
iii. Drugs and alcohol awareness;
iv. Education programs;
v. Recreation activities; and
vi. Transport within, to and from the housing facilities outside working
hours.
018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 11 / 12 Rev.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Al Ain – Al Dhahir 5 – Plot no. 30

B. All requirements of Abu Dhabi Cabinet decision No.13 of 2009 must be met or
exceeded

C. For new facilities, a signed copy of tender agreements with housing contractors and
subcontractors must be provided, stipulating the standards and requirements for the
provision of guest worker housing, its ongoing maintenance and engagement with
residents and stakeholders.

D. For Existing Facilities, photographs and other documentation as listed above in (3.02
– A) must be provided.

END OF SECTION

018113 – Sustainable Design Requirements Page 12 / 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION TWO - SITE CONSTRUCTION

02205 - DEMOLITION AND SITE CLEARANCE

1. GENERAL

1.1 Section Includes

1.1.1 This specification deals with the general requirements for the demolition of
buildings, other structures and services above and below ground level and/or the
clearance from site of all obstructions.
1.1.2 The demolition and alteration works to be carried out by CONTRACTOR and as
advised by ENGINEER.
1.1.3 The removal and capping-off of all existing underground services and rerouting/
relocation of existing services all as found during execution.

1.2 Related Documents

1.2.1 Coordinate with Sections for Excavation and Backfill (02315), and Unit Pavers
(02780).
1.2.2 Coordinate with Divisions 15 and 16 regarding existing underground services.
1.3 Submittals

1.3.1 Before starting work, examine all available information, carry out a survey of the
structures and existing utilities networks, site and surrounding area, and submit a
survey report and method statements to ENGINEER covering all relevant matters
listed below:
a. The form, condition and demolition methods of the structures and fences
b. The removal methods of all demolished work
c. The method of protection to the adjoining premises which may be adversely
affected by noise, vibration, dust or removal of structure;
d. The identification and location of services above and below ground;
e. The form of removal methods of materials to be relocated, and which are to be
removed and reinstalled at end of the project.
f. Detailed list indicating re-usable and returnable materials resulting from
demolition. Obtain approval from ENGINEER for disposal of such materials,
it is suggested to use the aggregate resulted from demolition and excavation in
the base, sub-base and backfill (in order to obtain 1 credit in SM-10 of
Estidama)

1.4 Services Affected by Demolition

1.4.1 Prior to commencement of any work on site, hand excavate and expose all
underground services identified on Drawings to confirm location and depth. Take
steps to protect all services to be retained or relocated. Notify ENGINEER prior to
removal of services to be demolished or removed. Coordinate this work with
Divisions 15 and 16.

02205 – SITE CLEARANCE PAGE 1 OF 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.4.2 Protect drains, manholes, gullies, vent pipes and fittings still in use and ensure that
they are kept exposed and free of debris at all times. Make good any damage arising
from demolition work and leave clean and in working order at completion.
1.4.3 Provide as necessary to maintain continuity of services to occupiers of the same and
adjoining properties. Give a minimum 72 hours notice to ENGINEER if shutdown is
necessary during changeover.
1.4.4 Notify ENGINEER of any damage. Make all arrangements for repair to
ENGINEER’S satisfaction and bear any costs arising out of the damaged services.
Transplant to locations indicated by ENGINEER all trees, roots and vegetation existing on
site.

1.5 Protection

1.5.1 Tree/Hedges/Shrubs/Lawns: Adequately protect and preserve, except those which


are to be removed, replaced to approval or treated as instructed. Any spaces, areas
damaged or removed without approval shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to repair to ENGINEER satisfaction and bear any costs arising
out of the damaged.
1.5.2 Roads and Footpaths: Adequately maintain roads and footpaths within and
adjacent to the site for the on-going use of the buildings being occupied and keep
clear of mud, debris and obstructions. Any damage to roads and footpaths caused
by site traffic or otherwise consequent upon the Works must be made good to
ENGINEER’S satisfaction. The CONTRACTOR to bear any costs arising.

1.6 Safety of Adjoining Existing Buildings

1.6.1 The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precaution during the demolition and
excavation period to protect existing buildings in the immediate vicinity of the
Work from damage or collapse. Provide special care in the case of excavations
adjacent to buildings by installing temporary or permanent shoring, strutting, sheet
piling or underpinning or by making excavations in short lengths and other
methods, as are deemed fit. The CONTRACTOR shall properly support all
foundations, trenches, walls, floors, etc., which may affect the safety of the
adjacent existing buildings.
1.6.2 The shoring, strutting, piling, etc., shall be executed in such a manner as to cause as
little inconvenience as possible to ENGINEER.
1.6.3 The CONTRACTOR shall be held solely responsible for the safety of the adjoining
existing buildings and for the sufficiency of all temporary or permanent shoring,
underpinning, strutting, piling, or any other methods used.
1.6.4 Should any damage occur due to the ineffectiveness of the shoring, underpinning,
strutting, etc. or any other supports provided, the damage shall be made good by
the CONTRACTOR at his own expense.
1.6.5 Prior to starting work, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain ENGINEER’S approval as to
the manner in which he intends to proceed with the demolitions, excavations and
implementation of safety measures. Approval by ENGINEER shall not absolve the
CONTRACTOR in any way of his responsibility as indicated in this Section.

02205 – SITE CLEARANCE PAGE 2 OF 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. EXECUTION

2.1 Demolition Work Generally

2.1.1 Demolish structures in accordance with BS 6187:2000 and Health and Safety rules
of ENGINEER. Site staff responsible for supervision and control of the work is to
be experienced in the assessment of the risks involved and in the method of
demolition to be used.
2.1.2 Take precautions to prevent fire or explosion caused by gas, vapour, etc.
2.1.3 Reduce dust by periodically spraying demolition works with water.
2.1.4 Excavate and break out old foundations, signage, etc. where and to the extent of the
contract limits. Remove all rubble, stone and contaminated earth. Backfill as
specified in Section 02315.
2.1.5 Inform ENGINEER immediately of any unrecorded voids, tanks chemicals, etc.
discovered during demolition work and proceed with safe removal, filling, etc.,

2.2 Rubbish

2.2.1 Remove rubbish, debris and surplus material regularly and keep the site and Works
clean and tidy.
2.2.2 Remove all rubbish and residue from voids and cavities before filling or closing in.
2.2.3 Ensure that unwanted non-hazardous material and rubbish is disposed of at a pit
approved by concerned authorities.
2.2.4 Burning of removed materials on project site shall not be permitted.
2.2.5 Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of municipalities.

2.3 Trees to be relocated

2.3.1 Coordinate with Exterior Plants: Section 02930 for the removal, storage and
relocation of Trees, Palm Trees, or follow the Natural Systems protection strategy
in NS-R2 of Estidama).
2.3.2 Replace Trees, Palm Trees with similar new trees if “relocated” trees are damaged,
and bear all associated costs.

2.4 Completion

2.4.1 Clear away all debris and leave the site in a tidy condition on completion.
2.4.2 Grade the site to follow the levels of adjacent areas as agreed with ENGINEER.
2.4.3 Remove, replace, patch and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
demolition, by methods and with materials identical and similar to existing.

2.5. Quality Control

A. The British Standards referred to in this Specification are listed below, together with any
other references specified.

British Standards

BS EN 166 : 1996 Personal Eye Protection Specifications

02205 – SITE CLEARANCE PAGE 3 OF 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

BS 5228 : Code of Practice for Noise Control on construction and


Open Sites
BS EN 397 : 1995 Industrial Safety Helmets
BS 6187 : Coce of Practice for Demolition
BS EN 352 : 1993 Specification for Industrial Hearing Protectors
BS 6657 : Guide for Prevention of Inavertent Intiation of Electro
Explosive Devices by Radio – Frequency Radiation.
B. The CONTRACTOR to comply with ENGINEER’S or other local/regional rules
governing clearing, demolition and disposal operations.

2.6. Inspection

A. Survey before Commencement


1. The Contractor shall note any potentially hazardous conditions which are
suspected to be present on the site. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that
he obtains copies of all relevant reports or other documents held by the
ENGINEER and Statutory Authorities.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct a full survey of the existing structure


and note any discrepancies with drawings, if required.

3. Before starting work the CONTRACTOR shall study all available


drawings and documents and carry out a thorough survey and
examination of the buildings, structures or services to be demolished or
sites to be cleared.

B. Record of Existing Damages


Any buildings, structures or services to be retained on the site and any adjoining
property or services liable to be affected by demolition or site clearance shall be
examined by the CONTRACTOR before demolition or site clearance
commences and any existing cracks or other evidence of damage shall be notified
to the ENGINEER of the affected properties. The CONTRACTOR shall be
deemed to have satisfied himself as to the condition of the adjoining property and
its relationship to the property being demolished including any way leaves, party
rights, boundary walls and other encumbrances. Sketches, photographs and
measurements shall be taken to record the extent of any existing damage, and
monitoring devices shall be fixed where necessary.

C. Benchmarks
Any benchmarks found on the site and on structures to be demolished shall be
transferred to new suitable locations acceptable to the relevant authorities. They
shall not be removed or destroyed until the new benchmarks have been verified.

2.7. Health and Safety

A. General

1. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary measures to ensure that the approved
demolition procedures are adhered to and that personnel are afforded adequate
protection at all times.

2. When carrying out demolition adjacent to any structures and services to be


retained, the CONTRACTOR shall leave adequate support and protection at each
stage and shall not proceed from one stage to the next until inspections have been
made by the relevant authorities and further instructions to proceed given.

02205 – SITE CLEARANCE PAGE 4 OF 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3. The CONTRACTOR shall prevent debris from overloading any part of the works.

B. Personal Protective Equipment

1. The CONTRACTOR’S workforce shall be provided with and use appropriate


protective clothing including hard hats, safety footwear and eye protection.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that his workforce wear hard hats in all
situations during demolition work.

3. Suitable eye protection shall always be worn by personnel using welding or


burning equipment or when working in the vicinity of operations likely to
generate flying fragments or high intensities of light.

4. Appropriate ear protectors as describe din BS 6344 shall be worn whenever noise
levels exceed local statutory limits.

5. Suitable respiratory protective equipment shall be utilized whenever personnel are


at risk of inhaling any hazardous particles, gases or fumes.

6. The CONTRACTOR’S works may be halted at any time should the above
requirements not be complied with.

C. Fire and Explosion

1. The CONTRACTOR shall take precautions to prevent fire or explosion by gas,


vapour or any other cause.

D. Bonfires

1. Timber and rubbish shall not be burnt on site.

E. Flammable Gases and Liquids

Before removing or demolishing tanks and pipes which may have contained
flammable liquids or gases the CONTRACTOR shall consult the relevant Public or
Local Statutory Authority. Where necessary the CONTRACTOR shall also;

1. Display danger notices and prohibit smoking and use of naked flames where
relevant;

2. Use non-ferrous tools and equipment and ample supply of water to reduce risk of
sparking.

3. Ensure the provision of suitable fire extinguishing equipment;

4. Empty the tanks and pipes and dispose or any fuel, ensuring that none enters any
drainage system, water course or ground mass;

5. Clean the tanks and pipes and render them insert using one of the methods set out
in BS 6187;

6. Follow the recommendations in BS6656 to avoid inadvertent ignition by radio-


frequency radiations;

02205 – SITE CLEARANCE PAGE 5 OF 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

7. Operate a suitable permit to work system to ensure that the necessary precautions
have been taken.

END OF SECTION

02205 – SITE CLEARANCE PAGE 6 OF 6 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION TWO - SITE CONSTRUCTION

02240 - DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE

1 GENERAL

1.1 Section Includes

1.1.1 Dewatering to keep excavations and pits dry, and to prevent damage to the
buildings due to hydrostatic pressure.

1.1.2 Work of this Section shall be considered as Specialist Work.

1.2 Quality Assurance

1.2.1 All dewatering work for the Works shall be performed and monitored by a
single specialist dewatering Subcontractor. The General Contractor shall not
divide the responsibility for dewatering among several trades.

1.3 Job Conditions

1.3.1 Site Information:

a. Refer to requirements of Work as indicated in Contract Documents to


determine scope of work of this Section of the Specifications.

b. Data regarding subsurface conditions in the soil investigation report


provided is just indicative to give an idea of soil type which exists in
the vicinity of the PROJECT Site. It is not intended as a representation
or warranty of accuracy. It is expressly understood that ENGINEER
will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn
wherefrom by the General Contractor and Subcontractor. Data are
made available only for the convenience of the Contractor.

1.4 Submittals

1.4.1 Methodology: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Water


Control/Dewatering Plan to ENGINEER for review and approval no longer
than 14 days after contract award. The plan shall indicate the methods and
techniques to be used for control of water (both surface runoff and
groundwater) during work and the intended discharge points and facilities.

1.4.2 A basis for the approval of a dewatering Subcontractor will be the detailed
methodology, and a demonstrated successful historical track record of the
proponent, as assessed by ENGINEER.

1.5 Protection

1.5.1 Groundwater lowering shall be accomplished by such measures as perimetric


and internal drains or pumped sumps extending sufficiently deep below the
bottom of the excavation, and/or by well points or other suitable measures, as
necessary. The selected method shall not have any adverse effect on the
adjacent existing structures or the condition of the in situ soils to remain in
place.

02240 - DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE PAGE 1 OF 2 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2 EXECUTION

2.1 Dewatering

2.1.1 Dewatering works shall comply with the requirements of BS 9301.

2.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all water encountered in the earthwork
operations so as not to damage property or create a nuisance or health
menace. The CONTRACTOR shall use a suitable technique as necessary to
keep the construction area free from water until construction is completed.

2.1.3 Where the bulk or local excavation will extend below the groundwater table,
measures shall be taken to lower the groundwater table to at least 0.5m below
the excavation level until foundations are constructed and area is backfilled.
Lowering of the water table shall be carried out from a level of not less than
0.5m below the excavation bottom so that at no time shall there be a positive
hydraulic gradient into the excavation. This is to prevent loosening of the
sand below the formation level caused by seepage into the excavation. Obtain
ENGINEER'S approval prior to stopping water depletion and removal of the
dewatering system.

2.1.4 The CONTRACTOR shall construct and maintain a temporary drainage and
dewatering system during the course of clearing, grubbing, stripping and
grading operations. The CONTRACTOR shall design the temporary
drainage and dewater system to control storm water runoff and groundwater
and shall submit the plan to ENGINEER and obtain its approval before
beginning work.

2.1.5 Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions
outside excavations limits to convey rain water and water removed from
excavations to collection or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as
temporary drainage ditches.

2.1.6 Lowering of the groundwater level by pumping from the bottom of the
excavation shall not be allowed. Where pounding of water occurs at the
bottom of the excavation, the water shall be removed by gravity drainage to
the perimetric or internal drains, or to pumped sumps.

END OF SECTION

02240 - DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE PAGE 2 OF 2 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION TWO - SITE CONSTRUCTION

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL


1 .0 GENERAL

1.1 Section Includes

1.1.1 Co-ordinate with Section 03300 – Cast In Place Concrete and Divisions 15 &
16.

1.1.2 Definition: "Excavation" consists of removal of material encountered to the


required formation levels and subsequent disposal of materials removed.

1.1.3 In case of foundations located on natural grade (cut area), the contractor shall
follow the recommendation of soil report.

1.1.4 In case the foundations are located on fill area, and raising the level of these
foundations to the required level, the contractor shall carry out structural
back filling as per soil report, and as specified.

1.2 Quality Assurance

1.2.1 Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with


applicable requirements of relevant B.S. Standards and as approved by
ENGINEER.

1.2.2 Testing and Inspection Service: Employ an independent Geotechnical


Inspection and Testing company to perform soil testing and inspection
services, for quality control during earthwork operations.

1.3 Submittals

1.3.1 Test Reports - Excavating: Submit three copies of the following reports
prepared by the inspection and testing company:

1.3.1.1 Condition and suitability of substrates to accept concrete blinding


and foundation.

1.3.1.2 Field density test reports.

1.3.1.3 Test reports on backfill material brought to the site.

1.3.1.4 Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and/or results of


bearing tests of each strata tested.

1.3.1.5 One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of


backfill brought to the site.

1.3.1.6 Test reports for compaction of backfill materials.

1.3.2 Method Statement - Contractor shall provide a method statement indicating


methodology, sequence, equipment intended to be used, for ENGINEER'S
reference and approval.

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 1 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.4 Related Documents

Drawings and general provisions of the AGREEMENT, including CONTRACT


CONDITIONS and SPECIFICATION Sections, apply to work of this section.

1.5 Summary

This section covers:

 Procurement and supply of materials related to earthwork, delivery, transportation,


handling and storing at site.
 Survey of the site.
 Cleaning and grubbing, stock pilling and disposal of cut material.
 All necessary safety measures.
 Testing, preparing ground surface to final grade and levels.
 Extent of earthwork shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

1.6 Job Conditions

1.6.1 Existing Utilities:

1.6.1.1 Prior to commencement of any on-site work - Carefully excavate,


using humans only to locate existing underground utilities in areas of
Work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of
support and protection during earthwork operations. Refer to
Divisions 15 and 16 for relocation of existing services. Make test
boring and conduct other explanatory operations as necessary.
1.6.1.2 Should any utilities or services are encountered during excavation,
immediately consult ENGINEER for direction. Such services shall be
removed, sealed or rerouted in a manner described by ENGINEER at
the Contractor expenses. Co-operate with ENGINEER in keeping
respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities
to the satisfaction of ENGINEER.
1.6.1.3 Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities used and occupied
by ENGINEER, except when permitted in writing by ENGINEER.
This will be given only after acceptable temporary utility services
have been provided.
1.6.1.4 Provide minimum of 72-hour notice to ENGINEER and receive
written authorisation to proceed, before interrupting any utility.

1.6.2 Protection of Persons and Property:

1.6.2.1 Barricade open excavations and provide warning tapes and lights.
1.6.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall protect structures, utilities, pavements, and
other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement,
washout, and other hazards created by his operations.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain the existing roads in good condition
during construction and repair damaged roads as required to the
satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
1.6.2.3 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute all aspects of the site
preparation work so that the safety of personnel, the work and adjacent
property is guaranteed and such that a minimum of inconvenience is
caused.

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 2 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.6.2.4 Safety of Excavations: The Contractor shall provide proper supports


for the sides of excavations to prevent collapse, using all necessary
means, and shall be responsible for the safety of the excavation and
workers concerned.

1.7 Reference Standards

Earthwork shall be performed in compliance with Drawings, tests and with the
requirements of the specifications of the British Standard Institute (BSI), American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), and the
specifications of the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) as noted
below:

British Standard Institute

BS 1377:1990 Methods of Test for Soils for Civil Engineering Purposes

American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)

C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates


C 142 Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates
D 421 Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle Size Analysis
and Determination of Soil Constants
D 422 Particle Size Analysis of Soils
D 427 Shrinkage Factors of Soils
D698 Moisture Density Relation of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures
D854 Specific Gravity of Soils
D1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method
D1557 Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using
10 lb (4.54 kg) Hammer and 18 in (457 mm) Drop
D 1586 Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils
D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method
D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
D 2940 Graded Aggregate Material for Bases or Sub-bases for Highways or
Airports
The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO)
T-191 Sand Cone Method

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Soil Materials:

Materials for backfilling should comply with BS 6031. The chemical composition of
the fill shall be as per BS 1377. Any fill material placed within 500 mm of any
concrete structure shall be free of chemicals in such concentration that it would cause a
deleterious effect on the concrete. It should not contain any Unsuitable material, which
is defined/explained below.

2.1.1 Unsuitable Materials: shall mean other than Suitable Materials and shall
among others include:

 Particles in excess of 75 mm size


 Organic material, peat, logs, stumps and perishable materials

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 3 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

 Dangerous or toxic material or material susceptible to spontaneous


combustion, metal, rubber or synthetic material.
 Material with undefined properties
 Materials with salt content greater than 5% (max.)
 Materials having a moisture content greater than the maximum specified
 Building rubber and domestic and industrial wastes
 Soils and rock susceptible to deterioration/change of their properties
 Gypsum, and dredged materials
 Materials susceptible to volume change, including marine, mud, swelling
clays and collapsible soils.
 Soils of liquid limit exceeding 30% and/or plasticity index exceeding 6%.
 Any other material which the ENGINEER may deem to be unsuitable for
earthworks.

2.1.2 Suitable Materials: Materials excavated from the site or imported from
outside that are in conformance with the specifications and are approved by
the ENGINEER and the GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER for their intended
use. Additionally, they shall be free from refuse, large stones or rocks, or
other material which might prevent proper compaction or cause the
compacted fill or embankment to perform inadequately or to have
insufficient stability or bearing capacity for the superimposed loads to which
it is likely to be subjected. Material shall have a maximum allowable
chlorides content of 1% and a maximum allowable sulphate content of 5%.
Suitable Fill Material shall comply with the following limits:

– Liquid Limit (AASHTO - T89) 30% max.


– Plasticity Index (AASHTO - T90) 6% max.
– Total Water Soluble Salts (BS1377) 5% max.
– Minimum soaked CBR of 15% when the material is compacted to 95% of
the MDD.
– Maximum Chloride contents 1%
– Maximum allowable Sulphates 5%
– Maximum particle size to be not more than 100mm.
– MDD is the maximum dry density by BS1377 Test 13.
– CBR values are to be determined by BS 1377 Test 16.

Rock shall mean those geological strata or deposits so designated on the


Drawings and any hard, natural or artificial material requiring the use of
approved pneumatic tools for its removal, but excluding individual masses
less than 0.20 cubic meters.

2.1.3 Gatch material: From borrow areas approved by ENGINEER provided that
their CBR after 4 days soaking is not less than 10% when compacted to 95%
MDD.

2.1.4 Granular Fill: Washed, evenly graded, crushed stone, with 100% passing a
20 mm sieve and not more than 5% passing a 6 mm sieve.

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 4 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.2 Common Excavation: Common excavation shall mean any excavated materials
including soil and rock. All common excavation shall be classified as suitable or
unsuitable materials for use as fill.

2.3 Concrete Fill: Compressive strength 20N/mm2.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 General:

Workmanship for excavation shall comply with BS 8000 Part 1, Sections 3. 1, 3.2 &
3.3

3.2 Stability of Excavation

3.2.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions during excavation for the
Works, particularly in the case of excavations that adjoin existing buildings
and underground services, and shall take precautions against damage or
collapse by means of temporary or permanent shoring, strutting, sheet piling
or underpinning of adjacent buildings, and such other methods, as he deems
fit.

3.2.2 The Contractor shall be held solely responsible for the safety of buildings
utilities and paving adjoining all excavations. Should any subsistence or other
damage occur due to the inefficiency of the CONTRACTOR, the damage
shall be made good by him at his own expense.

3.2.4 ENGINEER health and safety requirements shall be strictly adhered to in all
respects.

3.3 Clearing and Grubbing

3.3.1 Perform the clearing and grubbing of top soil consisting mainly of loose soil,
vegetation and organic matters, drift sand, unsuitable soil and rubbish by
scarifying the areas to be excavated and side-walks to a minimum depth of
300 mm from the natural ground-level.

3.4 Setting-Out

3.4.1 The Contractor shall stake out the work as shown on Drawings, in
accordance with requirements approved by ENGINEER.

3.5 Excavation for Structures

3.5.1 Excavation for Structures shall be done down to a suitable bearing strata as
approved by ENGINEER. Maintain a tolerance of +/- 25 mm beneath plain
concrete foundations and +/- 15 mm beneath reinforced concrete foundations
and ground bearing slabs.

Prior to commencing the excavation works, all lines, levels and natural
ground levels shall be agreed with the ENGINEER.

3.5.2 Excavation shall include the removal of all earth, rocks, boulders, remains of
buildings, services not to be used and all items found but required to be
removed, to permit the construction of the building.
02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 5 OF 12 REV.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

In excavating for foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation.


Excavate by hand the last 200 mm to final grade, just before blinding is
placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to
receive other work.

3.5.3 Should excavations for structures be extended by error or oversight to depths


lower than required, the Contractor shall raise the bottom of the excavation to
the required level using 20 N/mm2 concrete of the type which is resistant to
deterioration from the chemicals present in the soils and ground water, at no
additional cost to the Contract.

3.5.4 All excavations shall be kept clear of water arising from any cause.

3.5.5 The elevation of any point and the line of any edge or center of the grading
shall conform to that shown on the drawings within the tolerances stated
below:
Tolerances from Tolerances from
True Level True Line

Basic Grading +0 +75 mm


-25 mm -75 mm
Embankments & + 75 mm +75 mm
Bunds +0 -75 mm

3.6 Excavation for Trenches

3.6.1 Dig trenches to uniform width required for particular item to be installed and
sufficiently wide to provide ample working room. Provide required clearance
on both sides of pipe or conduit. Provide all necessary planking and strutting.

3.6.2 Excavate trenches to depths indicated and required. Slope trenches for
piping to establish indicated flow lines and invert elevations.

3.6.3 For pipes or conduit 125 mm or less in nominal size and for flat-bottomed
multiple-duct conduit units, do not excavate beyond indicated depths. Hand
excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and support pipe or conduit on
undisturbed soil.

3.6.4 For pipes or conduit 150 mm or larger in nominal size, tanks and other
mechanical/electrical work indicated to receive sub-base, excavate to sub-
base depth indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, to 150 mm below bottom
of work to be supported, and backfill with 150 mm 20 N/mm2 concrete fill
prior to installation of mechanical/electrical piping conduits, etc.

3.6.5 Except as otherwise indicated, excavate for exterior water-bearing piping


(water, drainage) in a manner that top of piping is not less than 1000 mm
below finished grade.

3.6.6 Grade bottoms of trenches as designated by ENGINEER, notching under


pipe bells to provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe.

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 6 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.6.7 Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and
backfilling is authorised by ENGINEER. Use care in backfilling to avoid
damage or displacement of pipe systems.

3.6.8 Backfill trenches with concrete fill where trench excavations pass within 450
mm of column or wall footings or foundations and which are carried below
bottom of such footings or foundations, or which pass under wall footings of
foundations or as indicated on drawings. Place concrete to level of bottom of
adjacent footing or foundation.

3.6.9 For piping or conduit less than 750 mm below surface of roadways, provide
150 mm thick concrete base slab support. After installation and testing of
piping or conduit, provide minimum 150 mm thick encasement (sides and) of
concrete, prior to backfilling or placement of roadway sub-base.

3.7 Inspection of Excavation

The Contractor shall report to ENGINEER when excavations are ready to receive
permanent materials. No material shall be placed in the excavation until the Contractor
demonstrates to ENGINEER that the excavation has been carried out to the lines and
levels required

3.8 Removal of Unsuitable Material

3.8.1 The ENGINEER may order the excavation and removal of any material deemed
unsuitable for supporting fill, pavements or structures to be placed thereon, and
its replacement by suitable fill material.
3.8.2 Where the excavation reveals a combination of suitable and unsuitable
materials the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the ENGINEER,
carry out the excavation in such a manner that the suitable materials are
excavated separately for use in the Works without contamination by the
unsuitable materials.

3.9 Over Excavation for infra-structure works: If somewhere and for any reason
excavations are executed beyond the established lines and without the ENGINEER'S
prior approval, the CONTRACTOR shall backfill in layers not to exceed 200mm
irrespective of plant type. Compaction shall be 95% MDD and in accordance with BS
1377.

3.10 Drainage of Excavated Areas: Grading in the vicinity of excavations shall be


controlled to prevent surface water from flowing into excavated areas.

The excavation shall at all times be well drained, kept free from storm water,
percolating water or subsoil water.

The CONTRACTOR shall make good at his own expense any damage that may result
from his failure to keep the excavation free from water.

3.11

3.12 Spoil Disposal

3.11.1 Excavated material from the Works selected by the ENGINEER for re-use shall
be placed directly in its final position or may be stocked on site as directed by
the ENGINEER.

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 7 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.11.2 No excavated suitable material other than that surplus to requirements of the
Contract shall be removed from the site except on the direction or with the
permission of the ENGINEER. Should the CONTRACTOR be permitted to
remove suitable material from the site to suit his operational procedure, then he
shall make good at his own expense any consequent deficit of filling arising
there from.

3.11.3 Suitable material and sweet soil surplus to the total requirements of the Works
and all unsuitable material shall be removed from the sites to approved
dumping area by Municipality of Abu Dhabi.

3.13 Placing Of Fill

3.12.1 Areas of fill shall be built up over their full width and damage to the
compacted layers due to lack of control of construction traffic shall be made
good by the Contractor.

3.12.2 Materials Other than Rock Fill: All material other than rock fill placed in
areas of fill shall be deposited and compacted as soon as practicable after
excavation in layers not exceeding 200mm loose depth unless as a result of
compaction trials the ENGINEER approves spreading to a greater depth up to
a maximum of 300mm loose depth.

3.12.3 The field density of layers not exceeding 250mm shall be tested in
accordance with BS 1377 Test 15a.

3.12.4 Compacting of Fill Material: All filling material used in earthworks shall
be compacted to Specification and the Contractor shall submit to the
ENGINEER for approval his proposals for the compaction of each main type
of material to be used in the filled areas, the types of plant to be used, the
number of passes and the loose depth of layer. The Contractor shall carry out
compaction trials for the earthworks, supplemented by any approved
Independent laboratory investigations, as required by the ENGINEER using
an approved procedure proposed by the CONTRACTOR and he shall satisfy
the ENGINEER that all the specified requirements regarding compaction can
be achieved. Compaction trials with the main types of materials likely to be
encountered shall be completed before the works, with the corresponding
materials, will be allowed to commence.

3.12.5 Compaction Requirements: The Suitable fill material shall be compacted to


98 percent maximum dry density. Suitable fill material placed within 200mm
of formation level shall in addition have a minimum soaked CBR Value of 15
percent. Maximum dry density is determined by the modified AASHTO tests
carried out in accordance with BS 1377 (1975) Test No.13.

3.12.6 Testing: During earthworks construction ENGINEER shall instruct control


tests to determine the degree of compaction achieved. Tests shall include:

A. Dry Density/Moisture Content BS 1377: Test 13 or Test 14, at a


minimum rate of 3 tests per 500 square meters for each layer of fill.

B. In-situ Dry Density BS 1377: Test 15, at a minimum rate of 3 tests per 500
square meters for each layer of fill. (For compliance with this test the
three results may at the discretion of the ENGINEER be averaged.
However no individual result is to be less than 92%).

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 8 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. Procedure in the event of compaction being unacceptable.

3.12.7 If the material deposited as fill subsequently reaches a condition such that it
cannot be compacted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract,
the Contractor shall, at the ENGINEER'S discretion, either:

a- Make good by removing the material either to tip or elsewhere until it is in


suitable physical condition for re-use, and replacing it with suitable
material;

or

b- Cease work on the material until its physical condition is again such that it
can be compacted as described in the Contract.

3.12.8 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out plate bearing Test at random Locations
on the Engineered Fill every 1 m thick and at the Footing Level to verify
Bearing Pressure and Total tolerable Settlement before casting the Blinding
Concrete below Footing.

3.14 SOIL INVESTIGATION

1. Generally

This Clause shall apply to soil mechanics science as well as foundation


engineering to the site where the works are being constructed, to determine the
suitability of the foundation proposed for the works to be constructed on the Site.
The Contractor shall carry out soil investigation to satisfy himself of the soil
conditions, and this should be priced in the Preliminaries section of the Bill of
Quantities and all works associated with same shall be carried out in accordance
with the requirements of this Section.

2. Specialist Soil Investigation Work

Soil Investigation is to be carried out by an experienced and specialized technical


firm who employs the services of an experienced soil mechanics engineer and
who has the necessary facilities to carry out all borings, classification, soil testing
on site and in the laboratory, and can provide adequate continuous field
supervision and provide the required technical reports recommendations.

The soil and foundation engineering firm proposed to carry out this work must be
approved by the engineer.

The contractor shall submit a site layout plan showing location of the boreholes
and the trial pits subjected to the approval of the ENGINEER.

3. Code of Practice

The investigation is to be carried out in accordance with the provisions of BS


5930 and scope of work shall include all mobilization, demobilization of labour,
materials & equipments, necessary to carry out boreholes, take samples, testing at
site, and in laboratory and the provision of a comprehensive report giving

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 9 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

recommendations to allow the safe and economical design and construction of


foundations.

4. Extent of the Soil Investigation Work

The site investigation works shall comprise the drilling of 3 Nos. 150mm
diameter boreholes to a depth of at least 30m below existing ground level.
Boreholes location shall be as indicated on the attached site plan.

The existing ground level at each borehole and test location shall be recorded
relative to the local Municipality datum.

5. Testing and Samples on Site

All testing shall be in accordance with the provisions of BS 1377. Standard


penetration tests are to be conducted in each borehole at 0.5m intervals up to 3.0m
and at 1.0m intervals therefore. This interval could however be adjusted
depending on the natural of the soil encountered.

The ground water table is to be established at each borehole location.

The field testing shall include but not limited to the following:

a. Boring, sampling, SPT & rock coring


b. Trial pits to a max depth of 2m below existing ground level, refusal or water
table whichever is shallower including excavation, sampling and backfilling.
c. In-situ density tests in trial pits
d. Field permeability tests in bore holes
e. Installation of piezzometer for ground water monitoring

6. Chemical Test

In addition to the physical tests, samples are to be taken from each of the bores for
chemical analysis so as to give an indication of any possible aggressive elements
present in the soils. For the purpose of guidance, chemical tests should be carried
out on soil samples within the first 1.00 m of the ground surface and again at a
level of approximately 2.00 m. In the event however, of sub-soil water being
encountered, then in place of the latter soil sampling level, a sample shall be taken
immediately above the ground water level. In addition, ground water samples
shall be taken at the surface of the ground water. Chemical analysis of water
samples shall be carried out with the minimum delay possible, so as to ensure that
the results of the laboratory analysis are fully representative of site conditions.
Results of the chemical analysis of samples shall be included in the report.

7. Site Conditions

The Geotechnical investigation specialist shall be responsible for all aspects of


health, welfare, safety of his own staff and of those employed by him and in
addition, any third party likely to be involved in the investigation works. All
arrangements for security are his responsibility.

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 10 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

The specialist shall conduct enquiries and obtain information to determine if any
underground services are present at the site and in the event of such being in close
proximity to a borehole position shall bring this to the notice of the Engineer. He
shall be responsible to ensure that all necessary precautions are taken not to
damage such services.

8. Records

Records shall be kept of the types of strata and their depth encountered in each
borehole, together with a record of the depth or depths at which water is
encountered. The standing water levels in each borehole shall also be recorded.

A copy of the drillers daily log sheet shall be forwarded to the Engineer during
the progress of the work. In addition to general information on soil types
encountered, any site information, which affects the proposed length of boreholes,
is also to be advised immediately to the Engineer do that further instructions for
confirmation can be given for the work in progress.

Records of soil strata given in borehole logs, filed identifications, etc. shall follow
the procedure set out in “Preparation of Maps and Plans in Terms of Engineering
Geology, published by the Geological Society Engineering Group”.

In the case of rock strata being encountered in the bores, the logging of such is
similarly to be made in accordance with the recommendations of the Geological
Society Working Party Report.

9. Laboratory

All works shall be in accordance with the provisions of B.S. 1377 and shall
include all necessary tests to establish the engineering properties of the various
strata of soil and rock encountered so as to provide sufficient data for the
compilation of the report and recommendations.

Laboratory testing shall include but not limited to the following:

a. Tests for particle size distribution


b. Atterberg limits
c. Moisture content
d. UCS
e. Chemical analysis
f. Direct shear tests
g. Tests to determine specific gravity
h. PH of soil

10. Report

A comprehensive soil investigation report shall be submitted. Report shall


include, but not be restricted to the following:

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 11 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

a. Existing ground level and ground water table level with reference to an
approved bench mark.
b. Chemical analysis of soil and water for salt concentration at relevant
depths, and recommendation of cement type to be used for foundation and
substructure.
c. Boreholes showing soil/rock profile and characteristics.
d. SPT/CPT and UCS readings at acceptable and approved intervals.
e. Sieve analysis and gradation of soil.
f. Results of laboratory tests.
g. Elevation of the water table.
h. Recommended allowable bearing capacities and subgrade modules for
shallow foundations and raft, and pile foundations (Pile capacities in
compression and tension for 600mm, 700mm and 900mm diameters).

The report shall also discuss the effect of the chemicals present in the soil
and ground water and suggest ways and means of ensuring the durability
of concrete in the foundations.

11. Supervision

All field work shall be continuously supervised by a trained and specialized


technician under the employment and responsibility of the specialized firm
appointed to carry out the work.

3.14 Clean-Up

3.13.1 Upon completion of work, the CONTRACTOR shall leave project site clear
of debris and surplus material resulting from the construction operations.
The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all debris and surplus materials off site
limits in a manner meeting all local authority requirements.

3.13.2 Remove and legally dispose off the site all unsuitable excavated material and
found rubble from the demolition of existing structures on site. Remove the
material and rubble as it is excavated. Do not stockpile excavated material
and rubble on the site.

END OF SECTION

02315 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PAGE 12 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION TWO - SITE CONSTRUCTION

02361 - TERMITE CONTROL


1 GENERAL

1.1. Submittals

1.1.1 Product Data: Treatments and application instructions, including EPA


(Environmental Protection Agency)-Registered Label.

1.1.2 Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of termite control products


certifying that treatments furnished comply with requirements.

1.1.3 Qualification Data: For firms and persons to demonstrate their capabilities
and experience. Include lists of completed projects with names and
addresses of projects, names and addresses of architects and owners, and
other related information.

1.1.4 Soil Treatment Application Report: After application of termite control


treatment is completed, submit report for ENGINEER record information,
including the following as applicable:

a) Date and time of application.


b) Moisture content of soil before application.
c) Brand name and manufacturer of termiticide.
d) Quantity of undiluted termiticide used.
e) Dilutions, methods, volumes, and rates of application used.
f) Areas of application.
g) Water source for application.

1.1.5 Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.2. Quality Assurance

1.2.1 Applicator Qualifications: A licensed PCO (Pest Control Operator) having


license to apply termite control treatment with authorities having
jurisdiction where Project is located. The sub-contractor should be
experienced and has completed termite control treatment for projects
similar this Project with a record of successful in-service performance.

1.2.2 The PCO should have an experienced workers trained and approved by bait
station system manufacturer to install manufacturer's products.

1.2.3 Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides, and label


with a Federal registration number, to comply with EPA regulations and
authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3. Project Conditions

Comply with EPA-Registered Label requirements and requirements of authorities


having jurisdiction.

02361 - TERMITE CONTROL PAGE 1 OF 3 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.4. Coordination

1.4.1 Coordinate soil treatment application with excavating, filling, and grading
and concreting operations. Treat soil under footings, grade beams, and
ground-supported slabs, before construction.

1.4.2 Install bait Station System after construction, including landscaping,


complete.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1. Soil Treatment

Termiticide: Provide an EPA-registered termiticide complying with requirements of


authorities having jurisdiction, in a soluble or emulsible, concentrated formulation
that dilutes with water or foaming agent, and formulated to prevent termite
infestation. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants.
Contractor shall provide MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet) of the termiticide

3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

Examine the site and proceed with application only when it is in satisfactory
conditions as per the requirement of the manufacturer.

3.2 Preparation

General: Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having


jurisdiction and with manufacturer's written instructions for preparing substrate.
Remove all extraneous sources of wood cellulose and other edible materials such as
wood debris, tree stumps and roots, stakes, formwork, and construction waste wood
from soil and around foundations.

Soil Treatment Preparation: Remove foreign matter and impermeable soil materials
that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and
level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and footings.
Termiticides may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if
recommended by termiticide manufacturer.

Fit filling hose connected to water source at the site with a backflow preventor,
complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

3.3 Application, General

Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and
with manufacturer's EPA-Registered Label for products.

3.4 Applying Soil Treatment

3.4.1 Application: Mix soil treatment termiticide solution to a uniform


consistency. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume
and rate for the maximum specified concentration of termiticide, according
to manufacturer's EPA-Registered Label, to the following so that a
continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone is

02361 - TERMITE CONTROL PAGE 2 OF 3 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

established around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment


evenly. Anti Termite treatment shall be provided to all the following
elements/areas:

a) Slabs-on-Grade.
b) Foundations.
c) Crawlspaces.
d) Masonry.
e) Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where
slabs will be penetrated.

3.4.2 Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas
until completely dry.

3.4.3 Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being
diluted until ground-supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier
according to EPA-Registered Label instructions.

3.4.4 Post warning signs in areas of application and provide safety supervision.

3.4.5 Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation,


grading, landscaping, or other construction activities following application.

END OF SECTION

02361 - TERMITE CONTROL PAGE 3 OF 3 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION TWO - SITE CONSTRUCTION

02780 - UNIT PAVERS

1. GENERAL

1.1 Section Includes

1.1.1 Supply and installation of interlocking concrete pavers, concrete Curbs to


separate pavers from the road paving, all to ENGINEER’S approval and
to the approval of local Authorities having Jurisdiction.

1.2 Description of Work

This section of the Specification covers the supply and installation of block paving,
and precast concrete kerbs and associated bedding materials.

The contractor is to construct paved areas using patterned concrete block paving as
shown on the drawings.

1.3 Submittals

1.2.1 Samples: Contractor shall submit three (3) samples of each type and
colour of unit pavers for approval. The samples submission procedures
are intended to assist with the design selection; the Contractor’s
assistance is mandatory in this process. Resubmit samples as often as is
deemed necessary by ENGINEER to obtain approval. Mock-up shall
match approved samples.
1.2.2 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings as specified for ENGINEER’S
approval. Show layout of Curbs, pavers, patterns and colours,
installation details and interface details with adjacent constructions.
1.2.3 Certification: Submit manufacturer’s certification indicating that
materials supplied and installed are in strict accordance with the
requirements of this Section.

1.4 Quality Assurance

1.3.1 Mock-up: Provide sample installation (mock-up) of road pavers, and


Curbsing to size and location as directed by ENGINEER. The mock-up
shall be equivalent to area of 2 m x 2 m. Mock-up shall show installation
techniques, quality of workmanship, patterns and jointing to adjacent
construction. Modify mock-up as often as necessary to obtain
ENGINEER’s approval. Finished work shall match approved mock-up.
1.3.2 Samples: Shall be tested in accordance with relevant BS standards.
Tests shall be carried out to verify the transverse strength and water
absorption of the pavers.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

2.1.1 Interlocking Concrete Pavers: High compressive strength pavers to BS


6717: Part 1 ASTM C936. Paving blocks minimum 80 mm thick for

02780 - UNIT PAVERS PAGE 1 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

roads, minimum 60mm thick for foot paths as manufactured as per


ENGINEER’S approval.

2.1.2 Concrete Curbs: Hydraulically pressed concrete Curbs to BS 7263: Part


1 to match models CK 35 and CK 25.5F/SR sizes 200 x 380 mm battered
and 200 x 400 mm flush.

2.1.3 Steel dowels: to BS 4482, 12 mm diameter x 150 mm long haunching


dowels.

2.1.4 Sub-base: Granular sub-base material of compacted granular material


and crushd, hard rock or quarry waste (no chalk) passing a 75 mm BS
sieve, minimum thickness 200 mm sub-base for roads and 150 mm for
sidewalk.

2.1.5 Bedding Course: Minimum 50 mm of sand and fine gravel with a


grading C of BS 882; 1988, vibrated and compacted to provide a close
and smooth surface, all to BS 6717: Part 3.

2.1.6 Sand for Joint Filling: Clean dry sand, 100% passing a 1.18 mm BS
sieve, 10% passing a 75 IUM BS sieve, mortar sands to BS 1200: 1976.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 Installation

3.1.1 Installation of the work of this Section shall only be undertaken after
completion of all grading, drainage and underground works within the
Limits of Contract area.

3.2 Interlocking Concrete Pavers to Roads

3.2.1 Excavate to subgrade and Inspect it to ensure that it is suitable to accept


work of this Section.
3.2.2 Compaction of subgrade: Subgrade must be compacted to acheieve
minimum 95% Standard Proctor density. Where use of a roller is
impracticable, use a suitable mechanical rammer.
3.3.4 Subgrade for Vehicle Areas: Subgrade shall be compacted using a roller
weighing 8-10 tons or by equivalent other means, to a minimum 98%
Standard Proctor density.
3.3.5 Placing Sub-base Granular Material: Ensure that subgrade is free from
loose soil, rubbish and standing water. Take all necessary precautions to
ensure stability of adjacent structures. Place and compact material against
or over structures, membranes or buried services in a sequence and manner
which will ensure stability and avoid damage.
3.3.6 Granular Sub-base for Vehicular Areas: Spread Sub-base material and
level in layers and as soon as possible thereafter compact each layer using
plant and methods suitable to achieve the type of material to 98% Standard
Proctor density. Maximum depth of each compacted layer should not
exceed 200 mm.
3.3.7 Surfaces to receive pavers to have sufficient sand, fine gravel, PFA or
other approved fine material applied and surface vibrated to provide a

02780 - UNIT PAVERS PAGE 2 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

close and smooth surface. Sand for bedding shall be sharp sand or crushed
rock fines, not more than 10% retained on a 5 mm BS sieve and evenly
graded, free from deleterious salts and contaminants. Maintain at an even
moisture content which will give maximum compaction during any laying
period.
3.3.8 Lay 40-50 mm of bedding sand screening over the sub-base and level - Do
not compact. Spread sand and screed to a thickness of 25-30 mm.
3.3.9 Lay pavers in the pattern similar to that in adjoining areas and as directed
by ENGINEER. Install pavers 6 mm above drainage outlets.
3.3.10 Compaction and Jointing: Apply the same compacting effect over the
whole surface. Avoid damaging Curbs and adjacent work during
vibration.
3.3.11 Provide edge restraint to all perimeters of paved areas to eliminate the loss
of bedding course material.
3.3.12 Accuracy: Maximum permissible deviation from the required levels, falls
and cambers to be as follows:
Roads Walkways

Subgrade + 0 mm + 0 mm
- 25 mm - 20 mm
Sub-base + 0 mm + 0 mm
- 20 mm - 12 mm
Pavement Surface  6 mm  6 mm

3.3.13 Road gradients should have a minimum longitudinal gradient of 1:100 and
cross fall of 1:40 or as indicated on Drawings.
3.3.14 The surface of the completed pavement will be checked longitudinally and
transversely for smoothness with a 3 m straight edge. The surface shall
not vary more than 3 mm in 3 m parallel with the centerline or 6 mm at
right angles to the centerline.

3.3 Installation - Curbs

3.3.1 Install concrete Curbs to sizes and profiles as shown in Drawings


approved by ENGINEER and to approval of Authorities having
Jurisdiction. Top of Curbs shall be in plane flush with surface of
sidewalk.

3.3.2 Laying Generally

a. Proper workmanship shall be ensured to achieve neat junctions. Curbs


should be laid in mortar bed, true to line and level along top and front
faces on accurately cast reinforced concrete foundations and secure
with a continuous haunching of concrete. Keep exposed faces of
units clean and free from mortar droppings.
b. Joints between Curbs shall be 3 mm wide; fill with dry sand/Portland
cement mixture and mist with water to allow mixture to set.

3.3.3 Haunching Dowels


02780 - UNIT PAVERS PAGE 3 OF 4 REV.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Insert dowels vertically into foundation while concrete is still plastic, at


600 mm centers, 50 mm from back face of Curbs and with 75 mm
projecting. Haunching to be rectangular across section, cast against
formwork, so as fully to enclose and protect dowel.

3.4 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling

Pavers and kerbs shall be delivered, stored and handled in a manger such that
breakage and damage of units is minimized. Broken units shall not be used, and
disposal thereof is the responsibility of the Contractor.

3.5 Cleaning

3.5.1 Wash and sweep pavers, treads, risers and Curbs clean of dust and
laitance.
3.5.2 Leave adjoining areas clean of debris and surplus material.

3.6 Drainage

All drainage work under pavement construction shall be completed before any
pavement construction is started. Roads, car park and paved area gullies and their
connections will be included within the drainage works and shall be co-ordinated
with the pavement works.

END OF SECTION

02780 - UNIT PAVERS PAGE 4 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Section 02810

IRRIGATION SYSTEM

1.0 System Description

1.01 General Description


An underground Irrigation tank has been proposed at the pump room in housing building
to store the Grey water. The water is further treated to make it useful for the landscape
purpose. A good filtration system has been proposed inside pumping station to make sure
that particles will not enter into drip lines. The quantity of treated water is sufficient to
full fill the landscape requirements of the project and will help to develop a sustainable,
water efficient and environmental friendly project.

1.02 Irrigation Strategy


Sub Surface Drip Irrigation (SDI) have been proposed to save water and get maximum
efficiency up to 90%.This technique has been utilized for the entire development.
The Irrigation system having one Hydro Zone. Based on the irrigation demand and
landscape requirement Drip emitter and lateral spacing have been varied to get same
duration within type of planting. The technique used is excellent to avoid extra zones and
their subsequent cost.
The recommended Drip line will be integral pressure compensating, continuous self
cleaning, anti siphon, high anti drain mechanism with root guard technique.
Flow meter have been proposed underground in valve box on the main feeder to irrigation
network and from pumping station to determine the amount of water consume in the
irrigation system. The flow meter will also be used to determine any leakage in the
Network. Flow meter will be linked with Central Monitoring system and be able to
measure and record all type of varied flow.
Air valve have been proposed between each Supply and Flush Header for each ground
cover planting area. Flush points has also been proposed at each flush point

1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS:


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

B. Regulations, codes and guidelines required for irrigation systems as prepared by


local governing agencies.

1.04 SCOPE OF WORKS:

A. The contract shall include for the complete installation, testing and commissioning of
the Automatic Irrigation System summarized below and as per the Drawings and
Specifications.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 1 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Laying the main, sub main and lateral lines for the Automatic Irrigation System.
2. Laying pipe for mains, sub mains, laterals and control cables under footpaths and
Roads within the site limits.
3. Laying drip systems.
4. Installing valves and relevant accessories
5. Providing Automatic Control System for the irrigation network through satellite
controller, communication and power supply cables, electric remote control valves, etc.
6. Providing control panels required for the system as specified.
7. Supply of sweet sand, leveling and contouring shall be done as per landscape
8. Drawings and specifications to be followed by Contractor to carry out the work
9. Reinstating the affected areas as required during the progress of the project.

B. The Contractor shall include for all materials, labor and tools as required to
complete the works.

C. Sweet sand filling, leveling and contouring for landscape areas shall be as per the
landscape drawings and specifications. The landscape planting layout shall be marked
with lime powder, stakes and nylon ropes. Shapes and dimensions of these layouts are
shown in detail on the landscape drawings

D. Providing and Installing ET system

E. Flushing valve and air vent shall be provided and installed in the lowest and highest
level respectively on the main network. And shall be in accordance with the regulation,
international codes and standards.

F. The irrigation water pumps and water meter shall be monitored by BMS.

G. The Contractor shall restore all roads and footpaths where affected by the
installation of the irrigation system. The Contractor shall restore all roads and
footpaths where affected by the installation of the irrigation system.

F. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the main irrigation system
in the contract area for a contract area for a period of one year from the date of
Substantial Completion.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 2 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2- PRODUCTS:

2.1 GENERAL IRRIGATION REQUIREMENTS.


A. All materials covered by this specification shall be from an approved local representative in
Abu Dhabi qualified to provide the appropriate level of technical support.
B. All equipment, fittings and accessories shall he suitably rated to comply with the system
design and operating parameters.

2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS


A. HDPE,PVC and LDPE Pipes and Fittings:

1. All primary distribution pipe work shall be HDPE SDR 11 or approved equal.
2. All secondary distribution pipe work shall be Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (uPVC) to
Class 10 or approved equal.
3. Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipes: All pipes shall be manufactured to SASO 14,
Class V or BS 3505, Class E.. All couplings and fittings for uPVC pipes shall be
manufactured of materials conforming to BS 4346

B. Polyethylene pipes and fittings:

1. Polyethylene (PE) pipes for drip lines shall be manufactured from low density polyethylene
incorporating a minimum of 2.8% carbon black and shall have a working pressure of 4 bars.

2. Random samples of drip pipes shall be subjected to the Teepol crack resistance test.
The samples shall be immersed in a bath containing a solution of 10% Teepol and 90% water
maintained at 50 degrees C. The pipe shall resist the solution without showing any fatigue or
cracking for a period of 150 hours.

3. The test shall be carried out in an independent laboratory within the UAE.

4. All fittings for drip lines shall be compression type. Insert barbed type fittings secured by
plastic ratchet clips shall not be used.

2.3 VALVES & ACCESSORIES

A. All valves and accessories shall be in conformance with the standard requirements,
unless specially mentioned.

2.4 GATE VALVES

A. Gate valves shall be ductile cast iron or material combination of cast iron and enamel
waterworks valve, with wedge type gate wedge fully rubber lined with EPDM and

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 3 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

non-rising stem. Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C550.


For ductile cast iron valves, the valves shall be with epoxy resin coating, internally
and externally to average DFT 300 microns for protection against corrosion. Valves
installed below ground shall be provided with stem cap for key operation.
Connections on all sized valves may be flanged PN 16 per BS 4504, or firmly
integrated and torsion proof PE pipe ends in SDR 17, pipe length suitable for 2
weldings.

1. Valves to have non-rising stem of stainless steel, stem nut brass or cast aluminum
bronze with gun metal. Body components shall be Ductile cast iron SG GGG-50.
Stem sealing by elastomer/NBR rubber ‘O’ rings.
2. Up to size DN 400 resilient seated gate valves are preferred with ductile iron
wedge fully covered with special grade elastomer EPDM rubber. Heavy duty
steel keys with head configuration to fit operating nut and handle length as
required for proper above ground operation shall be provided in numbers
specified by the Engineer.
3. Valves above ground shall be provided with hand wheel. Nominal pressure for
the valves shall be 16 bar or more. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel grade
A4.

2.5 BALL VALVES


A. For 3” and smaller valves installed in the valve boxes uPVC Ball valves shall be
designed for a working pressure of not less than 16 bar and water operating
temperature of 45°C.
B. Valves shall be the suitable size for the incoming line size with a clear waterway
equal to the full nominal diameter of the valves and shall be opened by turning
counterclockwise.
C. The operating nut or wheel shall have an arrow cast in valve indicating the direction
of opening.

2.6 PE VALVES

A. PE Valves shall be SDR 11 with stem extension. The body and ends shall be
manufactured from polyethylene (PE 100) the ball shall be manufactured from
acetal/polypropylene for strength and thermal resistance
B. The PE valves can withstand temperature upto 60°C.
C. The pipe connection shall be by butt fusion.

2.7 PRESSURE AND FLOW CONTROL VALVES


Pressure and flow control valves should be installed as per typical drawings and standard

2.8 FLANGE ADAPTOR


A. Flange adapters shall be used on HDPE, GRP, AC, cast and ductile iron and steel
pipes to enable plain-ended pipe to be connected either to flanged pipe or to flanged
valves or other fittings. Flange adaptors shall be provided with flat mating faces,
suitable for bolting to raised faces.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 4 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Flange adaptors shall be provided with SS 316 nuts and bolts.


2. Flange adaptors to suit pressure rating of the flange PN 16.
3. Flange adapters shall be restrained type for un-anchored pressure lines.

2.9 FLOW METERS


A. Flow meters shall be in conformance with the Estidama requirements and should be
connected with Main control system.
B. Provide hourly, weekly, monthly and annual water consumption for each end use
C. Compare consumption to previous trend analysis
D. Determine out of range values to alert building operator to unusually high
consumption
E. Record Peak water consumption for each end use

2.10 SOLENOID CONTROL VALVES

A. Automatic remote control valves with pressure regulators shall be normally closed
diaphragm type with slow opening and closing action for protection against surge
pressure. Actuation shall be by encapsulated type solenoids and rated min. 24 volts,
50/60Hz cycles, unless otherwise specified. The valve body shall be constructed of
glass filled nylon.

B. Construction shall provide for convenient access to functional parts without removal
of valve from system plumbing. A manual flow control adjustment, with shut-off
capability, shall be furnished on all valves. Bonnet shall have sufficient volume to
ensure proper closing against rated test pressure. Valve pressure rating shall not be
less than 200 PSI (13.7 Bar).

C. The diaphragm shall be composed of EPDM, chlorine and chemical resistant material
and provide for a positive seal between bonnet and body. The solenoid functional
parts shall be of stainless steel for corrosion resistance. The solenoid plunger shall
incorporate a grit filter to prevent plunger hang up. Solenoid valve shall have internal
manual bleed. Valves shall be fabricated from rugged brass construction.

D. Inlet and outlet shall be threaded BSP. The valve shall be capable of working with
treated effluent water conditions. It shall provide full and accurate pressure
capabilities irrespective of whether it is operated electrically or manually. The
pressure measurement shall be possible via Schrader valve or integral pressure gauge.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 5 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.11 QUICK COUPLING VALVES AND KEYS

A. Quick Coupling Valves (QCV) shall be made from brass material. Cover shall be
rubber covered bronze. The seat disc plunger shall be spring loaded to keep valve
closed at zero inlet pressure. Coupler shall be removable from top while valve is
under pressure. Valve shall be one-piece body design.

B. The valve shall be operated with plug in type special coupler key with single lug. The
key shall be cast bronze. For connection of hose swivel elbow to be used. The keys
shall be from the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility of the connection.

C. The quick coupling valve shall be minimum of 1” diameter.

D. The hose swivel shall be 25mm x 18mm female/male threaded all brass construction
with O ring seal and have 360° swivel action in any direction.

2.12 VALVE CHAMBER


A. Reinforced Concrete Valve Chambers shall comply with the requirements of the
typical drawings and standard specifications.

2.13 VALVE BOXES


A. Air valves (3”or smaller), quick coupling valves, solenoid valves and wire pull boxes
shall to be installed in an access box of sufficient size to permit ready removal of the
valve inner assemblies without removing the box from the ground. Valve names and
numbers must be clearly marked inside and outside of the box with permanent plastic
tags.
B. Covers shall be secured by stainless steel bolts A4-316.

B. Valve boxes shall be green color and fabricated from reinforced plastic with
recommended size shall be as follows: (Measurements are taken from the top
of boxes).

Description Min. Cover Min.


Depth

Round valve box for QCV 254 mm 260


mm

Pull box, Air valve 1” & Flush valve 430 x 298 mm 300
mm

Solenoid valves up to 2” 650 x 406 mm 380


mm

Solenoid valves above 2” and Isolation valves up 825 x 495 mm 457


to 3” mm

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 6 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.14 PRESSURE REGULATOR


A. Pressure regulations shall be factory preset to give an outlet pressure 20 psi ± 15% for
flow rates between 4 gpm and 22 gpm, given a variable inlet pressure of 25 psi to 60
psi.

B. The pressure loss of the fully open valve at a pipeline velocity of 1.5 m/sec shall not
exceed 0.5 bar. Pilot valves shall be brass. Connection piping shall be copper.
Stainless steel strainers shall be provided at all porting points.

2.15 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT


A. Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with ABU DHABI Electricity regulations
and the Electrical Specification. Enclosures shall be protected in accordance with
IP55 for equipment installed above grade and IP58 for equipment installed below
grade.

A. Wiring to and from control panels shall be routed in conduit below the floor. Above
grade conduit shall be liquid tite flex, or galvanised steel and provision shall be made
for inspection tees and ells to facilitate removal in the future.

B. All equipment shall be provided with earth leakage circuit breakers in accordance
with local regulations.

C. Lighting protection shall be provided for all field controls if any.

2.16 CONTROLLERS

A. The controller shall be housed in plastic pedestal cabinet and capable of two-wire
decoder control of minimum of 50 decoder addresses expandable in modules. The
control shall be via a plug-in decoder output module. The decoder output module
shall be field-installable without tools, and only a screwdriver to make the two-wire
path connections.

B. The controller shall have internal 120/230 VAC transformer of at least 120 volt – any
capacity.

C. The decoder output module shall in no way reduce the range of features or
programming capabilities of the standard field controller.

D. The decoders may be wired in sequence over any combination of the two-wire paths,
including all stations on a at least single two-wire path. The path shall have the ability
to extend up to 10,000 ft./3km to the end of the wire run over 14 AWG wire, or
15,000 ft./4.5km over 12 AWG

E. The wire path shall be twisted pair, solid-core, color-coded with each conductor in a
polyethylene jacket suitable for direct burial.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 7 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

F. The two-wire paths may be spliced, or “teed”, permitting extensions of the path in
multiple directions. In general, the distance from the controller to the end of any one
end of a “tee” or wire run shall not exceed the maximum for the gauge of wire, even
if the total of all wire exceeds that number.

G. The decoder output module shall have a port for programming station addresses
directly into each field decoder, and shall not require the use of serial numbers. Each
decoder shall have one or more (in the case of multiple output decoders) station
addresses programmed at the controller location and the station number shall be noted
on the side of the decoder prior to installing in the valve box.

H. Any single-station decoder output station shall have the optional capability to be
designated as a Pump/Master Valve for programming purposes, and the controller’s
ability to operate two P/MV outputs by station may be divided in any way between
direct P/MV connections from the controller’s Master Module, and designated in-line
decoder outputs.

I. The decoder output module shall feature diagnostic status LEDs indicating line status,
faults, active decoders (stations running) and active communications on the two-wire
paths. The decoder output module shall use the existing controller transformer for
power output, and shall be capable of running minimum of 10 irrigation valves and 1
non irrigation valves simultaneously. The decoder output module shall include heavy-
duty spark gap surge suppression as a standard feature, with a rating of not less than
90 Volts, 5 kiloAmps (kA).

J. The decoder output module shall require acknowledgement from each decoder when
stations are activated, and shall permit two-way communications on the wire path.
Each decoder shall confirm each station activation, or the controller shall indicate a
failure, whenever a station is turned on.

K. All connections in the two-wire paths (outside the controller enclosure) shall be made
with water proof wire connectors. All connections, tees, and splices shall be
positioned in valve boxes for future location and service.

L. Maximum distance from decoder output to solenoid under normal conditions shall be
100 ft./33m. Wire runs between decoder output and solenoid shall be twisted wire
when in excess of 20 ft./7m, to assist in surge protection.

M. The decoder controller shall be UL listed.

N. The Controller must have the connectivity with rain, moisture sensor, ET System etc

2.17 CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEM

2.17.1 IRRIGATION CENTRAL CONTROL SOFTWARE

A. The irrigation control software shall be Windows®-based and shall be compatible

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 8 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

with the Windows XP professional operating systems.

B. The software shall ease of programming irrigation systems at a single site to be


accessed. The software shall have the ability to schedule water days, run times, start
times, cyclical schedules, cycle and soak schedules, and event days off at each of
the sites that the central computer controls. It shall also allow for manual operation of
all connected systems and for emergency shutdown of any or all sites.

C. The irrigation control software shall have the ability to operate the field controllers
from a single computer. It shall permit two-way communications between the central
computer and individual site interfaces via hardwire cable and/or standard telephone
or cellular modems within the same system.

D. The irrigation control software shall be capable of developing reports in both table
and graphical formats providing information on estimated water use, run times, and
water cost units. The irrigation control software shall also display past, as well as
predicted future irrigation events in calendar form. The calendar shall also feature
reminder notes for specific days or patterns of days to aid in irrigation management.
The calendar shall also display any alarms as reported from the field.

E. The irrigation control software shall download irrigation schedules to the field
controllers through the site interface(s), and shall not be required to be running on the
computer for the normal scheduled irrigation to take place. The software shall
download schedules on operator-initiated command, or automatically at scheduled
intervals ranging from once per hour to once per day.

2.17.2 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CELLULAR SITE SYSTEMS

A. A remote Site Interface may be connected via an optional cellular modem. The
optional cellular modem kit shall be installed into the site interface and shall be
assigned its own cellular telephone number.

B. The cellular modem kit shall be approved by Etisalat and shall be connected via an
integral 40-pin connector to an existing plug in the Site Interface. The cellular modem
shall be powered at all times by the interface and shall not contain nor require
batteries of any kind. The cellular modem kit shall include an internal antenna with an
optional connection for external antennas if needed.

C. The cellular modem shall be available for existing GSM cellular systems.

D. The cellular modem kit shall be compatible and shall be able to coexist, within the
Site Interface, with hardwire to local Controller Interfaces.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 9 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.18 DECODERS

A. Compatible Irrigation Control Decoders shall available in four different station output
configurations, and shall be selected and placed to minimize the wiring distance from
decoder to solenoid. The maximum distance recommended between individual
decoder outputs, and the solenoids they are to activate, is 100 ft./33m. Shorter runs
between individual decoder outputs and their solenoids reduce susceptibility to
lightning damage in all decoder installations.

B. 12 AWG/1mm dia. wire or larger shall be used for all decoder-to-solenoid


connections. In high lightning areas this wire shall be twisted to maximize surge
suppression.

C. Decoders shall be available in one, two, four, or six station decoder units. Each
decoder shall have a single pair of red/blue leads for connection to the two-wire path,
and a pair of black leads for connection to the first solenoid. Multiple station decoders
shall have color-coded outputs for each individual output, which corresponds to the
station number of that output. Decoders with multiple station capability shall activate
individual outputs, independently of each other color-coded output.

D. Each decoder output shall have sufficient capacity to activate two typical 24VAC
irrigation solenoids simultaneously. A “typical” solenoid is assumed to require
approximately 400 mA inrush current with approximately 200 ma holding current.
The decoders shall have a current draw of 3.5 ma standby and 40 ma per active
station.

E. Decoders shall be filled with a waterproof polymer compound to protect all circuitry,
for multistation decoders, it shall be installed in round valve boxes to facilitate proper
connections and service.

F. Each decoder shall include an integrated surge suppression circuit with an exposed,
unjacketed ground wire. No additional surge suppression devices shall be required in
the two-wire path.

G. The installer shall provide adequate earth ground (not to exceed 10 Ohms, or in
compliance with practices as defined in American Society of Irrigation Consultants
Earth Grounding Guideline 100-2002) and connect it to one of the decoder ground
leads every 1000 ft.(330m), or every 12th decoder module, whichever is shorter.
Minimum ground hardware shall be a 4” x 36” (100 x 915mm) copper plate with at
least 10AWG/2.5mm dia. copper wire. In high lightning areas, grounding may be
increased to every 500 ft./150m or 6 decoders.

H. Ground connections from decoder ground lead to grounding hardware shall be made
by joining the 12AWG (2mm dia.) decoder ground wire with a 10AWG (2.5mm dia.)
solid copper lead in an approved wire nut of appropriate size, inserted in a DBR-6
waterproof direct burial connector, or with an approved wire clamp. Ground hardware

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 10 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

shall extend at right angles from the two-wire red/blue path, and ground hardware
shall be located at least 6ft./2m away from the two-wire path.

I. Each decoder output shall also have thermal, resettable circuit breakers to prevent
overload from solenoid malfunctions.

2.19 WIRE CONNECTORS


A. All wire connections at electrical remote control valves and all splices of wire in the
field shall be made using wire connectors. The wire connectors shall be specifically
designed to ensure waterproof underground wire connections. The connectors shall
be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed water-resistant wire connectors, rated 600
volts for uPVC insulated copper wire with insulation temperature rating of 105
degrees C.

1. The connector shall be insulated with color coded, pliable, vinyl skirt. They shall
feature alive spring which assures a tight grip even on small wire combinations.
2. All wire connections to be arranged in plastic pull boxes at fixed internal
distances of max. 80 meters and/or at any change of direction.
3. Surge protection is required every 150m along the two wire path.

2.20 EMITTERS

A. All emitters, dripper lines and their accessories shall be from a pre-approved supplier
by client. Letter of approval shall be submitted with the request for material approval.
B. Pressure Compensating Emitters
C. The drip lines should be integral pressure compensating, continuous self cleaning,
anti siphon, high anti drain mechanism with root guard technique

1. Emitters shall be constructed from durable black-heat resistant plastic. The emitters shall
be of barbed configuration which can be inserted easily in to Polyethylene tubing. Pressure
compensation shall be achieved by a flexible orifice located in resilient Silicone Elastomeric
diaphragms. The orifice should be self-flushing type and shall clean itself during each
irrigation cycle at the start up & the shut down. The emitters should have manual flushing
capability also. The emitter exponent shall be 0.10 or less. The body & the diaphragm
should be resistant to high concentration of Chlorine, fertilizers and pesticides. All emitters
shall be provided with bug cap.

D. Dripper lines

1. Irrigation Equipment- Dripper line shall consists of linear low density


Polyethylene tubing. The tubing shall have a minimum outside diameter (O.D.)
16mm and thickness of 1.1 mm + 0.05mm. Pipes for drip lines shall be
manufactured from low density polyethylene incorporating a minimum of 2.8%
carbon black, antioxidants in an amount not exceeding 0.5% and shall have a
nominal pressure PN 4 or more.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 11 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2. A random sample of drip pipes shall be subjected to the Teepol crack resistance
test. The samples shall be immersed in a bath containing a solution of 10% Teepol
and 90% water maintained at 50 degrees C. The pipe should resist the solution
without showing any fatigue or crack for a period of 150 hours.

3. The tests should be carried out in an independent laboratory within the UAE.

4. The inline drip tube shall be linear low-density tube with built-in pressure
compensating self-flushing drip emitters. The outside diameter of the pipeline
shall be 16mm and wall thickness shall be 1.1mm. The spacing of the emitters
shall be as specified.

5. All fittings for drip line shall be compression type.

6. The emitters must be pressure compensating according to ISO 9260 and emission
rate of the emitter shall remain constant at varying water pressure from 1bar to 4.5
bar. The flow path in emitter must ensure turbulent flow and emitter must confirm
to excellent pressure compensation and self-cleaning/flushing mechanism. The
emitter must be clogging resisting and the filtration requirement not more than
150 mesh. Coefficient of variation shall be less than 5%. The flow of emitter
must remain same/constant at temperatures varying from 0 to 60º Celsius.

7. The product must have warranty against cracking and performance for 7 Years.

8. Number of drip line risers shall be as per Engineer’s approval. Separate drip line
risers shall be provided for each tree. Drip stakes shall be provided at each point
of change in direction of drip line and spacing between drip stakes shall not be
more than 10.0 meters.

9. The capacity and spacing of the emitter line shall be as specified in the Bill of
Quantities and on the drawing.

2.21 FILTERS

2.21.1 INLINE – Y FILTERS

A. The inline Y filters inside valve boxes at to be suitable for commercial applications.

B. The filters to be glass filled nylon or polypropylene construction to handle constant


pressure upstream of the control valves. The pressure range is from 25 to 150 PSI
(1.7-10.3 Bar).

C. The filters can be handle flows from 0.25 to 220 GPM (0.016 to 13.87 LPS).

D. The Y-Filter shall be constantly cleaned to avoid clogging. It shall be fitted with a
min. 120mesh filtration.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 12 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.22 SENSORS

2.22.1 ET SYSTEM
A. The control system shall automatically calculate a program and run times for
designated stations based on a local evapo-transpiration sensor, connected to a
compatible automatic irrigation controller via a compatible port interface. The
ET system shall conserve water and promote healthy plants by calculating climate-based
automated irrigation for each zone, using the Management Allowable Depletion
methodology recognized by irrigation industry professionals.

B. The ET system shall include only local evapo-transpiration data, “local data” being
defined as sensed climatologically conditions within the immediate coverage area of
the irrigation system, from a sensor dedicated to that purpose.

C. The ET system shall consist of two physical components, including an ET Sensor


mounted in an optimum location for measurement of climatologically data, and an ET
Module, containing station database information which shall be connected to the
irrigation controller’s compatible port.

E. The ET Sensor shall be pole 30m of the irrigation controller. The ET Sensor shall
include individual sensors for solar radiation, relative humidity, moisture in soil and
air temperature, and shall also include a rain gauge reading in .01”/.254mm
increments, and all sensors shall be integrated into a single sensor array.

F. The ET Sensor shall include a programmable built-in Prevailing Wind Compensation


factor, switch adjustable, allowing automatic adjustment for average prevailing
winds.

G. The ET system shall automatically terminate irrigation when natural rainfall is


sensed, and shall inhibit irrigation in this case.

H. The ET system shall measure rainfall to save automatic irrigation water.

I. The ET system shall be fully functional with 24VAC input or less, with a max current
draw of 20ma, and shall not require a dedicated high-voltage transformer or
connection.

3. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

4.1 Pipework and Fittings

All pipes shall be pressure tested within two weeks of installation. Pipes shall be
tested after centre loading and generally with joints exposed. Length of pipe tested at
any time shall not exceed 500 metres and the rate at which pipelines are successfully
tested shall be of the same order of magnitude as the rate of pipe laying. Centre
loading shall be sufficient to prevent buckling or deformation due to application of
pressure.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 13 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

4.1.1 All pipework shall be pressure tested for a minimum of 6 hours. The pressure
variation over the test period shall not exceed 10%

Test pressures shall be as follows:


Main lines, pipework 10.00 kg/cm2

Lateral pipework and


all other UPVC pipework 6.00 kg/cm2

4.1.2 All mainline fittings shall be left exposed for the purpose of this test and shall be
inspected for evidence of leakage. Any major break in the mainlines requiring shut-
down of the test shall cause the test to be re-run entirely. The ENGINEER’S shall
govern the re-scheduling of the test.

4.2 Electrical tests

4.2.1 Each electrical equipment, cable and complete system shall be thoroughly inspected
and tested before finally placing in service under the full responsibility of the
Contractor. All tests shall be made in compliance with respective regulations,
recommendations and standards.

4.2.2 Any modifications or repairs deemed necessary upon completion of the tests shall be
executed at the Contractor's expenses. Further tests shall be carried out on any
modified or repaired equipment until it is certified trouble free and acceptable for its
intended service. All testing shall be demonstrated to the ENGINEER’S in a manner
to be agreed later.

4.3 Irrigation Systems Tests

4.3.1 After successful pressure test and acceptance thereof by the ENGINEER’S, the
automatic portion of the system including all electric control valves, quick coupling
valves, sprinklers, sprayheads and emitters, shall be activated in a fully automatic
manner and run through a complete cycle. Station timings of the irrigation controller
will be programmed by the ENGINEER’S. Each function shall be demonstrated in
accordance with an approved commissioning procedure developed by the contractor.
Failure of any components to function in accordance with the design will require a
complete new start for a final acceptance test. The ENGINEER’S shall re-schedule
the time for re-testing.

4.4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals


4.4.1 The Contractor shall provide three copies of the operation and maintenance manual
for the ENGINEER’S approval prior to issuing of the completion certificate.
Manuals shall contain comprehensive operational schedules, recommended spare
parts lists, manufacturer's operating data, catalogues and exploded parts diagrams,
original guarantees where applicable for the entire irrigation scheme. The material
used for the irrigation system shall be listed in the manual.

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 14 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Draft, manuals shall be submitted for approval prior to commencement of


commissioning and shall be revised in accordance with ENGINEER’S instructions
and reflect and record the results of the commissioning procedures described above.

One soft copy of the manual on CD shall also be provided.

END OF SECTION

02810 – IRRIGATION PAGE 15 OF 15 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Section 02900 - SOFT LANDSCAPE Works

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Description

1.1.1 The scope of this section includes the preparation of planted areas and the supply, planting,
protection and maintenance of trees, shrubs, vines, groundcover plants and grass of the species
and size shown on the drawings. This section shall be read in conjunction with all other relevant
sections of the Specification.

1.2 Quality Standards

The following standards are applicable:

BS 3936 - Part 1 Nursery Stock, Trees and Shrubs


BS 4428 General Landscape Operations

1.3 Submittals

1.3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the ENGINEER information and certificates for materials to be
used for this Contract.

1.3.2 Such submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Data
a) Manufacturers certified analysis of all standard products, including fertilizers.
b) A certified analysis by an approved laboratory for non-standard products.
c) Certificates confirming the origin, size and age of all plant material.
d) Health certificates for all imported plant material.

Schedules
a) Schedules showing programme of implementation for each type of landscape work. If
necessary revised planting schedules shall be submitted with documentation of reasons
for the revision.

Samples
a) Samples of all materials to be used in this contract shall be submitted for approval. Three
approved samples of each plant shall be provided. The approved samples shall be the
quality standard for the material and its placement.

1.4 Rubbish

1.4.1 All rubbish and litter as it accumulates within the landscape boundary, shall be cleared and
removed daily. The areas shall be kept in a clean and tidy condition with all driveways, paths,
edges, kerb gutters and gullies swept and kept clear of debris at all times. All rubbish and debris
shall be removed from site.

1.5 Oil and Petrol Storage

1.5.1 All oil and petrol containers are to be kept in suitable sheds provided by the Contractor, who is to
observe all regulations regarding the storage of inflammable liquids. If any areas of soil are

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 1 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

affected by oil or petrol spillage, the contaminated soil is to be dug up until uncontaminated
ground is reached, and removed from site and such areas made good as directed by the
ENGINEER.

1.6 Approved Chemicals

1.6.1 Only chemicals approved and listed by the Abu Dhabi Municipality and Ministry of Agriculture
and Fisheries will be used. All chemicals shall be non-toxic to human beings, birds and animals
and subject to the approval of a qualified specialist. The Contractor shall be liable for ensuring
that all chemicals are stored separately, handled and supplied strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's printed instructions.

1.7 Planting Season

1.7.1 All work shall be carried out during the appropriate season and in weather conditions suitable for
the operation. In particular, planting shall not be carried out before October or after March
without the specific approval of the ENGINEER. An exception will be the planting of large
palms, which shall be planted during the period of optimum root growth i.e., mid April to the end
of September.

1.8 Existing Services

1.8.1 The Contractor shall determine the location of all existing underground services prior to
commencing excavation works. Any work in confined spaces, around existing trees or in the
vicinity of major utility services shall be executed by hand.

1.9 Nursery

1.9.1 The Contractor shall establish and maintain a suitable holding nursery on or adjacent to the site
within the first month of the contract period. It shall be protected from construction works,
shaded from sun and wind and shall be provided with an adequate supply of irrigation water.

1.10 Horticultural Supervisor

1.10.1 The written approval of the ENGINEER shall be obtained for the Contractor’s proposed
Horticultural Specialist.

1.10.2 The written approval of the ENGINEER shall be obtained for any temporary or permanent
replacements.

2.0 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

2.1 Soil

2.1.1 Desert planting soil shall be imported from an area designated by the Horticultural Section of the
Abu Dhabi Municipality.
2.1.2 The soil shall be free-draining, non-toxic and capable of sustaining healthy plant growth. The soil
shall not contain calcium carbonate, subsoil, refuse, roots, heavy clay, noxious weeds, phytoxic
materials, coarse sand, rocks, brush, litter or any other deletrious materials.

The soil shall have following characteristics:

1. PH 6.0 to 7.5 of saturated soil


2. EC less than 2500 mmhos in saturated extract
3. Chlorides <220 ppm in saturated extract

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 2 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

4. Sulphates <15 ppm in saturated extract


5. SAR <5%
6. Nitrates 75 ppm in saturated extract
7. Physical loamy made up by particle size as follows:

sand (2mm to 0.05mm) 70% to 80%


silt (0.05mm to 0.002mm) 25% to 30%
clay (<0.002mm) 5% max.

2.1.3 The representative samples of soil shall be analysed for all the above characteristics and results
submitted to the ENGINEER for approval.

2.2 Compost/manure

2.2.1 Compost shall be approved treated local animal manure free from any deleterious matter from a
source approved by the Abu Dhabi Municipality. The compost shall be certified free of
nematodes or hazardous bacterial infestations.

2.3 Fertilizers

2.3.1 General fertilizer shall be sulfur coated slow release compound fertilizer: 16 - 18 - 5 + Fe for
shrubs and trees, and 16-18-5 + Fe + trace elements for grass areas and shall be Osmocote or
equal and approved.

2.3.2 Fertilizer shall be furnished in standard containers with the name, weight and guaranteed analysis
of the contents clearly marked.

2.3.3 When a mixed fertilizer is specified, the first number shall represent the minimum percentage of
soluble nitrogen, the second number shall represent the minimum percentage of available
phosphoric acid and the third number shall represent the minimum percentage of water soluble
potash.

2.4 Planting Medium

2.4.1 Planting medium shall consist of a homogeneous mixture of soil, compost and fertilizers as
specified.
2.4.2 Compost shall be provided at the following rates:

tree pit 1 bag per pit


1/
shrub pit 2 bag per pit
1/
vine pit 2 bag per pit
1/
shrub bed 2 bag per m2
bedding plants 1 bag per m2
1 bag shall contain 25kg of compost

2.4.3 General fertilizer shall be provided at the following rates:

palm pit 175 gms per pit (applied later)


tree pit 100 gms per pit
shrub pit 50 gms per pit
shrub beds 100 gms per m2
grass/ground cover bed 100 gms per m2
bedding plants 100 gms per m2

2.4.4 Slow release fertiliser tablets shall be provided at the following rates :

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 3 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

trees 1 tablet of 21gms for every 10mm of trunk diameter


shrubs 1 tablet of 21gms for every 300mm of height

2.4.5 The rates mentioned in this clause are for the first application prior to planting only. Further
applications before and during the maintenance period shall be done in accordance with the
ENGINEER instructions to the given on site.

2.5 Plants

2.5.1 General

(i) All plants shall be of the size specified in the Plant Schedule at the time of delivery to the
site and shall be obtained from an approved source. Trees shall have a minimum caliper
(measured at 500mm above ground level) of 15mm. Shrubs and ground covers shall be
twin or multistemmed. All plants shall be supplied as specified and the Contractor is
expected to obtain stock from outside the UAE if it is not available locally. Plants shall
be true to and supplied under Latin names. Synonyms must be checked with the
ENGINEER.

All planting stock shall be well-balanced and well formed, sound, vigorous, healthy and
free from disease, sunscald, abrasion, harmful insects or insect eggs and with a healthy,
unbroken root system filling their containers but not root-bound. Unless otherwise
specified only nursery-grown plants will be used. All plants shall be container grown.
Samples from all plant material shall be made available for approval by the ENGINEER.
All planting shall be certified free of pests, viruses etc.

(ii) The Tender must be based, without exception, upon plants that are specified. If
plants are subsequently found to be unobtainable, alternatives may be submitted, stating
how they differ from the Specification. Such substitutions may not be acceptable and
submission of further alternatives may be required. Approval in writing shall be obtained
for any substitution.

(ii) Nomenclature of trees and plants shall conform to the scientific names given in :

(1) Royal Horticultural Society, "Directory of Gardening"


Oxford University Press, reprinted 1974 and Supplement 1969
(2) Hortus 3.
(3) Exotica

Alternative names can be checked in these books. All plants must agree with the
botanical description in these books. Hortus 3 and Exotica are the only authorities for
plants that are not listed in the RHS Directory.

(iv) All trees and particularly palms forming avenues or formal planting lines shall be
selected to be of the same size and appearance all to the approval of the ENGINEER.

2.5.2 Palms

(i) Palms shall be balled and burlapped unless container grown palms are available.

(ii) Offshoots will not be acceptable. They shall have a vigorous root system, crown of new
leaves, proper colour of leaves of an adult palm and sufficient hardiness.

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 4 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

(iii) Prior to transporting for transplanting, all suckers, flowering and fruiting parts and
approximately thirty percent of fronds shall be removed. The remaining fronds shall be
sprayed with an anti-dessicant 24 hours prior to lifting. The fronds are to be lifted to
enclose and protect the growing tip, wrapped in hessian and securely tied in position. The
roots shall be balled and the hessian tied. The root ball is to be held secure using wire
mesh and hessian materials to contain the soil and retain maximum soil moisture.

(v) The Contractor shall take whatever steps he deems necessary and to the approval of the
ENGINEER to ensure the verticality of all palms. No additional payments shall be made
for providing guys, stakes or any other necessary anchorages.

(vi) Verticality shall be maintained within a tolerance of 1:25 unless instructed by


ENGINEER.

2.5.3 Grass Stolons

(i) Grass stolon sprigs shall be 75 to 150mm length with three to six buds. Stolons shall be
Paspallum vaginatum.

2.6 Tree Stakes

2.6.1 All stakes shall be double stakes of timber, straight, free of projections and pointed at one end.
The stakes shall be pressure impregnated with non-injurious wood preservative to be applied at
least two weeks before use.

2.6.2 Stakes shall be 60 x 60mm section; the length below ground to be one metre minimum and the
length above to be 1.8m, unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. All stakes to be stained
dark green.

2.7 Tree Ties

2.7.1 Tree ties shall be proprietary adjustable rubber tree (black colour) ties fixed to stakes to
manufacturers recommendations, all to the approval of the ENGINEER.

2.8 Temporary Planting Screens

2.8.1 Whenever planting in an exposed position liable to adverse wind conditions, windbreaks shall be
provided until such time as the planting is firmly established and shall be 1750mm high plastic
shelter net of 75% density supported on a galvanised steel circular frame of adequate diameter so
as not to disturb the growth of the plant. Such frames with hessian screens are to be provided to
protect trees liable to suffer harmful effects of irrigation spray.

2.8.2 Hessian bands shall be 75 mm wide to lengths necessary for wrapping tree trunks and main
branches.

2.9 Coarse Sand

2.9.1 Coarse sand shall consist of clean washed sand to the ENGINEER approval with a particle size as
follows:

Sieve size opening Percent passing


2.36mm 100%
1.18m 60%
600µm 15%
300µm 30%

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 5 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.9.2 'Black' sand shall not be acceptable

2.10 Anti-dessicant

2.10.1 Anti-dessicant shall be an emulsion type, film forming agent designed to permit transpiration but
retard excessive loss of water from plants.

2.11 Mulch

2.11.2 Mulch shall be wood chip mulch manufactured in the UAE composed of fresh Pinus radiata pine
chips of the following random distribution size:

Length: 10mm - 60mm


Width: 10mm - 50mm
Thickness: 3mm - 15mm

The wood chip mulch shall be coloured brown/red/rose/gold/black (delete as appropriate) from
organic, non-toxic colourant.

Wood chip mulch shall be Colourscape.

2.12 Pruning Paint

2.12.1 Pruning paint shall be waterproof, antiseptic, adhesive, elastic and free of kerosene, coal, tar,
creosote and other substances harmful to plants.

2.13 Water retaining material

2.13.1 A natural siliceous, non-crystalline (amorphous) mineral, made from layers of Diatoms and
Volcanic Tuffs.

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 6 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Chemical characteristics

Parameter Units Quantity


Si02 % 64.65
Al203 % 13.68
Fe203 % 4.27
Mg0 % 0.79
Ca0 % 1.78
Na20 % 1.84
K20 % 1.19
Ti02 % 0.57
P205 % 0.14
Mn0 % 0.08
Cr203 % 0.019
Barium ppm 561
Nickel ppm < 20
Strontium ppm 256
Zirconium ppm 99
Yttrium ppm < 10
Niobium ppm < 10
Scandium ppm 2
Lio (organic Substance)% 10.8

Physical Characteristics
Specific Gravity 2.3-2.8
Bulk Density 44-50
PH 5.5-7.5

3.0 WORKMANSHIP

3.1 Soil Grading and Preparation

3.1.1 Subsoil shall be excavated to achieve tolerances specified for finished level of soil, and when
reasonably dry and workable, graded to smooth, flowing contours with all minor hollows and
ridges removed. Non-cohesive, light subsoils shall be loosened with a three tine ripper, 300 mm
deep at one metre centres.

3.1.2 All perennial weeds shall be treated with herbicides and the period of time recommended by the
manufacturer shall be allowed to elapse before grading. All weeds, rocks and other debris shall
be removed and disposed off. Finished ground level adjoining buildings shall be kept 150 mm
below the level of the damp-proof course.

3.2 Handling and Transportation of Plants

3.2.1 Plant material shall be lifted or moved in such a manner that the roots are not disturbed. Plant
material shall be lifted or moved by holding the container and not the above ground portion of
the plant.

3.2.2 Root systems of all plants shall not be allowed to dry out at any time and shall not be exposed to
excessive or artificial heat or to freezing temperatures.

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 7 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.2.3 During transportation all plants shall be packed adequately to ensure protection for climatic or
physical injuries. Tarpaulins or other covers shall be placed over plants when they are
transported by trucks or in open freight cars. All plants shall be treated with anti-dessicant prior
to transportation.

3.2.4 Immediately prior to lifting, palm trees shall have their fronds reduced in length by 30%, sprayed
with anti-dessicant and tied up with 3 layers of hessian to enclose the growing tip. The roots
shall be pruned and the root ball protected with three layers of hessian tied up with wire and kept
moist constantly with wet shingle, moss, straw or other suitable material.

3.3 On-site Acclimatisation and Storage

3.3.1 All plant materials other than palms shall be delivered to site for acclimatisation within the first
six months of the contract period, unless approved otherwise by the ENGINEER, and protected
against drying at all times. Palm trees shall be planted directly on arrival on site. If palms have
to be held for longer than twelve hours before planting they should be 'heeled-in' in trenches
which are kept moist at all times.

3.4 Planting Timing

3.4.1 Planting shall take place before 1000 hours and after 1630 hours but can be carried out at other
times if approval is given by the ENGINEER.

3.4.2 Prior to planting all grading and ripping, paving, laying of services and other building work shall
be complete, the irrigation system shall, wherever possible, be operational and soil brought to
field capacity and all areas to be planted shall have been soiled and allowed to settle over a
period of one month.

3.5 Planting Medium

3.5.1 Specified soil additives shall be mixed with sweet soil at the rates specified. The soil shall be
mixed mechanically by an approved method to create a homogeneous mixture. Application rates
for ameliorants shall be checked and approved by the ENGINEER prior to mixing each batch.

3.6 Planting

3.6.1 Planting Sequence

(i) The sequence of planting shall be as follows:

(a) Grade soil as specified.

(b) Stake out the outline of planting areas and individual tree and shrub locations for
approval by the ENGINEER.

(c) Excavate planting areas and individual pits to the sizes specified. Excavated sub-soil shall
be removed from site and shall not be mixed with the planting medium or used to form
berms around the plants.

(d) Fill planting pit with irrigation water and ensure the water can drain away. In case of
poor drainage a percolation test shall be carried out and drainage holes augered if
required.

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 8 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

(e) Backfill pit/beds, after having been tested for drainage with approved planting medium in
layers not exceeding 300mm and water compact. Allow for compaction/subsidence by
overfilling by 100mm. Once placed the growing medium shall be covered with plastic
sheeting and clearly marked to prevent disturbance until planting commences.

During backfilling place slow release fertiliser tablets 25-30cm deep. For trees the
tablets should be located approximately 1.0m from the trunk or adjacent to drip emitters.

(f) Prior to planting tree stakes shall be driven into tree pits.

(g) At the time of planting a hole shall be made into the pit/bed large enough to take the
plants root ball. The planting hole shall be thoroughly watered prior to planting.

(h) Plants shall be carefully removed from containers. Plastic pots shall be split with a knife
and plants removed with all the soil intact around the roots. Care shall be taken not to
damage the roots or foliage of the plants. The plant shall be placed upright in the hole.
Care shall be taken to ensure that the collar line (line of contact between soil and stem)
is at the same level as the surrounding ground.

(i) Fill around the plant with planting medium in layers of 150mm, each layer separately
firmed to eliminate all air pockets until final soil level is reached.

(j) Trees shall be tied to the tree stakes with tree ties as specified. At least two pairs of ties
per tree shall be used but other ties shall be provided if necessary to keep the stem
straight. If a leader stake is required this shall be 20mm round softwood stake slotted
inside the tree tie loops.

(k) A circular watering basin slightly larger than the planting hole shall be formed. During
and after planting the plants shall be thoroughly watered.

(l) After planting the area surrounding the plant shall be restored to finished grade and
excess soils and rubbish disposed of properly.

(m) Immediately after planting all plants are to be pruned in accordance with accepted
horticultural practices or as directed by the ENGINEER. Pruning shall consist of
carefully cutting back any damaged, dead or diseased branches and the removal of any
weak or malformed growth, with the aim of forming each type of stock to the standard
shape for its species. All pruning cuts greater than 20mm shall be treated with a pruning
paint as specified.

(n) An aluminum label clearly marked with the Latin name shall be attached to or adjacent to
every tenth tree, every twelfth shrub and every fifteenth ground cover.

(o) Check all plants one week after planting for signs of wind shake and loosening due to soil
subsidence; firm and make good as necessary.

(p) The Contractor shall not add compost and fertilizer to palm pits at the time of planting
and until so instructed by the ENGINEER.

(ii) Percolation test procedure:

(a) One day prior to the test the pit/bed shall be filled with water.

(b) A marker bar is placed in the pit/bed before the test is performed

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 9 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

(c) The pit/bed is half filled with water and the level is indicated with tape on the marker
bar.

(d) The test is monitored over a period of one hour. If the water level drops by 20mm or
more within that time the pit/bed passes.

(e) If a pit/bed fails the percolation test, boreholes shall be augered (2 no/tree pit or 10m
spacings in planting beds).

(f) Tests should be repeated at each 5m depth of borehole until the test is passed.

(g) After augering the boreholes shall be capped with wire gauze.

(h) Percolation tests shall be carried out at a rate of 1 test per 50 plants. The ENGINEER
may instruct additional tests on an exploratory basis in the event of unsatisfactory
percolation being evident.

3.6.2 Grass Stolons

(i) The procedure for planting grass stolons shall be as follows:

(a) Prior to beginning planting operations the irrigation system must be completely
operational ensuring 100% coverage.

(b) Bring the water content of the area to be planted to field capacity and allow water to
percolate until standing water disappears.

(c) Apply complete fertilizer at the rate of 0.25kg nitrogen per 100 square meters prior to
planting stolons.

(d) Cultivate to a depth of 200mm.

(e) Keep dry dormant stolons refrigerated 0-3°C, until the area to be planted is prepared. Do
not exceed two weeks of refrigeration. Soak stolons in water after removing from cold
storage and prior to planting.

(f) Do not exceed two days of storage on job site. Stolons are to be kept moist, shaded and
ventilated during such storage.

(g) Plant during the time of year when day time temperatures do not exceed 38°C and night
time temperatures are not below 15°C. Mean temperature should exceed 26°C. Water
within 15 minutes of planting at 38°C, 30 minutes at 28°C, 60 minutes at 21°C, and 120
minutes at 16°C.

(h) Sow at 6 bushels per 100 square meters.

(i) Plant utilizing a disc to cut in stolons and followed by a cultipacker roller, or other
technique approved by the ENGINEER.

(j) Water as necessary to keep the stolon bed moist until germination. Once grass is up
begin lengthening intervals between irrigation.

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 10 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.7 Mowing Strips

3.7.1 The Contractor shall include the cost of a 150mm wide mowing strip around all posts, bollards
etc placed within the general area of grass comprising 150mm depth of Grade 20 SRC concrete
trowelled smooth.

3.8 Mulch

3.8.1 Mulch to all planted areas shall be gravel mulch hand placed immediately after planting to a
minimum depth of 50mm.

4.0 COMPLETION AND MAINTENANCE

4.1 Substantial Completion

4.1.1 At the date of Substantial Completion all plants shall be in their specified position and condition.

4.2 Failure of Plants

4.2.1 Any plants that are found to be missing, defective or not in good condition at any time during the
contract period and maintenance period shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor.

4.3 Maintenance Period

4.3.1 The Maintenance Period shall run for a period of two calendar years from the date of Substantial
Completion of the whole of the Works.

4.3.2 The Contractor shall maintain insurances of relevant items as required by the Contract
throughout the Maintenance Period.

4.3.3 The Contractor shall carry out maintenance of the planting strictly in accordance with the
Operations and Maintenance manual as approved by the ENGINEER. The Contractor is to
provide all required labour, plant and materials to comply with the approved procedures. During
the Maintenance Period the Contractor shall make adequate provision for irrigation and/or
operate the irrigation system as required and maintain same for handover to the Client on
completion of the Plant Establishment Period, comprehensively overhauled and in perfect
working order.

4.3.4 The Contractor shall include the cost of fully training personnel employed by the Client for the
duration of the Maintenance Period.

4.4 Operations and Maintenance Manual

4.4.1 The Contractor shall compile a comprehensive Operations and Maintenance Manual which will
include the following:

(a) Pesticide/fungicide/herbicide applications - including safety application rates and


procedure, schedules of pesticides/fungicides/herbicides
(b) Irrigation Land Drainage and Stormwater Drainage - including water application rates
and maintenance procedures

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 11 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

(c) Fertilization - including fertilizer descriptions, application rates and programmes


(d) Salinity Control - including leaching methods, and leaching programme monitoring
(e) Turf Grass Management - including mowing procedure, replacement of turf grass by
stolons and sods and routine management procedures; aerification, top dressing, vertical
mowing thatch removal, rolling and overseeding.
(f) Propagation and seasonal replacement (max. every 3 months) of all flowers
(g) General Maintenance - including pruning, stakes and ties, bermwork, replacement and
clean-up, protective fencing etc.
(h) Equipment Inventory, maintenance procedures and full manufacturers maintenance
manual.
(i) Personnel

4.4.2 The manual shall be submitted to the ENGINEER by the Contractor for approval at least three
months prior to the date for Substantial Completion of any part of the Works and must be
approved prior to the commencement of the Plant Establishment Period. Three bound copies of
the manual in A4 format shall be presented to the ENGINEER.

4.5 MAINTENANCE

4.5.1 The contractor shall carry out maintenance of the planting strictly in accordance with the
Operations and Maintenance manual as approved by the ENGINEER. The Contractor is to
provide all required labour, plant and materials to comply with the approved procedures. During
the Plant Establishment period the Contractor shall make adequate provision for irrigation and/or
operate the irrigation system as required and maintain same for handover to the Client on
completion of the Plant Establishment Period, comprehensively overhauled and in perfect working
order.

4.5.2 The contractor shall keep minimum number of gardeners in proper uniforms, full time, at site and
shall be required to send additional manpower as and when required to carry out special
maintenance works like removing dry palm fronds, aeration, planting seasonals, replacing trees,
etc.

A qualified and experienced landscape ENGINEER shall be required to visit the site regularly for
correct diagnosis of pests or diseases and to take timely remedial measures.

An experienced plumber will be deputed to the site on regular intervals to check the irrigation
system and adjust/replace the equipment which is not working properly. Seasonal adjustments to
the irrigation operation schedule and programming of controllers shall be done by a qualified
irrigation ENGINEER.

4.5.3 The contractor shall maintain, at all times, sufficient stock of regularly used fertilisers, chemicals,
tools, spare parts and other consumables at site.

4.5.4 Grass cuttings, trimmings, cut branches, dry leaves and other waste shall be removed daily from
the site and disposed off in the Municipality dump. The site shall be kept neat and tidy at all
times.

END OF SECTION

02900 – SOFT LANDSCAPE PAGE 12 OF 12 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION TWO - SITE CONSTRUCTION

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS

1. GENERAL

1.1. Section Includes

1.1.1. Compliance with General and Preliminaries.


1.1.2. All interior and exterior landscaping, around the exterior of the buildings
within "Extent of Contract", as indicated on Drawings.

1.2. Work under This Section

1.2.1. Unit Pavers-Section 02780.


1.2.2. Excavation and Backfill, unless specified in this Section.
1.2.3. Water supply for irrigation and hose bibs - Mechanical Division 15.
1.2.4. Exterior Lighting - under Electrical Division 16.

1.3. Submittals

1.3.1. Submit shop drawings for Irrigation System and comply with general
requirements.

1.3.2. Shop drawings to be fully detailed and dimensioned, with all information
necessary for installation of complete system as specified. Provide
manufacturer's detailed literature of controller.

1.4. Quality Assurance

1.4.1. The work of this Section shall be carried out by a specialist landscape
contractor, who has performed similar work in the Emirates over the past
five years.

1.4.2. Provide a written and signed warranty to cover the replacement of defective
materials and workmanship of all work specified in this Section for a
period of one year from the issuance of a Completion Certificate for the
Work. In the case of plant material, this shall mean that the plants mare in
healthy condition after surviving for one year.

1.4.3. Coordinate with Article 3.11 & 3.12 Maintenance of Plant Materials and
Planting and carry out all required landscape maintenance operations for 12
months during the Maintenance Period.

1.4.4. Upon written notification from ENGINEER that the landscaping and
related work is defective, promptly replace or repair the defective work.

1.5. Protection

1.5.1. Protect wires, cables and other underground services located on the Site
from injury while this work is in progress.

1.5.2. Make good damage resulting thereto.

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 1 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.6. On-site Storage of Plants

After being dug, and prior to planting, all plant material shall be properly protected
against injury at all times. Plants which are not planted immediately shall be given
special protection as follows:

1.6.1. Any earth balled and Hessian covered plant shall have its earth ball
protected by earth, straw or other suitable materials, which shall be kept
damp or wet to prevent drying out of the root system.

1.6.2. All plants shall be protected from excessive heat and stored in a
well-ventilated and shaded place, away from wind and sun.

1.6.3. Planting program shall be so arranged that no excessive number of


unplanted plants will be stored on site for longer than the period of
acclimatization.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1. Materials

2.1.1. Lumber: For edging to stone beds - Maranti, industrial clear, treated with
organic solvent preservative to BWPDA manual recommendation, and
stain finished.

2.1.2. Planting Soil: Planting soil mix for all external planting operations shall
contain the following ingredients as a percentage of volume, thoroughly
admixed with fertilizer:
40% Sweet Soil
40% Dune Sand
20% Organic Matter (Cow Manure)

2.1.3. Sand: Shall be from an approved source and shall be free of weeds, stones
or other foreign matter, taken from a maximum depth of 400 mm from
approved locations, having removed surface crusts and gypsiferous
accumulations. Sand shall have the following general characteristics:
a) pH 8.0-8.5 saturated soil
b) Electrical Conductivity Less than 23 ohms saturation extract
c) Free Carbonates Less than 0.5% air-dried soil
d) Chlorides less than 500 ppm in saturation extract
e) Sulphates Less than 500 ppm in saturation extract
f) Exchangeable sodium Less than 15% in neutral normal
ammonium acetate
g) Nitrates Less than 75 ppm in saturation extractAll
h) Phosphorus 1-25 ppm in 1.5 ammonium nitrate
extractant: 1/2 hour shake
i) Potassium 100-400 ppm in 1.5 ammonium nitrate''
extractant: 1/2 hour shake Ih

j) Magnesium 25-100 ppm in 1.5 ammonium extractant:


1/2 hour shake
k) Boron Less than 1.0 ppm, hot water solution

Physical characteristics Loamy Sand made up by particle size as


follows:

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 2 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Sand-100 mm -0.05 mm
-70
-85%
Silt -0.05-0.002 mm
-25 min -30% max
Clay less than 0.002 mm, 5% max.

2.1.4. Fertilizer: Include: Nitrophoska (15-15-6-4)


15% N (8.5% NH4+6.5% N03)
15% P (P205)
6% K (K20)
4% Mg (Mg0) applied at the rate of 50g/m7
Ammonium sulphate (21% N)
21% N (NH4)
24% S applied at the rate of 50g/m2

2.1.5. Grass Stolons: The variety of grass stolons shall be Cynodon Dactylon
(Bermuda Grass), hybrid variety "Tiffway-419".

2.1.6. Shrubs and Trees: See schedule on Drawings.

a) Provide shrubs and trees to the horticultural standards of BS 3936:


Part 1.
i) For Deciduous Trees 50 mm Caliper Minimum
ii) For Evergreen Trees 180 mm High Minimum
iii) For Spreading and Broadleaf 450 mm Evergreens
High Minimum
iv) For Deciduous Shrubs
- Dwarf 450-600 mm High Minimum
- Medium 900-1200 mm High Minimum
- Specimen 1800 mm High Minimum

b) Deciduous shrubs and climbers may be supplied, balled and


Hessian-covered or pot grown.

c) Evergreen shrubs and vines must be either earth-balled and


Hessian-covered or pot grown.

d) Ground Cover and Succulents: Plants which are furnished in pots or


other containers and which have been acclimatized to outside
conditions will be acceptable, provided they are equal to field grown
stock and are not root bound.

e) Evergreen trees shall be supplied earth-balled and Hessiancovered or


pot grown. Deciduous trees may be supplied, earthballed and
Hessian-covered or pot grown.

f) Provide trees as listed in species and sizes shown in Schedule of


landscaping.

g) Crushed Stone Chips: Stone, graded with chips passing a 19 mm


mesh and being retained 100% on a 4.75 m sieve.

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 3 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3. EXECUTION

3.1. Dimensions

3.1.1. Check all dimensions at the site before commencing landscaping work and
report all discrepancies to ENGINEER. Await instructions before
commencing work in undetermined areas.

3.2. Examination

3.2.1. Examine work areas prepared under Excavation and Grading Section
02315 and report any deficiencies before starting work. Commencement
will imply acceptance of existing conditions.

3.3. Excavation

3.3.1. Excavation for general plantings, shrubs and trees.

3.4. Preparation of Planted Areas

3.4.1. Excavation shall all be to depths as follows; Tree planting pits shall be a
minimum of 1-1/2 times the depth of the root ball and 2-1/2 times the width
after initial backfilling, and generally in accordance with the following
requirements:

i) For trees minimum 0.5 m' of topsoil


ii) For shrubs minimum 0.2 m' of topsoil and of minimum 500 mm
Depth
iii) For grass and ground cover minimum 200 mm depth of topsoil

3.4.2. Leaching of all backfilling shall be thoroughly accomplished with potable


water prior to planting and shall be performed for two days
- 80 mm per tree
- 16 mm per square meter of shrubs and vines
- 8 mm per square meter of ground cover planting

3.5. Planting Procedure

3.5.1. Planting shall be performed in accordance with the recognized best


horticultural practice.

3.5.2. Plants shall be set plumb and at such a level or elevation that after the
settlement they will bear the same relation to the level of surrounding
ground as they bore to the ground from which they were dug. All plants
shall be planted on and in topsoil mix.

3.5.3. Earth-balled and Hessian-covered plants shall have all cloth, ropes, etc.,
removed from the tops of the earth balls, but no cloth shall be pulled out
from under the earth balls.

3.5.4. Disturbance to the root system or the ball of earth shall be prevented in
removing plants from containers.

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 4 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.5.5. After planting, the plants shall be thoroughly watered in, to eliminate air
voids around the roots and shall be watered regularly as required for the
planting to become established.

3.5.6. Trees of the species and of the sizes specified on the Drawings shall be
planted in the locations shown. Trees shown on plans at regular spacing
shall be accurately end evenly spaced in true lines.

3.5.7. A tree stake shall be inserted into each tree pit with a minimum of 30%
below ground and 70% above ground.

3.6. Fertilizers

3.6.1. Nitrogen and super phosphate fertilizer shall be applied to all ground
cover areas, shrub, climber and tree pits, at the rate of 50g/m2.

3.6.2. Cover the stolons with a mulch of 20 mm shredded cow manure.

3.6.3. Consolidate the surface with a roller.

3.6.4. After 15 days broadcast Nitrophoska (15-15-6-4) at 50g/M2.

3.6.5. After 30 days broadcast Ammonium Sulphate (21% N) at 40g/m'.

3.7. Application of Seed

3.7.1. Seed lawns at the rate of 2.27 kg per 93 m2.

3.7.2. Sow during calm weather using equipment suitable for area involved

3.7.3. Sow half of required amount of seed in one direction and follow by
sowing other half at right angles. Incorporate seed into soil within one
hour after seeding operation. Mix carefully with light chain harrow or
wire rakes and roll areas immediately afterward with light turf roller.

3.7.4. Water entire area with fine spray, avoiding washing out of seed. Apply
sufficient water to ensure penetration of at least 50 mm.

3.7.5. Re-seed areas which have not germinated, until a good uniform lawn is
obtained.

3.8. Crushed Stone Strips – Gravel

3.8.1. Install wood edging for stone beds.

3.8.2. Supply and install crushed stone strips where shown on Drawings.

3.8.3. Over the prepared sub-grade lay polyethylene film turned up at edges full
depth of stone. Puncture film at maximum 600 mm o.c. both ways to
permit soil drainage.

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 5 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.9. Maintenance of Seeded Areas

3.9.1. Maintenance of "Seeded Areas" shall begin immediately after the seed
has been installed and shall continue to the issuance of a completion
Certificate for the work.

3.9.2. Continue maintenance for a period of 12 months from the date of


Completion Certificate.

3.9.3. Such maintenance shall include all measures necessary to establish and
maintain seed in a vigorous growing condition, including, but not limited
to:

a. Mowing at regular intervals: edges of seeded areas shall be neatly


trimmed and hand-clipped where necessary; heavy clippings shall be
removed immediately after clipping.

b. Watering: to be carried out when required and in sufficient quantities


to ensure moisture penetration of 76-100 mm; control sprinkling to
prevent washouts.

c. Rolling: to be carried out when required to remove any minor


depressions or irregularities.

d. Weed Controls: to be carried out when required.

e. Fertilizing: fertilize seeded areas one month after seeding operations


with 10-6-4 organic fertilizer; spread evenly at rate of 6.8 kg per 83
m' and water in well.

3.9.4. Damage resulting from erosion, gulleys, washouts, or other cause, shall be
repaired by filing with topsoil, tamping, re-fertilizing, and re-seeding, if
such damage occurs prior to the acceptance of the Work.

3.9.5. Any seeded areas which show deterioration or bare spots shall be repaired
immediately.

3.10. Maintenance of Plant Materials and Planting Areas

3.10.1. Water plants immediately upon planting and continue watering to maintain
optimum growing condition for each plant.

3.10.2. Maintain plant materials and planting areas immediately after plants have
been planted and continue such maintenance until 1-year from date of
Completion Certifcate of the Work. Maintenance shall include necessary
measures to establish and maintain plant materials in a vigorous, healthy,
growing condition.

3.10.3. Remove plant material as soon as failure is apparent. Backfill holes with
topsoil and fertilizer.

3.10.4. Prune plants at appropriate time to remove dead of dying and diseased
wood and suckers, to promote healthy growth and natural shape. Dress cut
ends exceeding 25 mm diameter with fungicidal sealant.

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 6 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.10.5. Maintain plant and tree accessories, such as tree wrappings, tree guys,
stakes, turnbuckles, and similar items from time of installation until root
growth is established.

3.10.6. Cultivate and keep planting beds and tree saucers free of weeds, debris,
broken branches and maintain planting beds in a neat condition at all times.

3.10.7. Prune trees and shrubs after planting to compensate for loss of roots
suffered during transplanting. Postpone pruning of those trees where heavy
bleeding may occur. Employ clean sharp tools and make cuts flush with
main branch, smooth and sloping in such a manner as to prevent
accumulation of water on cut. Treat cuts in excess of 12 mm and damaged
parts with an application of tree paint.

3.10.8. Labels attached to plant shall remain after planting.

3.10.9. Spray at appropriate time to combat pests and diseases. Do not use DDT or
spray prohibited by the Ministry of Agriculture and Animal Protection.

3.10.10. Chemicals used for weed and pest control shall be applied in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.10.11. Plants shall be free of diseases and/or insect infestations.

3.10.12. Provide adequate protection against damage fro wherever cause, including
wind damage and damaged caused by rodents.

3.10.13. Submit monthly report outlining:

i) Growth and Development


ii) Preventive/corrective measures believed to be outside of contract
responsibility.

3.11. Acceptance of Seeded Areas

3.11.1. Seeded areas are properly established.

3.11.2. Turf is free of bare and dead spots ad free of weeds.

3.11.3. Seeded areas have been cut at least times.

3.12. Disposal

3.13.1 Dispose of surplus excavation materials and dead plant resulting from the
work of this Contract, away from the site.

END OF SECTION

02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PAGE 7 OF 7 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 03100

FORMWORK FOR CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

Extent of Work: The extent of formwork is indicated by the concrete


structures shown on the drawings. The work includes providing formwork and
shoring for cast-in-place concrete, and installation into formwork of items
such as anchor bolts, setting plates, bearing plates, anchorages, inserts, frames,
nosings and other items to be embedded in concrete, but not including
reinforcing steel. Concrete surfaces denoted “fairface concrete” on drawings
refer to “exposed concrete” in these specifications.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes and Standards: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, design,


construct, erect, maintain, and remove forms and related structures for cast-in-
place concrete work in compliance with the applicable requirements of the
following Codes of Practice, (BS) British Standards and (DIN) Deutsces
Institut Fûr Normung e.v., Berlin:

BS British Standards

4512 Methods of Test for Clear Plywood.

5975 Code of Practice for Falsework.

6566 Plywood

Part 1:1985

Specification for Construction of Panels and Characteristics of


Plies Including Marking.

Part 8:1985.

Specification for Bond Performance of Veneer Plywood.

7307 Building Tolerances Measurement of Buildings and Building


Products.

Part 2:1990, Methods and Measurements.

DIN Deutsces Institut Fûr Normung e.v., Berlin

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 1 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

18201 Tolerances for Buildings – April 1997

18202 Tolerances for Buildings – April 1997

B. Mock-up or Sample Panels: Provide formwork for mock-up or sample panels


as required for cast-in-place concrete work specified. Construct forms using
facing materials required to provide specified finishes and textures. Do not
proceed with structure formwork until sample units and forms have been
accepted by the Employer Representative.

C. Allowable Tolerances:

1. Construct formwork to provide complete concrete surfaces complying


with the more severe tolerances as specified in DIN 18202 and BS
7307 and in Part 2 below, after removal of forms and prior to patching
and finishing of cast-in-place formed surfaces.

2. Provide surveys as required to check the lines and levels of the


completed formwork for exposed concrete before concrete is placed.
Make any required corrections or adjustments to formwork to correct
deviations which exceed specified tolerances.

3. Check formwork during concrete placement to ensure forms, shores,


falsework, ties and other features have not been unduly disturbed by
concrete placement methods or equipment. The Contractor shall report
in writing to the Employer Representative any deviations from the
allowable tolerances.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation


instructions for proprietary materials and items as required, including form
coatings, manufactured form systems, ties and accessories.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of specific
concrete surfaces as indicated or specified. Show the general construction of
forms including jointing, special formed joints or reveals, location and pattern
of form tie placement, and other items which affect the exposed concrete
visually.

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 2 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 FORM MATERIALS

A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise indicated or specified,


construct formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plastic coated
plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood-faced or other panel type materials
acceptable to Employer Representative to provide continuous, straight, smooth
exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of
joints and to conform to joint system indicated on drawings. Provide form
material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed
concrete without bow or deflection. Provide all wood forms with a minimum
thickness of 16 mm.

B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Provide forms of metal or glass-fiber


reinforced plastic or other suitable form systems.

C. Form Ties:

1. Provide factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off


metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent
spalling concrete surfaces upon removal.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide ties so that portion remaining


within concrete after removal of exterior parts shall be at least 60 mm
from the outer concrete surface. Provide form ties which will not leave
a hole larger than 25 mm diameter in the concrete surface.

3. Form ties fabricated on the worksite and wire ties will not be
acceptable.

2.02 DESIGN OF FORMWORK

A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to BS 5975 so that it will
safely support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied, until such loads
can be supported by the concrete structure. Carry vertical and lateral loads to
ground by formwork system and in-place construction that has attained
adequate strength for the purpose. Design and construct formwork so that
concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape alignment,
elevation and position.

B. Design forms and falsework to include assumed value of live load, dead load,
weight of moving equipment operated on formwork, concrete mix, height of
concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, foundation pressures,
stresses, lateral stability, and other factors pertinent to safety of structure
during construction.

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 3 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

C. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to


cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.

D. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during


concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints
as required to prevent leakage and fins.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. The Contractor shall examine the substrates and the conditions under which
formwork for concrete shall be performed and correct any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Employer Representative. A
period of not less than twenty four hours (24 hrs) notice shall be given to the
Employer Representative to allow for the inspection and approval of the
formwork and reinforcement prior to placing concrete.

3.02 FORM CONSTRUCTION

A. General:

1. Construct forms complying with BS 6566 Parts 1 and 8, to the sizes,


shapes, lines and dimensions indicated, and as required to obtain
accurate alignment, location, grades, and level and plumb work in
finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways,
recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds,
bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the
work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes.

2. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against


concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where
stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for
inclined surfaces where the slope is too steep to place concrete with
bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets,
recesses, and the like to prevent swelling and assure ease of removal.

3. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is


inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement,
and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary closures and
set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate
temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.

4. Form intersecting planes to provide true, clean cut corners, with edge
grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete.

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 4 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

B. Falsework:

1. Erect falsework and support, to BS 5975 brace and maintain it to safely


support vertical, lateral and asymmetrical loads applied until such
loads can be supported by in-place concrete structures. Construct false
work so that adjustments can be made for take-up and settlement.

2. Provide wedges, jacks, or camber strips to facilitate vertical


adjustments. Carefully inspect falsework and formwork during and
after concrete placement operations to determine abnormal deflection
or signs of failure; make necessary adjustments to produce work of
required dimensions.

3. Provide shores and struts with positive means of adjustment capable of


taking up formwork settlement during concrete placing operations,
using wedges or jacks or a combination thereof. Provide trussed
supports when adequate foundations for shores cannot be secured.

4. Support form facing materials by structural members spaced


sufficiently close to prevent deflection. Fit forms placed in successive
units for continuous surfaces to accurate alignment, free from
irregularities and within allowable tolerances. Provide camber in
formwork as required for anticipated deflections due to weight and
pressures of fresh concrete and construction loads for longspan
members without intermediate supports.

5. Provide temporary openings in wall forms and at other locations


necessary to permit inspection and clean-out.

C. Forms for Exposed Concrete:

1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar
around tie holes. Do not splinter forms by driving ties through
improperly prepared holes.

2. Do not use metal cover plates for patching holes or defects in forms.

3. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible


edges or offsets. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true,
square intersections.

4. Use extra studs, walers and bracing as required to prevent bowing or


forms between studs and to avoid bowed appearance in concrete. Do
not use narrow strips of form material which will produce bow.
5. Assemble forms so they may be readily removed without damage to
exposed concrete surfaces.

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 5 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

6. Form moulding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth finish


materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent
displacement.

D. Corner Treatment:

1. Form exposed corners to produce square, smooth, solid unbroken lines,


except as otherwise indicated.

2. Provide chamfers for surfaces where indicated on drawings.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, form chamfers with 20 mm x 20 mm strips


using wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips; accurately formed and
surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and tight edge joints.
Extend terminal edges to required limit and miter chamfer strips at
changes in direction.

E. Control Joints: Locate where indicated or directed. See Section 03300 "CAST-
IN-PLACE CONCRETE" for treatment of control and construction joints,
including wood screeds, metal keyways and sawcuts.

F. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in formwork for concrete to


accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,
recesses and chases required for such work. Accurately place and securely
support items to be built into forms.

G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to


receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just
before concrete is placed. Retighten forms immediately after concrete
placement as required to eliminate mortar leaks.

3.03 FORM COATINGS

A. Coat form contact surfaces with form-coating compound before reinforcement


is placed. Provide form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor
adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of
concrete surfaces requiring painting, bond or adhesion nor impede the wetting
of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. Do not allow excess
form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with
surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance
with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise


protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork shall not be acceptable.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. General: Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded
items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 6 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided


by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto.

B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and
intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours
in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units to support types of
screeds required.

C. Metal Inserts:

1. Provide metal inserts for anchorage of materials, equipment, covers,


gratings and the like, to concrete construction, as required for the
Works.

2. Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron, complete with


bolts, nuts and washers: 19 mm bolt size unless otherwise indicated.

3. Provide threaded inserts of malleable cast iron, furnished complete


with full-depth bolts; 19 mm bolt size, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Provide dovetail anchor slots in concrete columns and walls where


indicated, and if not indicated, where required to meet adjacent
concrete masonry units and other masonry walls.

5. Provide box-out sections in concrete work as required for installation


of equipment or other work.

6. Coordinate location of all required embedded weld plates and other


items for attachment of precast concrete to cast-in-place concrete.

3.05 SHORES AND SUPPORTS

A. Shore floor directly under slab being placed so that loads from construction
above will safely transfer directly to these shores. Space out shoring below
this level in such a manner that no member will be excessively loaded or will
induce tensile stress in concrete members where no reinforcing steel is
provided. Extend shores beyond minimum if required to ensure the proper
distribution of loads and the safety of all concrete members.

B. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially


cured concrete, and to assure that the structure supported is not subjected to
impact or loading eccentricities. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to
safely support the work.

C. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, and
longer if required, until the concrete has attained its required 28-day strength
and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed.

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 7 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS

A. General: Formwork, not supporting concrete, such as to sides, and similar


parts of the work, may be removed not less than 24 hours after placing
concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard not to be damaged by form
removal operations, and provided that curing and protection operations are
maintained.

B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as slabs and other structural


elements may not be removed until concrete has attained design minimum 28-
day compressive strength.

C. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field-


cured specimens representative of the concrete location of members, as
specified in Section 03300 "CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE".

D. Form facing material may be removed not less that 4 days after placement,
provided shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit
removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and
supports and provided concrete has attained adequate compressive strength to
safely support the load.

3.07 RE-USE OF FORMS

A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. Split, frayed,
delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be
acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact
surfaces as specified for new formwork.

B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement thoroughly clean
surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints. Align
and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed
concrete surfaces.

** END OF SECTION **

Section 03100 - Formwork of Concrete Page no. 8 / 8 Rev. 00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION THREE - CONCRETE WORKS

CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY

1 GENERAL

1.1 Introduction
This specification provides the requirements for production and delivery of ready-
mixed concrete.

1.2 Purpose
This specification provides the requirements batch plant for production and delivery of
ready-mixed concrete which includes:
Facilities for receiving, storing, handling, cleaning and proportioning materials
required to produce concrete.

Delivering concrete in appropriate transporting system to various areas of jobsite.

1.3 Definitions
For the purposes of this specification the following definitions shall apply:

ENGINEER Al Ain Consulting Engineers (ACE).

PROJECT Construction of 2000 Prayers Mosque and Immam & Moazen


House.

SHALL Indicates a mandatory requirement.

CONTRACTOR The party that performs the work for the batch plant.

VENDOR The party that supplies all materials to perform duties specified
by the CONTRACTOR.
2 CODES AND STANDARDS
The following codes and standards to the extent specified herein, form a part of this
specification. When an edition date is not indicated for a code or standard, the latest edition
in force at the time of CONTRACTOR’S proposal submittal shall apply.

American Concrete Institute (ACI):

ACI 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transportation and Placing Concrete

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete

National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA):

NRMCA QC 3 Quality Control Manual: Section 3, Plant Certifications Checklist:


Certification of Ready- Mixed Concrete Production Facilities

03150 - CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY PAGE 1 OF 6 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

International Organization for Standardization (ISO):

ISO-9001 Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Design,


Development, Production, Installation and Servicing

ISO-9003 Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Final


Inspection and Test

ISO-9004 Quality Management and Quality System Elements - Guidelines

3 DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the
requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards.

The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of any apparent conflict between this
specification, the codes and Standards and any other Project Specification noted herein.
Resolution and/or interpretation of precedence shall be obtained from the ENGINEER in
writing before proceeding with the work.

In case of a conflict, the order of precedence shall be:


- Purchase Order or Contract
- Project Specifications and Standards
- Industry Codes and Standards

4 SPECIFICATION DEVIATION/CONCESSION CONTROL


Any technical deviations to the Purchase Order and its attachments including, but not limited
to, the Project Specifications shall be sought by the CONTRACTOR only through
CONCESSION REQUEST format. CONCESSION REQUESTS require the ENGINEER'S
review/approval prior to the proposed technical changes being implemented. Technical
changes implemented prior to approval are subject to rejection.

Any substitution of material as an approved equal must have prior written approval by the
contractor through CONCESSION REQUEST format. The VENDOR shall include catalog
samples (if applicable) and the test data required for proper engineering evaluation.

5 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL


The CONTRACTOR shall have in effect at all times, a QA/QC program which clearly
establishes the authority and responsibility of those responsible for the quality system.
Persons performing quality functions shall have sufficient and well defined authority to
enforce quality requirements that initiate, identity, recommend and provide solutions to
quality problems and verify the effectiveness of the corrective action.

CONTRACTOR'S proposed quality system shall fully satisfy all the elements of ISO 9001,
“Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Design, Development, Production,
Installation and Servicing”; ISO 9003 - “Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in
Final Inspection and Test”; and ISO 9004, "Quality Management and Quality System
Elements - Guidelines". The quality systems shall provide for the planned and systematic
control of all quality-related activities performed during execution of the work.
Implementation of the system shall be in accordance with the CONTRACTOR'S Quality
Manual and Project Specific Quality Plan, which shall both together with all
related/referenced procedures be submitted to the ENGINEER for review, comment and
approval.

03150 - CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY PAGE 2 OF 6 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

The ENGINEER reserves the right to inspect materials and workmanship at all stages of
concrete production and delivery and to witness any or all tests. The CONTRACTOR, 30
days after award, but prior to the pre-inspection meeting, shall provide the ENGINEER with
a copy of the Inspection plan for review and inclusion of any mandatory ENGINEER witness
points.

6 DOCUMENTATION
The Batch Plant CONTRACTOR shall submit the following in accordance with the Vendor
Drawing and Data requirements section of the Purchase Order/ Subcontract:
Overall plant layout, batch plant system description, equipment and operational
details including automation, computerization, concrete transportation mixer truck
operation and operator qualifications.

All records and reports as described in Sections 13.0 and 14.0 respectively
Batch tickets

7 BATCH PLANT
The batch plant, including storage facilities, and delivery trucks shall meet the requirements
of ASTM C94 and ACI 304R Chapters 2, 3, and 4. The batch plant, including storage
facilities, and delivery trucks shall be capable of producing quality concrete, and shall be able
to become certified in accordance with the certification process of NRMCA QC 3. The
CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for the quality of the concrete, up to the discharge
end of the delivery equipment chute.

The batch plant shall include, but not be limited to:


- Full automation
- Full computerization
- Full segregation of materials
- Shaded and covered areas for materials to prevent contamination by rain, dirt,
sand, mud, air borne chlorides, dust and other contaminants
- Facilities for washing and cleaning materials with adequate drainage
- Automatic compensation for moisture in fine aggregate
- Adequate ice and chilled water plants with automatic feeding lines
- Adequate production capacity
- Back up facilities (which may be as great as 100% for certain situations)
- Ability to provide computer print out of mix design together with actual mix
- Ability to provide computer calculation and print out of actual water/cement ratio

The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the concrete is mixed in a fully automatic
computerized batching plant.

The mixing plant capacity shall be selected to ensure that the required maximum production
can be comfortably achieved.

The weights of fine and coarse aggregates shall be automatically adjusted to allow for any
free water contained in them. Accordingly, the amount of water to be added shall be reduced
by this amount of free water contained in the aggregates.

The quantities of all materials for concrete shall be charged to the pan by weight (water by
volume).

03150 - CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY PAGE 3 OF 6 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Admixtures that have been approved as part of the mix design shall be added by approved
automatic dosing equipment capable of feeding fixed quantities into the mixing water before
the water is charged into the mixer.

The measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean, serviceable condition.

Mixing shall continue until uniform distribution of materials and uniformity of consistency
and color is obtained.

The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the materials used for each batch in the mixer do not
exceed the manufacturer's rated capacity for the machine. The machine shall be kept clean,
free of any residual material after depositing each batch of concrete and the mixer pan drum
shall be washed and cleaned out immediately following the completion of each concreting
operation.

The batch plant shall be able to provide a computer printout batch ticket of the following for
each truck:
- Serial number of ticket
- Date
- Truck number
- Grade of concrete
- Amount of concrete
- Amount of cement and slag
- Information necessary to calculate total mixing water added (free water on
aggregates, water, and ice batched at plant)
- Type, brand, and amount of admixtures
- Weights of fine and coarse aggregate
- Time loaded or time of first mixing of cement and aggregates
- Reading of revolution counter at the first addition of water
- Time and reading of revolution counter at the time of the start of discharge of the
load of concrete
- Unique location identification as provided by the structure number and concrete
placement number
- Signature or initials of batch plant representative

8 MATERIALS
All materials required for the production of ready-mixed concrete shall in accordance with
Project Specification 03300, Cast in Place Concrete.

All materials must be selected from the approved sources identified in Project Specification
03300 , Cast in Place Concrete. The CONTRACTOR shall record on a daily basis the
quantity of materials received.

Records shall be maintained to indicate:


- VENDOR’S details pertaining to cement and admixtures, and test data of
aggregates and sands
- Fully detailed data sheets showing all chemical and physical information
- Recent test results (not older than three months)
- Details of VENDOR’S Quality Assurance System
- Details of VENDOR’S Quality Control procedures

03150 - CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY PAGE 4 OF 6 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

9 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

9.1 Cement Storage


Cement storage shall afford easy access for inspection and identification of each
shipment in accordance with test reports. It shall be used in the order in which it is
delivered to the site.

Bagged cement shall be transported to the batchplant in the VENDOR’S original


sealed bags or containers and shall be stored in a dry, weathertight, properly ventilated
covered structure, with adequate provisions for preventing the absorption of moisture,
and raised at least 150 mm off the floor to prevent deterioration. The storage shall be
large enough to allow sufficient cement to be kept to allow continuity of work. Not
more than 10 small bags or 3 “Big Bags” shall be piled one on top of the other while
stored at site. Suitable shading shall be provided to limit the temperature to 40 C.

Temperature of cement stored in bulk silos shall not exceed 75 C. No cement shall be
stored on site for more than three months.

9.2 Storage of Aggregates


The concrete plant shall at all times maintain sufficient quantities of each type of
aggregate to ensure continuity of work.

Each type and grade of aggregate shall be stored separately in bins, in such a manner
that segregation of the various size particles shall not occur. The floors of the bins
shall be of concrete or other approved material having sufficient slope to ensure
adequate drainage of aggregates before being used for concreting.

Strict precautions shall be taken to avoid contamination of aggregates by wind blown


dust, chlorides, etc.

Suitable shading shall be provided to control the temperature and any contaminations,
especially chlorides.

Storage bins shall be emptied and cleaned at regular intervals.


10 CONCRETE DELIVERY
Delivery Trucks shall be of revolving drum type, watertight, and so constructed that the
concrete can be conveyed and discharged into the pumps at site maintaining the uniform
distribution of materials throughout the mass. The drum shall be painted white and kept
clean to ensure maximum reflectivity.

The maximum size of batch in truck mixers shall not exceed the maximum rated capacity of
the mixer as stated by the MANUFACTURER and stamped in metal on the mixer.

On no account shall water from the concrete truck be used in the mix. Concrete trucks shall
have their water tanks completely disconnected from the drum.
Concrete temperature, when discharged in the formwork, shall not be more than 30 C. For
thick elements the temperature shall be less than 24 C. Thick elements shall be defined as any
concrete member that has both plan and cross sectional dimensions exceeding one meter, and
containing a total volume exceeding six cubic meters.

03150 - CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY PAGE 5 OF 6 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

11 FACILITIES INSPECTION AND CALIBRATION


At intervals not exceeding 90 days, all scales, volumetric devices, and dispensers of the batch
plant shall be inspected and calibrated. The accuracy of the measuring equipment shall be
within 3%.

At intervals not exceeding 90 days revolution counters shall be inspected and calibrated prior
to use for hauling or mixing concrete.

At intervals not exceeding 90 days, the batch plant mixers and mixer trucks shall be visually
examined to detect changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and
examined to detect wear of blades. Mixer blades shall be replaced when they have lost 10%
of their original height in accordance with NRMCA QC3. Restrictions shall conform to
requirements of ASTM C94.

12 RECORDS
Records shall be maintained for the following:
Material certification reports received with all delivered materials (cement, slag,
aggregate, and admixtures), as described in Section 9.0. Originals of these documents
shall be sent to the testing laboratory for retention. Copies of these documents shall
be retained at the batch plant.

Required testing of materials at the batch plant as set forth in Project Specification,
DGS-CU-016, Testing Laboratory. Copies of these test reports shall be retained at the
batch plant, originals of these test reports shall be retained by the testing laboratory.

Records of maintenance of all batch plant and delivery equipment based on


MANUFACTURER'S recommendations on a 90 day basis.

Records of all required inspections and calibrations, as described in Section 12.0.

13 REPORTS
The CONTRACTOR shall provide a detailed weekly summary report to the ENGINEER
pertaining, but not limited to, the following:
All aspects of material acquisition, transporting, storage, handling, batching,
production of concrete and transportation of the concrete to the jobsite.

The operating aspects of plant equipment, computerization and any problems


encountered during the production of concrete.

The liaison aspects of CONTRACTOR’S work with the mix design specialist and the
testing laboratory.

Deviations in concrete mix production from the approved mix design and
documentation.

END OF SECTION

03150 - CONCRETE BATCH PLANT AND DELIVERY PAGE 6 OF 6 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 03179

PLASTIC LINER FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL

A. The tender documents and addenda thereto form an integral part of this specification
and must be read in conjunction herewith.

1.2. SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install PVC or
polyethylene sheet liner with T-shaped ribs in Concrete structures to effectively
protect the exposed concrete surfaces from corrosion. The liner shall be continuous
and free of damage or perforations.

B. All work for and in connection with the installation of the lining and the field sealing
and welding of joints shall be done in strict conformity with all applicable instructions
and recommendation of the liner manufacturer.

1.3. RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Concrete formwork is included in Section 03300,


B. Concrete joints and joint accessories are included in Section 03300.
C. Cast-In-place concrete is included in Section 03300.
D. Grout is included In Section 04200.

1.4. SUBMITTALS

A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, complete shop drawings
showing liner materials and typical installation details of all liner work and details of
materials of construction and installation. The manufacturer shall provide detailed shop
drawings of alI areas of special construction, including but not necessarily limited to
comers, pipe wall penetrations, termination strips, construction joints and all other
special and typical installations. Submittals shall include at least the following:

1. Two samples of liner sheets, including the locking extensions, approximately 300
mm (12-in) by 300 mm (12-in) square sections; the outside and inside corner strips;
the tie rod patching strips; joint strips; weld strips: termination strips and angle strips.

2. Prior to shipment of Liner, submit certified test reports that the liner and material
were tested and manufactured in accordance with ASTM standards specified herein.

1.5. REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)


- ASTM 0638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics.
- ASTM 02240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness.

03179 Plastic Liner for Concrete Structures PAGE 1 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply.

1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The plastic liner specified in this section shall be furnished by a manufacturer who is
fully experienced. Reputable and qualified in tl1e manufacturing of the materials and
who has in their empty a full-time field service representative with at least 3 years field
experience. The plastic liner shall be designed, constructed and Installed with the best
practices and methods.

B. The manufacturer of the lining shall attest to the successful use of its product as a lining
for Concrete Structures for a minimum of 3 years.

1.7. EXTRA STOCK


A. The following extra stock shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for future repair work:
Eight square meters (If plastic liner plate sheets without the locking extensions; 2 m of
corner strips; 2 m of tie rod patching strips; 10 m of joint strips; 20 m of weld strips; 2
m at termination strips and 2 m of angle strips.

B. Provide the ENGINEER with one heat gun suitable for performing patch work.

1.8. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. All plastic liner materials shall be kept in a dry storage area which is not in direct
sunlight. See Section 01600 for requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

MATERIALS

A. The plastic sheet lining material for the liner and all joint, corner and welding strips shall
be: formed under pressure into permanently flexible sheets; have integrally molded t-
shaped ribs which securely anchor the lining to the concrete: be white or black in color
and shall conform to the following:

1. Premolded plastic sheet Lining, welding strips, etc. shall be PVC or polyethylene, not
less than 1.65 mm (0.065-inch) thick.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

A. Liner locking extensions embedded in concrete shall withstand a test pull of at least 80
kg per lineal mm applied perpendicularly to the concrete surface for a period of one
minute, without rupture of the locking extensions or withdrawal from embedment. This
test shall be made in a temperature range of 21 to 27 degrees C.
B. Liner sheets, including locking extensions, and all joint, corner and welding strips shall
be free of cracks, cleavages, or other defects adversely affecting the protective
characteristics of the material. The Engineer may reject any materials which may be
defective.
C. Liner sheets shall have good impact resistance, shall be flexible and shall have an
elongation sufficient to bridge up to 6.35 mm cracks which may occur in the joint after
installation without damage to the lining.

03179 Plastic Liner for Concrete Structures PAGE 2 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

D. The lining shall be repairable at any time alter installation in structures.

BASIC SIZE SHEETS

A. Liner sheets for field installation shall be in 1.2 m nominal widths with a minimum of 1.65
mm thickness. Locking extensions (T-shaped) of the same material as that of the liner
shall be integrally extruded with the sheet. Locking extensions shall be approximately
63.5 mm apart and shall be at least 9.5 mm high

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General

1. Installation of the lining and the welding of all joints shall be done in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and the
details and methods indicated on approved shop drawings by an experienced
and qualified applicator acceptable to the manufacturer and the Engineer. Plastic
lining welders shall be trained and pre-certified by the lining manufacturer prior to
the start of welding. Record on a daily basis at the end of each working day the
identification of the joints/areas and the welder who performed the work. The
costs of the lining manufacturer's field training and service shall be borne by the
Contractor without extra cost to the contract.

Make provisions to have the lining manufacturer's field service representative


present on the jobsite at least 2 days during the first week at welding and again
at the time of final inspection, to aid both the Contractor and the Engineer in the
detection of flaws in the welds. The Contractor shall also make provision to have
the lining manufacturer's field service representative present on the jobsite at
least two days during the first week of liner field testing as specified herein. The
costs associated with the lining manufacturer’s field service shall be borne by the
Contractor without extra cost to the contract.

2. Coverage of the lining shall not be less than the minimum specified or as shown
on the Drawings. The interior liner coverage of concrete structures shall be fully
lined on the interior, including manway openings; unless otherwise shown or
specified.

3. The lining shall be installed with the locking extensions running parallel with the
longitudinal axis of the Structures.

4. Flap-type plastic lining for joint covering shall not be used. Only strip type joint
covering shall be used.

5. Locking extensions for end strap channels shall terminate not more than 37.5
mm from the ends at the inside surface of the pipe section.

6. Concrete poured against lining shall be vibrated in a careful manner so as to


protect the lining and produce a dense, homogenous concrete, securely
anchoring the locking extensions into the concrete.

7. In removing forms, care should be taken to protect the lining from damage. Sharp
instruments shall not be used to pry forms from lined surfaces. When forms are
removed, any nails that remain in the lining shall be pulled, without tearing the

03179 Plastic Liner for Concrete Structures PAGE 3 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

lining and the resulting holes clearly marked. Form tie holes shall be marked
before ties are broken off and all areas of abrasion at damage shall be marked.

8. All nail are tie holes and all cut, tom and abraded areas in the lining shall be
patched. Patches made entirely with welding strip shall be fused to the liner over
the entire patch area Larger patches may consist at smooth liner sheet applied
over the damaged area with adhesive. All edges must be covered with welding
strip fused to the patch and the sound lining adjoining the damaged area.

9. Hot joint compounds such as coal tar, shall not be poured or applied to the
lining.

10. Take all necessary measures to prevent damage to installed lining from
equipment and materials used in or taken through the work and shall immediately
repair any damage.

B. Application to Cast-in-Place Concrete Structures-Special Requirements

1. Liner sheets shall be closely fitted and property secured to the inner forms.
Sheets shall be cut to fit curved and warped surfaces using a minimum number
of separate pieces. Adjacent sheets shall be butted with not more than 1-in
opening between the sheets.

2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the lining shall be returned 100 mm at
the surfaces of contact between the concrete structure and items not of concrete
(including manhole frames, and pipes). At each return, the returner liner shall be
sealed to the item in contact with the lined concrete using an adhesive system as
recommended by the manufacturer. If the liner can not be sealed with this
adhesive because of the joint at the return being too wide or rough or because of
safety regulations, the joint space shall be densely caulked with an acceptable
caulking material and finished with a minimum of 25 mm of an approved
corrosion resistant material.

C. Joints in Lining for Cast-in-Place Concrete Structures

1. Lining at joints shall be free of all mortar and other foreign material and shall be
clean and dry before joint are made.

2. Field joints in the lining shall be of the strip type. The joint shall be made with a
separate 100 mm wide joint strip and two welding strips. The 100 mm joint strip
shall be centered over the joint, tack welded to the Liner, then welded along each
edge to adjacent sheets with 25 mm weld strip. The width of the space between
adjacent sheets shall not exceed 25 mm. The 100 mm joint strip shall lap over
each sheet a minimum of 25 mm. It may be used at any transverse or
longitudinal joint,

3. All welding is to be in strict conformance with the instruction of the liner


manufacturer.

3.2. TESTING
1. All tests shall be according to the instructions and recommendation of the liner
manufacturer.
End of section 03179

03179 Plastic Liner for Concrete Structures PAGE 4 OF 4 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 03200

REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Extent of work: The extent of reinforcement for concrete is shown on the drawings,
and includes provision, fabrication and placement of reinforcement for cast-in-place
concrete, including bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes and Standards:

1. Comply with the following codes and standards unless otherwise specified:

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

A185 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for


Concrete Reinforcement.

A497 Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for


Concrete Reinforcement.

A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for


Concrete Reinforcement.

BS British Standards.

729 Specification for Hot-Dip Galvanised Coatings on Iron and


Steel Articles.

4449 Specification for Carbon Steel Bars for The Reinforcement of


Concrete.

4466 Specification for Bending Dimensions and Scheduling of


Reinforcement of Concrete.

4482 Specification for Cold Reduced Steel Wire for the


Reinforcement of Concrete.

4483 Specification of Steel Fabric for The Reinforcement of


Concrete.

03200 - Reinforcement for Concrete Page 1 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

4870 Approval Testing of Welding Procedures.

4871 Approval Testing of Welders Working to Approved Welding


Procedures.

5135 Specification for ARC Welding of Carbon and Carbon


Manganese Steels.

2. For items not specifically covered in the specifications, the "Standard


Specification of Abu Dhabi Municipality” shall apply.

B. Acceptable Manufacturer: Manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacture of steel


bar and welded wire fabric reinforcement.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Mill Certificates: Submit steel producer's certificates of mill tests for reinforcing
steel

B. CARES certificate: submit CARES sustainable reinforcing steel for all purchased
steel.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of
concrete reinforcement. Unless otherwise specified, comply with BS 4466 to show
bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies,
as required for fabrication and placement. Include special reinforcement required at
openings through concrete structures.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver reinforcement to the project site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags
indicating bar size, lengths and other information corresponding to markings shown on
placement diagrams.

B. Store concrete reinforcement materials at the site off the ground and in covered
storage sheds to prevent damage, rust and accumulation of dirt or deleterious
material and take extra precautions to prevent contamination of reinforcement by
chlorides in the atmosphere, by condensation and humidity.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Bars: Provide Grade 460/425 to BS 4449, or Grade 60 to ASTM A615


deformed bars, unless otherwise indicated on drawings or specified.

B. Steel Wire: BS 4482.

03200 - Reinforcement for Concrete Page 2 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. Welded Wire Fabric: To BS 4483 or to ASTM A497 or ASTM A185.

D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing,
supporting and fastening reinforcement in place:

1. Use wire bar type or precast concrete type supports, unless otherwise
indicated. Do not use wood, brick, and other unacceptable materials.

2. For slabs on grade and underground concrete members use corrosion


resistant supports to BS 729. Where wetted base materials will not support
legs use corrosion resistant horizontal runners.

3. For exposed concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with
forms, provide supports with legs which are hot-dip galvanized, or plastic
protected, or stainless steel supports.

4. Over approved waterproofing membranes without blinding layer on top, if


any, use precast concrete block bar supports to prevent penetration of the
membrane.

5. All reinforcement should comply, in respect of chemical and physical


properties with the appropriate ASTM and/or equivalent British Standards.

2.02 FABRICATION

A. General: Shop-fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and


dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with BS 4466. In case of
fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will
injure or weaken the material.

B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not
be permitted in the work:

1. Bar lengths, depths and bends exceeding specified fabrication tolerances.

2. Bend or kinks not indicated on drawings or approved shop drawings.

3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause.

4. Bars with surfaces having rust, rust scale or loose mill scale or contaminated
with dirt, earth, paints, oils or other deleterious cause.

C. The Contractor shall prepare and submit in duplicate to the Employer


Representative at least two weeks in advance of placement bar schedules showing
cutting and bending details of the reinforcement shown on the drawings.
Submission to and approval of the bar bending schedule by the Employer
Representative shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for dimensional
accuracy.

03200 - Reinforcement for Concrete Page 3 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

The Contractor shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which
reinforcement for concrete shall be performed and correct any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to the Employer Representative.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. For details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, comply with the
specified codes and standards.

B. Clean reinforcement to remove rust, rust scale and loose mill scale, dirt, earth,
paints, oils or other deleterious material.

C. Reinforcing bars in storage and at all times and prior to concreting shall be
protected by polyethylene sheets or other satisfactory protection methods.

D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by


formwork construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support
reinforcing by chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required.

E. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverages for concrete protection.


Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16 gage (1.6
mm) annealed wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete
placement operations. Set wire ties so that ends are directed away from exposed
concrete surfaces.

F. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces as
indicated but at least 300 mm including one full mesh for deformed wire fabric, and
two full meshes with 50 mm overlap for plain wire fabric, and lace splices with 16
gage (1.6 mm) annealed wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent
continuous laps.

G. Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry reinforcement. Do


not place reinforcing bars more than 50 mm beyond the last leg of any continuous
bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying
equipment and similar construction loads.

H. Splices: Provide reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and
tightly wire tying.

I. Protect reinforcement when not being worked and until placement of concrete by
covering with polythene or similar impermeable sheeting.

03200 - Reinforcement for Concrete Page 4 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

J. Do not bend reinforcing bars and fabric which are embedded into hardened concrete
at construction joints, without the approval of the Employer Representative.

K. Reinforcement shall be securely fixed in position within a dimensional tolerance of


20mm in any direction parallel to a concrete face and within a tolerance of 5mm at
right angles to a face, provided that cover is not thereby decreased below the
minimum specified or otherwise shown on the drawings.

L. Reinforcement shall not be welded except where required by the drawings or agreed
by the Employer Representative. If welding is employed, the procedures shall be as
set out in BS 693 for gas welding or BS 5135 for metal arc welding. Full strength
butt welds shall only be used for steel complying with BS 4449, and if used on high
yield deformed bars complying with BS 4449 the permissible stresses in the vicinity
of the weld shall be reduced to those applicable to plain bars complying with that
specification.

** END OF SECTION **

03200 - Reinforcement for Concrete Page 5 of 5 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION THREE - CONCRETE

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

1 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
This specification provides the requirements for the receiving, placing, and coating of
cast-in-place concrete.
1.2 Reference Standards

1.2.1 BS or American Standards, as mentioned but not limited to the following.

BS EN 197-1:2000 Portland Cement


BS 5075 Part 1 Micro Silica
BS 410-1: 2000 Specification for Test Sieve
BS EN 932-5:2000 Specification for Testing Aggregates
BS 882 EN 12620:2000 Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete
BS EN 12350-1: 2000 Methods of Sampling Fresh Concrete
BS EN 12350-2: 2000 Methods of Testing Fresh Concrete
BS EN 12350-6: 2000 Method for Determination of Density of Compacted
Fresh Air
BS EN 12390-1:2000 Methods of Testing Hardened Concrete for Other
Than Strength
BS EN 12390-1:2000 Methods of Making & Curing Test Specimens
BS EN 12390-2:2000 Analysis of Hardened Concrete
BS EN 12878:1999 Tests for Water for Making Concrete
BS EN 10080 Carbon Steel Bars for Reinforcement of Concrete
BS 8666-2000 Bending Dimensions and Scheduling of Bars for
the Reinforcement of Concrete
BS EN ISO 3766 :2003
BS 4483 Steel Fabric for the Reinforcement of Concrete
BS 1881-131:1998,BS EN 196- Methods of Testing Cement
1:1995
BS EN 934-2 : 2001 Accelerating Admixtures, Retarding Admixtures
and Water Reducing Admixtures (Metric Units)
ASTM C 94/BS EN 206-1:2000 Ready Mixed Concrete
BS 5975 Code of Practice for False work
BS 8110Part 1 The Structural Use of Concrete
BS 8110Part 2 Code of Practice for Special Circumstances

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 1 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

BS 8110Part 3 Design Charts for Singly Reinforced Beams,


Doubly Reinforced Beams and Rectangular
Columns
BS 8007 Design of concrete structure for retuning aqueous
liquids
ASTM C 87 Test Method for Effect of Organic Impurities in
Fine Aggregate on Strength of Mortar
ASTM C 142 Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles
in Aggregates
ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C 289 Test for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of
Aggregates (Chemical Method)

1.2.2 Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of BS 8110, Structural Use of
Concrete.

1.3 Submissions

Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples, showing all locations, markings, quantities,
materials, sizes, shapes and finishes, indicating all methods of connecting, anchoring,
fastening and attaching to the work of other Sections.

Submit shop drawings as specified in Volume 2, Annexes Q.

Contractor must submit three brands of product’s samples for approval of ENGINEER
in respect of water stopper, sealant, and additives.

1.3.1 Formwork

a- Designing of form work is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR.


b- Form drawings showing sleeves required through floors and roof to be
submitted for ENGINEER approval prior commencing work of placing
sleeves.
c- Submit shop drawings of formwork components which affect the final
appearance of architectural concrete
d- Design formwork, including supports, so that the final concrete structure
is within the dimensional tolerance specified. Allow for the worst
combination of self weight, formwork weight, formwork forces,
reinforcement weight, wet concrete weight, and construction and wind
loads, together with all incidental dynamic effects caused by placing,
vibrating and compacting of concrete.

1.3.2 Reinforcement and Bar Lists

a. Detailed R.C. shop drawings and bar bending schedules showing the
size, spacing, location, quantities and details of reinforcing steel in
accordance with approved Design drawings and specifications and
prepared according to BS 8666 shall be prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and submitted to ENGINEER for review and
approval. Reinforcing steel shall be detailed and fabricated in
accordance with BS EN 1S0 3766:2003.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 2 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

b. Include necessary plans and elevations of walls and beams on the


diagrams, drawn to a scale of not less than 1:50 metric. Sections shall
be drawn to a scale of not less than 1:20 metric. Placing drawings shall
include sufficient details, dimensions and field instructions to permit
complete setting of all reinforcement without reference to the design
drawings and shall show location and lengths of lap splices.

c. Shop Drawings shall show all proposed construction joint locations


and pour sequences, location and size of all sleeves and openings
through concrete elements required for all trades and be submitted to
ENGINEER for approval.

d. Provide the ENGINEER with certified copies of mill test reports for
reinforcing steel, showing physical and chemical analysis, minimum 8
weeks prior to commencing reinforcing work.

e. No work shall commence until shop drawings have been approved by


ENGINEER.

1.4. Materials

1.4.1 Formwork

a. Submit representative samples of material to be used for formwork for


approval by ENGINEER. Use only approved material for construction
of formwork.
b. Submit formwork ties for approval by ENGINEER.

1.4.2 Reinforcement

a. Provide the ENGINEER with certified copies of mill test reports and
CARES certificates for reinforcing steel, showing physical and
chemical analysis, minimum 8 weeks prior to commencing reinforcing
work.

b. Submit to ENGINEER for each consignment of reinforcement from


each source, certificates verifying that the reinforcement complies with
the requirements of this Section, in accordance with Clause 15 of BS
4449: 2005 AMD. 1

c. In addition and upon request by ENGINEER, submit copies of the


reinforcement manufacturer’s routine test records.

d. CONTRACTOR shall test the steel from ENGINEER approved


laboratory at not additional cost to ENGINEER, and provide original
and one copy to ENGINEER for approval prior to fabrication of steel.

1.5 Protection

1.5.1 Do not pile or store materials on slabs, or wheel or handle materials over
such slabs until the concrete has reached at least 50% of the design strength,
and then only if the forms and shores remain in place. Do not strip slabs with

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 3 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

such loads applied. Do not apply loads to unsupported slabs until the design
strength is reached. In any case do not load in excess of the design load.

1.5.2 Protect all exposed concrete work from staining and/or physical damage to
structural integrity or finish.

1.5.3 Replace damaged work as directed by ENGINEER.

2 PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION

2.1 Materials for Concrete

2.1.1 Cement

General Requirement

Demonstrate through either the use of supplementary cementing materials


(SCMs) (including fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS)
and silica fumes) or the increased use of aggregates or admixtures, that the
project has reduced the overall amount of Portland cement used and
associated embodied greenhouse gas emissions as per Table SM 10.1 below.

Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM10.1, rows B2, C2
and D2.

Table SM 10.1: Embodied Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Concrete


Row A Strength Grade 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Estidama
Type Embodied GHG Credits

Row B2 Cast in place 121 144 163 194 194 206 218 229 2
Row C2 Precast 149 176 199 220 237 253 268 281 2
Row D2 Stressed 162 192 218 240 259 277 292 307 2

The cement to be used throughout the work shall be Portland Cement and
shall be as described under one of the following headings:
i. Cement complying with either BS EN 197-1:2000 or ASTM C150 Type
I but containing not less than 7% and not more than 12% by weight of
tri-calcium aluminates (C3A).
ii. Micro silica complying with BS EN 197-1:2000 or equivalent approved
to be used with ASTM Type 1 Cement. For mixing with type II cement
prior approval shall be obtained from the ENGINEER.

Any consignment of cement not used within six (6) months for date of
manufacture will not be allowed to be used in the Works.

iii. Moderate Sulfate Resisting Portland cement (MSRPC) complying with


ASTM C150 Type II or Sulfate-Resisting Portland Cement complying
with BS 4027 but containing not less than 4% and not more than 8% by
weight of tricalcium aluminates (C3A). In either case the cement shall
not contain more than 2.7% by weight of sulfur trioxide (SO3).
03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 4 OF 24 REV.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Additional Requirement

In addition to the requirements in 2.1.1 for cement to be used in permanent


works the acid soluble alkali level measured as (Na2O + 0.658 K2O) shall
not exceed 0.6% by weight.

Also the heat of hydration at 7 days in accordance with ASTM C-186 shall
not exceed 290 kJ/kg and the fineness (specific surface) in accordance with
BS4550 shall not be less than 280 m2/kg.

Cement shall be free flowing and free of lumps. It shall be supplied in the
manufacturer’s sealed and unbroken bags or in bulk.

Cement which has become hardened or lumpy or fails to comply with this
Specification in any way shall be removed from the site.

High alumina cement shall not be used.

Any consignment of cement not used within six (6) months for date of
manufacture will not be allowed to be used in the works.

2.1.2 Admixtures
a. Admixtures may be added to concrete in accordance with BS EN 934-2:
2001 to provide the following specific qualities required or permitted by
this Section:
- Workability
- Controlled rate of handling
b. Calcium chloride and chloride based admixtures shall not be used.
c. Admixtures shall not, individually or in combination, increase the
shrinkage of the concrete compared with a reference specimen of the
same mix not containing admixture.
d. Both the amount of admixture to be added and the method of use require
approval by ENGINEER.
e. Air entrainment agents shall be such that the air content can be
maintained within the limits specified, even if the mixing time is
extended to 30 minutes.
f. If two (2) or more admixtures are proposed for use in any one (1) mix, the
manufacturers of each shall be consulted and their advice and
recommendations shall be forwarded to ENGINEER as evidence of
suitability.
g.. The suitability of admixture shall be verified by trial mixes.
h. Admixtures shall be stored to avoid deterioration and segregation
i. Admixtures shall be used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions unless directed otherwise by the ENGINEER.
Contractor must submit three brands of product’s samples for approval of
ENGINEER

2.1.3 Aggregates:

- Aall aggregate used in structural and non-structural applications to be


recycled as per SM-10 of Estidama.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 5 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

- Ras Al Khaima Normal weight Aggregates or equal approved by the


ENGINEER, meeting the requirements of BS EN 1260:2004 shall be used in
this project. The following requirements to be met:

a. Maximum size of aggregates shall be: 20mm

b. Chloride: The maximum water soluble chloride ion content by weight of


aggregate shall be as follows:

20 mm aggregate: .005%
10 mm aggregate: .004%
Sand: .007%

c. Coarse Aggregate

- Specific gravity, saturated surface dry, not less than 2.59%


- Water absorption, for aggregates used in concrete 2.5%
above finish floor level of Ground Floor, not more
than
- Water Absorption, for aggregate in foundations or 2.0%
concrete cast on the ground:

Nominal Size of Aggregate Maximum Permissible Shells Content

20 mm 05%
10 mm 15%
Shape Properties:
Elongation index maximum 25.0%
Flakiness index maximum 25.0%
- Silt, clay and dust, not to exceed, by weight: 1.0%
- Clay lumps (tested in accordance with ASTM C 142): max. 2.0%
- Sulfates, expressed as SO3, by weight, not to exceed 0.3%
- Soundness, maximum loss (in percent by weight) after five (5) cycles in
Sulphate solution:
- Sodium Sulfate: 10.0%
- Magnesium Sulfate: 15.0%
- Aggregates that are deleteriously reactive with the alkalis in the cement
in an amount sufficient to cause excessive expansion of concrete shall
not be used.
- Grading for Coarse Aggregates shall be within the limits given in the
following table (percentage by weight passing):

BS 410 Test Sieve Nominal Size of Single Sized Aggregate


Mm 20 mm 10 mm
75.0 - -
63.0 - -
37.5 100 -
20.0` 85-100 -
14.0 - 100
10.0 0-25 85-100
5.0 0-5 0-25
2.36 - 0-5

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 6 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

LIMITS FOR PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL AND MECHANICAL


PROPERTIES OF AGGREGATES FOR CONCRETE

Test Methods Permissible Limits


Item
Requirement BS EN
No. ASTM Fines Coarse
1097-8
1 Grading Part 103 Standard Standard
(dry)
2 Material finer than 0.075 mm. Part 103
Natural, uncrushed/Crushed (wet) Max. 3% Max. 1% Max.
Crushed rock Max. 5% 3%
3 Clay lumps and friable particles C142 Max. 3% Max. 2%
4 Lightweight pieces C123 Max. 0.5% Max. 0.5%
5 Organic impurities C40 Colour standard not darker
than Plate No. 3
6 Water absorption Part 2 C128/C127 Max. 2.3% Max. 2%
7 Specific gravity (apparent) Part 2 C128/C127 Min. 2.6 Min. 2.6
8 Shell content: Part 106
Coarser than 10mm Max. 3%
Between 5mm and 10mm Max. 3%
Between 2.36 mm and 5mm Max. 3%
Finer than 2.36mm
9 Particle shape:
Flakiness index Part 105.1 Max. 25%
Elongation index Part 105.2 Max. 25%
10 Acid soluble chlorides: Part 117
A. Reinforced concrete with
SRPC OPC and MSRPC Max. 0.06% Max. 0.03%
B. Mass Concrete with SRPC Max. 0.06% Max. 0.03%
/OPC/MSRPC
C. Pre-stressed Concrete and Max. 0.06% Max .0.03%
Steam cured structural Max. 0.06% Max. 0.03%
Concrete
Max. 0.01%
Max. 0.01%
11 Acid soluble sulphates Part 118 Max. 0.3% Max. 0.3%
12 Soundness (MgSO4) Part 121 C88 Max. 10% Max. 10%
13 Mechanical strength:
10% fines value (soaked) Part 111 Min. 100 kN
Impact value Part 112 Max. 30%
Los Angeles abrasion C131/C535 Max. 30%
14 Drying shrinkage Part 120 Max. 0.05%
15 Moisture Content Part 109

16 Potential Reactivity:
of aggregates Chemical Method C289 Not reactive Not reactive
of cement aggregates C227 6 month expansion 0.1% Max.
combination

d. Fine Aggregate

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 7 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

- Organic impurities: aggregates, when subject to colorimetric test producing


a color darker than the standard shall be rejected. However, such
aggregates may be used, provided that the relative strength of mortar
calculated in accordance with ASTM C 87 is not less than 95% at 7 and 28
days.

Silt, clay and dust, by weight, not to exceed the following:


- Natural sand or crushed gravel: 3%
- Crushed rock 5%

Clay lumps (tested in accordance with ASTM C 142): maximum 3%.

Sulfate, expressed as SO3, by weight, not to exceed:

- for aggregates in concrete when 0.3%


Ordinary Portland Cement is used;
- for aggregates in concrete when 0.4%
Sulfate Resisting Cement is used;

Soundness, maximum loss (in percent by weight) after five (5) cycles in
Sulfate solution with:

- Sodium Sulfate: 10.0%


- Magnesium Sulfate: 15.0%

Aggregates that are deleteriously reactive with the alkalis in-the cement in an
amount sufficient to cause excessive expansion of concrete shall not be used.

Grading percentage, by weight, passing sieve No. 100, shall not exceed the
following:

- Natural Sand 10.0%


- Crushed Rock: 15.0%

Drying shrinkage of aggregate shall not exceed: 0.05%

e. Sampling:

Aggregates shall be sampled in accordance with BS EN 932-5:2000,


BS EN 1079-8:2000.

2.1.4 Water:

Water shall be fresh, clean, cool and free from salt and other impurities and
shall be tested in accordance with BS EN 1008:2002 and comply with
requirements of Appendix A of BS EN 1008:2002.

2.2 Proportioning

2.2.1 General

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 8 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

a. Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality and
capable of being placed without excessive segregation or bleeding.
When hardened, concrete shall develop all characteristics required by
these Specifications.
b. The mix shall have not more than specified Water Cement Ratio.
c. Submit mix designs for approval. Provide necessary evidence that the
mix design will provide the desired properties.

2.2.2 Design of Concrete Mixes

a. General

1. The grades of concrete shall be shown on the Drawings to be


submitted for ENGINEER approval, by reference to the 28-day
characteristic compressive strength in N/mm2 and, when
necessary, followed by the nominal size of the coarse aggregate
in millimeters - for example C40-20. Minimum Compressive
Strength of cube at 28 days for reinforced concrete shall be 45
N/mm2 for substructure and 40 N/mm2 for superstructure.
2. Design of mixes shall comply with the requirements of BS EN
206-1:2000. The Contractor's mix proposals for each mix
require the ENGINEER'S approval. Existing data provided as
evidence of satisfactory previous performance shall include the
workability and water/cement ratio. During production the
Contractor shall inform the ENGINEER of all changes in
sources of materials or cement content. Trial mixes shall be
made initially as well as before any substantial change is made.
No changes shall be made without ENGINEER'S approval.
ENGINEER has power to do all required investigations and tests
related to Mix design an approval.
b. Cement Content

The Cemenitious materials content of structural concrete in super


structure shall not be less than 370 kg/cu m and shall not be less than
370 kg/ cu m for concrete in substructure up to slab on grade unless
directed otherwise. Cemenitious materials content in excess of 420
kg/cu m shall not be used without the specific approval of
ENGINEER.

c. Water/Cemenitious Ratio

The maximum free water/cement ratio shall be 0.38 for substructure,


0.4 for super structure unless prior approval of ENGINEER is sought.
Free water/cement ratio shall be as defined in BS EN 206-1:2000.
2.2.3 Durability
a. The water-cement ratio for any concrete shall not exceed 0.40 by mass.
b. The total water-soluble chloride content by mass of cementing material
in the concrete mix before exposure shall not exceed 0.10%.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 9 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

c. The total acid-soluble sulfate content by mass of cementing material in


the concrete mix before exposure and expressed as SO3 shall not
exceed 3%.
d. Following are the durability criteria required for various Concrete
mixes to be used in the PROJECT:
Chloride Permeability to Table 1 of ASTM C 1202
Maximum Charge Pass (Coulombs)
Type of Structure
At 28 Days
Superstructure Moderate
Substructure Low

Water Permeability to DIN 1048


Type of Structure Water Permeability at 28 Days
Superstructure 15 mm
Substructure 8 mm

30 Minute Absorption to BS EN 12390:2000


Type of Structure 30 Minute Absorption at 28 Days
superstructure 3.5%
Substructure 2.5%

2.2.4 Porosity:

The values of porosity should be not exceeding 12% @ 28 days.

2.2.5 Alkali Aggregate Reactions:

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to demonstrate to ENGINEER that


the alkali receptivity of the complete concrete matrix will be stable and not
liable in the future to breakdown and lose strength.
The alkali content (Na2O and N2O) of the concrete shall not exceed 3kg/m3.

2.2.6 Total Alkali Content:

The alkali content (Na2O and K2O) of the concrete shall not exceed 3 kg/m3.

2.2.6 Air Content


a. The average allowable air content of the fresh concrete (other than
those from air-entraining agents) shall be 1%.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 10 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

b. The air content determined from individual samples taken at the point
of placing the concrete and representative of any given batch of
concrete shall be within  1.5% of the required value
c. The average air content from any four (4) consecutive determinations
from separate batches shall be within  1.0% of the required value.

2.3 Formwork

2.3.1 Fabrication:
Erect formwork in accordance with reviewed shop drawings.

2.3.2 Deflection and Camber


a. Make allowance for any deflection of formwork that is likely to occur
during construction, so that the hardened concrete conforms to the
specified lines and levels.
b. In the absence of any specified camber, the soffits of all beams more
than five (5) meters in span shall be laid to a camber where:
CAMBER = (SPAN)2
7200 X DEPTH

2.3.3 Removal of Forms


Forms and shoring in the formwork used to support the weight of concrete in
beams, slabs and other structural members shall remain in place until the
concrete has reached a minimum of 70% of the specified 28 day strength.
Unless specified otherwise, the following minimum periods shall apply to the
removal of formwork.

Removal of Form work from Cold Weather Normal Weather


(Below 600 F (Below 600 F or
or 160 C) 160 C)
Sides of beams, slabs, walls and 72 hours 48 hours
Columns (unloaded)
Slab soffits forms (props left under) 14 days 10days
Beams soffits forms (props left 14 days 7 days
under)
Props to slab 18 days 11 days
Props to Beams 21 days 14 days

2.3.4 Re-shoring:
While re-shoring is under way, no live load shall be permitted on the new
construction.

2.3.5 Stripping of Formwork:

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 11 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

General

The ENGINEER shall be notified in writing before the removal of any


formwork.
Concrete shall be thoroughly wetted as soon as the forms are first loosened
and shall be kept wet during the removal operations and until the curing
media is applied.
Potable water supply with hoses having the fine fog spray attachments shall
be ready at each removal location before operations are recommended.
The period of time elapsing between the placing of the concrete and the
striking of the formwork shall be approved by ENGINEER after
consideration of the loads likely to be imposed on the concrete and shall in
any case be not less than the periods shown in section 2.3.3 above.
Re-shoring to beams and slabs shall be placed immediately after stripping
formwork.

2.4 Reinforcement

2.4.1 Reinforcing Bars:

Reinforcement bar must be bought from emirates steel industries and


approved by the ENGINEER, which are complying with specifications of this
section, would be permitted to be used for this PROJECT.

a. All reinforcing bars shall be Type 2 high yield deformed steel bars
complying with British Standard 4449, with a characteristic strength
not less than 460 MPa.
b. Welded wire fabric shall conform to British Standard 4483 and shall
be supplied in flat sheets.
c. Reinforcing steel (uncoated) shall be obtained from one of the
approved manufacturers.

2.4.2 Tying Wire:


Tying wire shall be 1.6 mm diameter black annealed mild steel wire or other
type approved by ENGINEER.

2.4.3 Bar Support:


Side-form spacers used in walls, columns and beams shall be plastic or
another dielectric material approved by ENGINEER.

2.4.4 Placing:
a. Support reinforcing steel in such a manner as to ensure that the spacing
and cover of the reinforcement is accurately maintained, taking into
account the proposed methods of placing and consolidation the
concrete, and the weight of the reinforcement supported.
b. Only tie the reinforcement and do not weld it in place.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 12 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

c. For flat slabs, provide support bars for reinforcement and show on
shop drawings.

2.5 Slump of Concrete

2.5.1 Slump tests shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
ASTM C 143. Provide slump testing equipment on the site, readily available
for this testing. Concrete with excessive slump shall be removed from the
site.
2.5.2 Unless otherwise permitted or specified, the concrete shall be proportioned
and produced to have a slump of 100 mm or less if consolidation is to be by
vibration, and 150 mm or less if consolidation is to be by methods other than
vibration.

2.6 Tolerances

2.6.1 Variation in Concrete:

a. Variation from the plumb:


In the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in arises:
- in any storey or 6 m max 6 mm
- in 12 m or more 10 mm
For exposed corner columns, control joint grooves, and other
conspicuous lines:
- in any storey or 6 m max 6 mm
- in 12 m or more 12 mm

b. Variation from the level or from the grade indicated on the approved
drawings:
Floor level around perimeter of the building, at stairs and elevators,
and similar critical locations, shall not vary by more than  10 mm.
In floors, ceilings, and beam soffits and in arises maximum difference
between any two points:
- in 3 m 6 mm
- in any bay or 6 m max. 10 mm
- in 12 m or more 20 mm

For exposed lintels, sills, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous


lines:
- in any bay or 6 m max. 6 mm
- in 12 m or more 20 mm

c. Variation in plan dimensions from the established building grid lines to


related columns, walls and partitions:
- in any bay or 6 m max. 16 mm
- in 12 m or more 20 mm

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 13 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

d. Variation in the size and location of sleeves, floor and wall openings 6
mm.

e. Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and beams, and in


the thickness of slabs and walls:
- minus 6 mm
- plus 12 mm

f. Footings
Variation in plan dimensions:
- minus 12mm
- plus 50 mm

Misplacement or eccentricity:
- 2% of the footing width in the direction of misplacement but not
more than 50 mm.

Variation in thickness:
- Decrease: 5% of thickness but not more than 25 mm
- Increase: -

2.6.2 Welding of Reinforcement:

When welded splices are specified on the Engineering drawings, the welding
shall conform to AWS D1.4. Each rebar to be welded must be physically
tested to AWS D1.4 and the weld procedure must be reviewed and approved
by the ENGINEER.
Splices in welded wire fabric shall be made by lapping a minimum of one
mesh plus 50 mm but not less than 300 mm.

2.7 Joints and Embedded Items

2.7.1 Construction Joints


a. Where construction joints other than those indicated on drawings are
required, locate in consultation with ENGINEER.
b. The maximum distance between construction joints in walls shall not
exceed 12 m, and in slabs 25 m or as agreed by the ENGINEER.
c. Unless agreed otherwise for specific locations by ENGINEER, provide
shear keys in all construction joints. Construction of shear keys shall
be as detailed on structural drawings.
d. Construction joints shall be straight and plumb unless otherwise agreed
to by ENGINEER for specific conditions.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 14 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

e. Install water-stops in horizontal and vertical construction joints in


perimeter foundation walls at or below grade. Water-stops shall be
continuous throughout length of joint.
f. Unless otherwise detailed on the structural drawings, reinforcement
shall be continuous through construction joints.

2.7.2 Control Joints:


In slab on grade floor, form or saw-cut control joints as detailed. Where
“diamonds” or other isolation joints are shown to be constructed around
columns, place after the floor has been concreted and saw-cuts have been
made. Contractor must submit three brands of product’s samples for approval
of ENGINEER.

2.7.3 Isolation Joints:


Provide isolation joints at required locations as approved by ENGINEER.
Material for isolation joint to be Cork Core, size to suite joint width and
sealed at floor and wall joints, as per ENGINEER’s approval. Contractor
must submit three brands of product’s samples for approval of ENGINEER

2.7.4 Joint sealant:


Highly quality seal which is resistant to serve conditions associated with the
water. The product should be resistant to bacteriological attack and chemical
spillages with high degree of abrasion resistance and material adhesion even
under immersed conditions. It shall comply with BS 4254 and US federal
specification TT-S-00227E as well as being resistant to aerobic and anaerobic
bacteriological attack. Contractor must submit three brands of product’s
samples for approval of ENGINEER

2.7.5 Water-stops:
Water-stops for control joints shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's written instructions. Locations of control joints shall be as
indicated on the Engineering drawings. Water stopper must be PVS with
swelled water stopper.
Field splices for synthetic rubber water-stops shall be vulcanized or
mechanical, using stainless steel parts or shall be made with a rubber splicing
union of the same stock as the water-stop. Field splices for polyvinyl-
chloride water-stops shall be performed by heat sealing the adjacent surfaces
in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. All joints
shall develop water tightness equal to that of the continuous water-stop
material. Contractor must submit three brands of product’s samples for
approval of ENGINEER

2.8 Production of Concrete

2.8.1 Use ready-mix concrete throughout. All site-mixed concrete will be rejected.

2.8.2 Tempering and Control of Mixing Water:

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 15 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

At no time shall water be added to the concrete after it has left the mixer.
Use only high range water reducing admixtures (super plasticizers) for slump
adjustment.

2.8.3 Hot Weather Concreting:

a. Concreting shall not be allowed when the ambient air temperature


exceeds 38C.
b. In hot weather, take suitable precautions to ensure that the temperature
of fresh concrete as placed does not exceed 30C.
c. Transporting, placing and finishing of concrete shall be done as
quickly as practicable during hot weather. Elapsed time between
batching and placing shall not exceed for concrete using only OPC
shall be 120 minutes, unless permitted by ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall select such admixture which shall neither delay
concrete time setting nor change concrete properties and shall not
delay initial setting time than 180 minutes. Elapsed time between
batching and placing for concrete using combination of silica and
OPC, of 180 minutes can be accepted.
3 EXECUTION

3.2 Depositing

3.2.1 Notify ENGINEER at least 24 hours before each day’s operation of placing
concrete.
3.2.2 Convey concrete form the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods
which will prevent:
a. The separation or loss of ingredients. Chutes, if used, shall be rounded
in cross-section and have a minimum diameter of eight (8) times the
maximum aggregate size.
b. Displacement of rebar and/or mesh from their specified location.
3.2.3 Do not deposit any concrete in the work which has partly hardened or which
has been contaminated with foreign matter.
3.2.4 Cast footings, beams and slabs with their full design depth in one operation.
In up stand beams, stepped footings and similar details cast the upper portion
as soon as stiffening of the lower portion will permit. Remove any free water
or laitance from the lower portion before the subsequent layer of concrete is
placed.
3.2.5 Do not exceed 1.5 m for the free vertical drop of the concrete unless special
measures are taken to prevent segregation.
3.2.6 Unless otherwise agreed by ENGINEER, consolidate concrete including
slabs on grade in place by means of internal vibrators.
3.2.7 When concrete is being placed in deep members (such as walls and footings)
vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn vertically, and shall not be used to
flow concrete into final position. They shall be lowered the full lift of
concrete into the lift below, so as to ensure blending of the concrete in the
two (2) lifts.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 16 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.2.8 Apply vibrators systematically and at such spacing that the zones of influence
overlap. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration and intensity to compact
the concrete thoroughly, but shall not be continued so as to cause
segregation. Do not over-vibrate.
3.2.9 Keep one spare vibrator for every three (3) vibrators in use, in case of
breakdown.
3.2.10 concreting Against Ground: Where it is specified that concrete shall be placed
directly in contact with the ground it shall be done immediately following the
final preparation of the formation.

3.2.11 Concrete for Walls: The concrete in each section between joints or corners
shall be placed in successive pours working away in both directions from the
centre most panel of that section. The interval between placing adjacent
panels shall be 3 days unless directed otherwise.

3.2.12 Stop Ends: If a delay of more than thirty minutes occurs during concreting,
the work shall be completed against a temporary stop end. If the location of
the joint is not satisfactory for a construction joint (see 2.7.1 above) the
concrete shall be cut back to a satisfactory location.

3.2.13 Deep lifts: For deep lifts a temporary stop end may be formed in ‘steps’
subject to the approval of the ENGINEER. For lifts exceeding 2.5 meters the
Contractor shall submit his proposal for the ENGINEER approval. Particular
attention shall be paid to the factors mentioned in BS 8110.

3.3 Finishes
3.3.1 Formed Surfaces
3.3.1.1 Type A: Rough finish for buried or rendered work:
This finish is obtained by the use of properly designed formwork or moulds
of closely jointed saw or wrought boards or other suitable material. The
surfaces will be imprinted with the grain of the boards and their joints. In
addition, small blemishes caused by entrapped air or water may be expected,
but the surface should be free from voids, honeycombing or other large
blemishes. The holes left for formwork bolts shall be filled. Fins and
irregularities projecting more than 3mm shall be cleaned off.

3.3.1.2 Type B: Normal finish for exposed work:


This finish is obtained by the use of properly designed forms of closely
jointed wrought boards, plastic, steel or other suitable material, provided that
the surfaces shall be free from the imprint of the forms. Very minor
blemishes caused by entrapped air or water may be expected, but the surface
should be free from voids, honeycombing or other large blemishes. The holes
left for formwork bolts shall be filled. Fins and other projections shall be
removed and all blemishes filled with a cement and fine aggregate paste.
Care shall be taken in the choice of any release agent used, to ensure that the
finished concrete surface is not permanently stained or discolored.

3.14.1.3 Type C: Superior finish for exposed work:


This finish can only be achieved by the use of high quality concrete and by
using properly designed forms having a hard, smooth surface. The concrete
surfaces should be smooth with true, clean arises. Only very minor surfaces
blemishes should occur and there should be no staining or discoloration from

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 17 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

the mould oil or curing agent. The surface shall be free from the imprint of
wood grain. Unfaced wrought boarding or standard panels shall not be used.
The material for the form shall be provided in large sheets and arranged in an
approved uniform pattern: joints between sheets shall be arranged to coincide
with architectural features, sills or heads of windows or changes in direction
of the surface; all joints between sheets shall be accurately aligned in the
plane of the sheets. Bolt holes are not allowed.

3.3.1.4 Other types of finish


These shall include any finish different from A, B and C that requires the use
of special forms or linings, the use of a different concrete mix near the
surface, grinding, bush hammering or other treatment. If any of these special
finishes is required it shall be as specified on the Drawings. The Contractor
shall make trial samples for inspection and approval by the ENGINEER.
Whichever method the Contractor uses for obtaining each finish, the same
method shall be used for the remainder of the work. Remedial treatment to
the finish of the concrete, additional to that specified above, requires the
approval of the ENGINEER.

3.3.2 Unformed surfaces

The finish of unformed surfaces shall be tamped, floated, trowel led or brushed as
defined below and shown on the drawings:

3.3.2.1 TF: Tamped surfaces shall be formed by leveling and tamping the concrete to
produce a uniform plain or ridged surface, surplus concrete being struck off
by a straight edge immediately after compaction. It is also the first stage of
the following finishes:
3.3.2.2 FF: Floated shall be uniform surface that has been worked no more than is
necessary to remove screed marks by hand with a wood or steel float of a
type approved by the ENGINEER. The surface shall not be floated until the
concrete has hardened sufficiently.
3.3.2.3 ST: Steel trowel led shall be a hard, smooth finish free from trowel marks
formed with a steel trowel under firm pressure. Trowel ling shall not
commence until the moisture film has disappeared and the concrete has
hardened sufficiently to prevent excess laitance from being worked to the
surface. If laitance is brought to the surface it shall be removed.
3.14.2.4 BR: Brushed shall be formed by first producing a floated finish and then,
before the concrete has hardened, by drawing a wire broom over the concrete
surface at right angles to the traffic flow to give an average texture depth of
1mm.
3.14.2.5 PF: Power Float shall be a uniform surface that has been worked no more
than is necessary to remove screed marks with a power float of a type
approved by the ENGINEER. The surface shall not be floated until the
concrete has hardened sufficiently.

3.4 Curing and Protection

Methods of curing and protection shall comply with the guidelines given in ACI
305R-99, together with the additional requirements contained within the following
paragraphs:
3.4.1 Protect and cure concrete in such a manner as to prevent evaporation of
moisture from the concrete and injury to the surface.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 18 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.4.2 Immediately after completion of placement and finishing of concrete surfaces,


curing shall commence in the form of a complete covering of polyethylene
sheeting. As soon as the concrete has stiffened sufficiently (after not
more than 24 hours), the polyethylene sheet shall be removed and the surface
covered with absorptive mats of fabric kept continuously wet. The
polyethylene sheeting shall be replaced to reduce evaporation from the fabric
with additional water being introduced frequently beneath the polyethylene to
keep the fabric continuously wet. This curing shall continue for a minimum of
seven (14) days. Water used to keep the mats moist shall meet the requirements
of BS EN 1008:2002.
3.4.3 Concrete shall be cured for a minimum of (14) days. For concrete
incorporating cement replacements such as Micro silica, this period shall be
increased to (17) days minimum. If a change in curing method is made during
this period, it shall only be done after the concrete is 3 days old.
3.5 Testing

3.5.1 Testing

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for all testing. Testing laboratories require
the ENGINEER’s approval. The ENGINEER shall be permitted access to the
laboratories to witness any tests and he may request further test if necessary. Two
copies of all test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within 48 hours.

2. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER’s satisfaction that the


production of concrete cubes and the measurement of slump are being carried out
only be persons competent in the required techniques.

3. All cubes crushing tests to be carried out on site in accordance with Appendix 1
of this specification.

MATERIAL AND TEST METHOD or


REQUIREMENT BS EQUIVALENT TEST FREQUENCY

WATER AND ICE


Chemical limitations ASTM C94 Every two (2) months during production

Compressive strength versus ASTM C109 Every two (2) months during production
distilled water standard
Time of set versus distilled ASTM C191 Every two (2) months during production
water standard
Chlorides ASTM D 512 Every truck delivery or once a week if
piped
Sulfates ASTM D 516 Every truck delivery or once a week if
piped
PH ASTM D 1293 Every two (2) months during production
Total Solids AASHTO T26 Every two (2) months during production
The following testing services shall be performed by the designated testing agency:

MATERIAL AND TEST METHOD or


REQUIREMENT BS EQUIVALENT TEST FREQUENCY

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 19 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

CEMENT AND CEMENT


BLENDS
Standard physical and BS EN 12390 :2000 Receipt and review of Manufacturer’s Test
chemical properties for Certificate for each delivery of cement to
Portland Cement site
Standard physical and ASTM C 595, Receipt and review of Manufacturer’s
chemical properties for ASTM C 989, Test Certificate for each delivery of
Ground Granulated Blast BS EN 197-4:2004, cement to site
Furnace Slag BS 4247
Sampling ASTM C 183 As required by individual test

Mortar cube strength ASTM C 109 Three (3) tests for each batch or shipment

Heat of dehydration ASTM 186 Three (3) tests for each batch or shipment

Chlorides AASHTO T260 Three (3) tests for each batch or shipment

AGGREGATES

Sampling ASTM D75 and D3665 As required by individual test

Gradation ASTM C33 and ASTM C Every two (2) weeks or per 100m3
136 whichever is more frequent.

Moisture content ASTM C70 and C 566 Twice daily for sands and once daily for
stone

Material finer than 75 um ASTM C 117 or BS EN Every two (2) weeks or per 100m3
1097-8:2000 whichever is more frequent.

Organic impurities in sand ASTM C40 or BS 1377 Each month or per 200 m3 whichever is
more frequent

Organic impurities strength ASTM C87 Whenever ASTM C40 indicates the
of mortar presence of organic impurities

Clay lumps and friable ASTM C 142 Every two (2) weeks or per 100m3
particles whichever is more frequent.

Lightweight pieces ASTM C 123 Every two (2) weeks or per 100m3
whichever is more frequent.

Los Angeles abrasion ASTM C 131 or C535 Every 72 concrete days

Soundness (sodium sulfate at ASTM C88 Every 48 concrete days


5 cycles)

Specific gravity absorption ASTM C 127 and C 128 Every two (2) weeks or per 100m3
whichever is more frequent.

MATERIAL AND TEST METHOD or


REQUIREMENT BS EQUIVALENT TEST FREQUENCY

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 20 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Alkali reactivity ASTM C 1260 Whenever there is a change in source of


supply

Alkali-aggregate reactivity ASTM C 227 and ASTM Whenever there is a change in source of
C 289 supply

Shell content and particle ASTM C 295 or BS EN Every two (2) weeks or per 100m3
shape 1097-8:2000 whichever is more frequent.

Chlorides AASHTO T260 or BS EN Every delivery to site and one (1) per
1097-8:2000 week from site stock pile(s)

Sulfates BS EN 1097-8:2000 Every delivery to site and one (1) per


week from site stock pile(s)

Mechanical testing See Clause 2.4 B.3 See Clause 2.4 B.3

Chemical testing See Clause 2.4 B.3 See Clause 2.4 B.3

ADMIXTURES
Standard physical and ASTM C 494 Receipt and review of Manufacturer’s
chemical properties of Test Certificate for each delivery of
admixtures admixture to site
FRESH CONCRETE

Sampling ASTM C31, C 172, and C See Clause 3.4B


192 or BS EN 12390
:2000
Slump ASTM C 143 or BS EN See Clause 3.4B1
12390:2000
Temperature ASTM C 1064 Every 20m3 during production

MATERIAL AND TEST METHOD or


REQUIREMENT BS EQUIVALENT TEST FREQUENCY

HARDENED CONCRETE

Sampling ASTM C 823 and BS EN See Clause 3.4.B.2


12390:2000

Strength (cubes) BS EN 12390-1&2:2000 See Clause 3.4.D

Strength (drilled cores) ASTM C 42 As required if cube tests do not meet


acceptance criteria. No of cores as
instructed by the ENGINEER.

Cement content ASTM C 85 and C 1084 As required if cube tests do not meet
acceptance criteria. No of cores as
instructed by the ENGINEER.

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 21 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

MATERIAL AND TEST METHOD or


REQUIREMENT BS EQUIVALENT TEST FREQUENCY

Rapid chloride permeability ASTM C 1202 Four (4) tests every month for the first
test (RCPT) three months of production than every
three (3) months

Water penetration DIN 1048 Three (3) tests every month for the first
three months of production than every
three (3) months

Porosity RILEM CPC 11.3 Three (3) tests every month for the first
three (3) months of production than every
three (3) months.

Water absorption BS EN 12390-1&2:2000 Three (3) tests every month for the first
three (3) months of production than every
three (3) months.

Total chlorides ASTM C 1152 and C Three (3) tests every month for the first
1218 three (3) months of production than every
three (3) months.

Total sulfates ASTM C 856 Three (3) tests every month for the first
three (3) months of production than every
three (3) months.
RELEVANT
ITEMS TO NUMBER OF
BRITISH NOTES
BE TESTED TESTS
STANDARD
Minimum number of
tests for certification
purposes to be 10
1. Contractor to submit manufacturer’s
initially prior to 1st
and/or supplier’s certificates as proof
steel fixing then
that material meets BS requirements
testing as required by
and is representative of materials
the ENGINEER but
used on site.
not less than 2
Reinforcement
(EN 10002-1) samples from each
2. The acceptance criteria for the
BS 4449:2005 bar dia. per delivery
reinforcement testing is to be in
BS 4482 to site.
accordance with the relevant British
BS 4483
Standards for the tests being
(Tests shall include
undertaken.
tensile, bend, re bend
and chemical
analysis)

Grout Testing and Frequency

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 22 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

The laboratory SUBCONTRACTOR shall perform the following grout tests at the frequency
shown below:-

MATERIAL AND TEST METHOD or


REQUIREMENT BS EQUIVALENT TEST FREQUENCY

NON-SHRINK
CEMENTATIONS
GROUT

Compressive Strength ASTM C 109 Nine (9) cubes taken once per
day during grout installation

Water Penetration DIN 1048 Once per week during grout


installation

Rapid chloride permeability ASTM C 1202 Once per week during grout
test (RCPT) installation

a. Review and/or check-test the Contractor’s proposed materials for compliance


with Specifications.
b. Copies of certificates verifying that aggregates used comply with this
Specification shall be furnished to ENGINEER for each 500 m3, or weekly,
whichever is more frequent.
c. Copies of test certificates for water shall be submitted at the commencement
of the Work, and then monthly.
d. Review and check-test the Contractor’s proposed mixture designs when
required by ENGINEER.
f. Secure production samples of materials at plants or stockpiles during the
course of the work and test for compliance with the Specifications.
g. Inspect concrete batching, mixing and delivery operations to be extent
deemed necessary by ENGINEER.
h. For each 20 m3 of concrete placed, or fraction thereof, obtain three (3)
samples of concrete at point of placement. Obtain three (3) concrete
samples from pours involving less than 20 m3. Determine water-soluble
chloride ion and acid-soluble sulfate content of concrete for each sample as
per ASTM test procedures. Report on none compliance with the
specifications within three (3) days of obtaining samples. Report shall also
include location in structure where samples were obtained.
i. Review the manufacturer’s report for each shipment of cement and
reinforcing steel and/or conduct laboratory tests or spot checks of the
materials as received for compliance with the specifications.
j. For each strength test, report:
- Location in structure where concrete placed.
- Time mixer charged.
- Time of sampling.
- Concrete temperature

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 23 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

- Air temperature.
- Concrete slump.
- Type of failure.
3.6. Testing Agencies:

3.6.1 Testing Services shall be provided by one of the Approved Testing Agencies.
3.6.2 The cost of Testing Services shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.6.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for all testing. Testing laboratories
require the ENGINEER approval. The ENGINEER shall be permitted access
to the laboratories to witness any tests and he may request further tests if
necessary. Two copies of all test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER
within 48 hours.

3.6.4 The Contractor shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER satisfaction that the
production of concrete cubes and the measurements of slump are being
carried out only by persons competent in the required techniques.

3.7 Massive Concrete

3.7.1 General

a. Curing, as described in Article 3.5, shall continue for a minimum of


fourteen (14) days.
3.8 Blinding

3.8.1 Blinding concrete and mass concrete to over-excavation shall be grade C25
and shall provide a dense layer impervious to the fines of subsequent
concrete placed thereon.
-END OF SECTION-

03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAGE 24 OF 24 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION THREE - CONCRETE


03532 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
1 GENERAL

1.1 Section Includes

1.1.1 Finishing and curing of cast-in-place concrete mortar beds & topping for
flooring, stairs and roofs.
1.2 Related Work

Reinforced Concrete: Section 03300.

1.3 Quality Assurance

1.4.1 Coordination: It is mandatory for the Contractor to fully coordinate concrete


work with the forming trades, the concrete placing trades, the electrical and
mechanical trades, to ensure work of this Section is properly performed in a
timely manner.
1.4.2 Mechanical, Electrical and Cast-in Fixings: Contractor to co-ordinate the
installation of all mechanical and electrical pipes, conduits and boxes; all
cast-in fixing plates to ensure the work of this Section is complete.
1.4.3 Concrete to Receive Finishes: Co-ordinate with and refer to Section 07500
Membrane Waterproofing and Division 9 Finishes, for references to finish
substrate of concrete.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Surface Hardener: Pre-mixed, quality control abrasion resistant powder to BS EN


13813 & BS EN 13892-7. Colour as designated by ENGINEER from the
manufacturer’s standard colour range.
2.2 Cement: Ordinary Portland gray cement to BS EN 197-1:2000.
2.3 Sand: Natural sharp angular to BS EN12620:2002, graded 3 mm down, washed free of
chlorides and free of Sulphate, sampled and tested to BS EN 932-5:2000.
2.4 Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of Sulphate, Chlorides, Organic and other
deleterious matter as per BS EN 1008:2002.
2.5 Grout Mix for Filling Cracks, Saw Cuts and Tooled Joints: 1 part cement to 2 parts fine
concrete sand wetted with latex additive to provide a thick pour able mix.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 Tolerances

Completed surfaces shall not vary more than +3mm in 3000 mm from dead level, non-
accumulative, except where slopes and slopes to drains are required as shown on the
drawings.

03532 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING PAGE 1 Of 3 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.2 Preparation of Base Concrete

The surface of the base concrete should be brushed with a stiff broom just before it
hardens to remove all laitance and to form a key for the screed which will be laid at a
later date. When it is required to lay the screed, the surface of the base concrete must
be thoroughly cleaned and wetted (preferably overnight) and any surplus water
removed before the laying of the screed commences. Immediately prior to laying the
screed, a thin brush coat of cement grout should be applied to the damp surface of the
base concrete and well scrubbed in. The grout must not be applied more than twenty
minutes before it is covered with the screed.

3.3 Mix Proportion

3.3.1 Mix proportions

The screed should be of C20 concrete using coarse aggregate with max size
10 mm (BS 410 test sieve) and fine aggregate in proper proportion to give
required strength of the mix. Apply Polypropylene fiber 0.5 kg/m3 as
reinforcement. The cement should be batched by weight, but the sand may
be either weight- or volume-batched. Allowance should be made for the
bulking of damp sand. A free water/cement ratio of 0.5 by weight should not
be exceeded.

3.3.2 Laying, bay sizes and joints

The screed should be laid and thoroughly compacted in bays not exceeding
3.0 - 4.0 m wide. The length shall be agreed with the ENGINEER. Where
movement joints (expansion or contraction joints) occur in the structural
slab, these should be carried through the screed and the bay sizes in the
screed adjusted accordingly.
In the presence of conduits and ducts within the thickness of the screed, a
strip of expanded metal (BS 405) or wire netting (BS 1485) not less than 450
mm wide shall be laid across. There should be a minimum thickness of
screed of 20 mm over the top of the duct.

3.3.3 Curing

As soon as each bay is completed, it must be covered with polythene sheets


and subsequently complete floor shall be cured by pounding the finished
floor with water. The curing should continue for not less than 4 days.

3.4 Floor Finishing

3.4.1 Floors shall be finished to a hard, dense surface free from pinholes and
imperfections.

3.5 Hardened Concrete

3.5.1 Apply surface hardener and finish concrete to surface hardener manufacturer's
printed instructions.
3.5.2 Apply surface hardener in two shakes to total coverage of 5 Kg/m sq. of floor
surface.

03532 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING PAGE 2 Of 3 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.6 Control Joints

3.6.1 Provide saw-cut or hand edger trowel tooled control joints may be provided
wherever required with prior approval of ENGINEER
3.6.2 After cutting the joints, clean them and fill with grout mix and strike off flush
with surface of floor after mortar beds have fully cured.
3.6.3 Control joints shall be 12 mm filled with filler between each two panels. Size
of the panels shall not exceed 3 m X 3 m.
3.7 Roof Screeds

3.7.1 Provide lightweight cellular concrete screeds to concrete roof slabs where
required to provide slopes to drains.
3.7.2 Lightweight screed to be produced by mixing foaming agent into C20 grade
concrete conforming to Section 03300 except maximum size of coarse
aggregate to be 5 mm. Lightweight screeds to have a density of 650 - 750
kg/m3.
Maximum slump shall be 50 mm.
3.7.3 Preparation of Base Concrete :
Generally no special preparation is required apart from cleaning and
brushing.
3.7.4 Mixing, Laying, Bay Size and Joints:
Cement, sharp washed sand, water and foaming agent shall be mechanically
mixed together for approximately 6 to 8 minutes in a mobile mixer consisting
of vertical whisk rotating in stationary drum. The recommendation of the
manufacturers of the foaming agent shall be strictly adhered to. The
minimum thickness is usually 40mm. The usual bay widths are 2.0 – 2.5m to
allow for leveling off between forms. The length of casting bays shall be
agreed with the ENGINEER. Movement joints in the structural slab should
be carried through the screed.
3.8 Schedule

Curing Concrete Thickness


Surface
Method Finish

Screed topping to receive moist cure power trowel 80 to 100mm


paint, carpet, ceramic steel trowel
tile, resilient tile, smooth and finish
waterproofing, roofing,
traffic coating and
exposed floors.

END OF SECTION-

03532 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING PAGE 3 Of 3 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Section - 03575

GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC)

CONTENTS:

1. GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 2


1.2 REFERENCE 2
1.3 DESIGN AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS 3
1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS 3
1.6 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY 3
1.7 SAMPLES 3
1.8 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 4
1.9 SUPPORTING STEEL 4

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 PROPERTIES 4
2.2. MATERIALS 5
2.3 FINISH OF PRECAST GRC ELEMENTS 7
2.4 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING 7

3. EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION 7
3.2. SEALING 8
3.3 FIXING AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO BE BUILT
INTO CONCRETE BUILDING FRAME 9
3.4 CLEANING 9

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 1 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Section 03575

GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC)

1. GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Supply and installation of GRC panels, to the Buildings, as shown on the Drawings.
B. All required steel structure work to fix the GRC panels should be the contractor
responsibilities.

1.2 REFERENCE

A. Cast-in-place concrete and setting inserts in cast concrete: co-operate with Reinforced
Concrete Section 03300.

B. Waterproofing under Section 07122.

C. Sealing of joints, other than those specified in this Section - under joint sealants
Section 07900.

1.3 DESIGN AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unless otherwise stated in this Specification, all testing shall be carried out by the
appropriate method described in the CEM-FIL Quality Control Test Booklet published
by the Licensor. Alternatively the appropriate GRCA Code of Practice may be used.

B. Reinforce units to withstand wind loads (160 Km/h basic wind speed) of pressure and
suction determined in accordance with CP3: Chapter V: Part 2, and other forces
induced by other elements supported by the panels. Submit calculations and data
regarding loads.

C. Fire Performance: The panels are to be formed of wholly non-combustible material,


when tested to BS 476 Part 4, and shall have a Class 0 surface, as tested to BS 476
Part 6.

D. Maximum deflection not to be more than 1/360 of the span for any precast unit, fully
loaded.

E. Provide anchors, lifting hooks, shear bars, spacers and other inserts or fittings which
are to be designed by the manufacturer to effect a complete installation.

F. Design all anchorage and fastenings. Show details of such fastenings on the shop
drawings. Submit calculations with each detail. Anchorage and fastenings shown on
the drawings are diagrammatic only.

G. Design and construct connections to permit movement where sliding is to occur.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Work of this Section shall be carried out by an organization having not less than five
years of proven experience in this type of work, acceptable to ENGINEER.

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 2 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

B. The organization to have the capacity to perform, with its own personnel and
equipment, the engineering drafting, detailing, fabrications and erection of the work to
be constructed.

C. Manufacturer to have all design calculations, design details and shop drawings signed
by their engineer and stamped with the seal of a professional engineer meeting the
requirements specified in General Conditions, at no additional cost to the contract.

1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Comply with requirement of General Conditions.

B. Show each item of precast GRC: surface finishes, connecting hardware, connecting
steel (including shim plates), reinforcing, anchorage, setting and bracing, jointing
method and sealant. Indicate strength of concrete, grade of reinforcement, concrete
cover.

C. Identify each unit by a standard mark shown on the shop drawings and place legibly
on each unit at the time of manufacture.

D. Drawings to be reviewed by ENGINEER prior to commencement of any fabrication of


elements.

E. Co-ordinate with related stages of the work to ensure complete installation of all
associated elements of the building.

1.6 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY

A. Warranty GRC work to be colour fast and to be free of spilling, cracking, splitting,
deformation and loosening for a period of 3 years from the date of Completion
Certificate of the Work. Warranty also to cover the installation of joint sealant
provided under this Section against staining, adhesion and cohesion failure.

B. Upon being notified by ENGINEER that defects or failure exist, promptly replace
defective parts of this work at no additional cost to the Contract.

1.7 SAMPLES

A. Submit three samples, 300 x 300 mm, of each type of precast GRC finish for
ENGINEER’S approval, before casting the larger samples specified below. Samples
to be of appropriate thickness representative of the proposed finished product.

B. After approval of the 300 x 300 mm samples, cast one sample of each type and finish
to conform to Article 2.3 of this Section.

C. The larger samples will be inspected by ENGINEER at the plant. If sample is not
approved make a new sample until approval is obtained.

C. Deliver approved larger samples to the site, prior to first delivery of precast GRC for
erection.

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 3 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.8 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE

A. Prevent units coming into contact with earth or other materials which may soil or
damage the facing material. Protect units with weatherproof coverings.

B. Contractor is fully responsible for the delivery, handling and storing of the units.

C. Any dirt on the units due to storage, handling, transportation and erection shall be
capable of removal by washing. Any unit which have dirts which are unremovable
shall be removed from the site at the expense of the contractor.

D. Deliver precast panels to site and on arrival inspect each unit as it is removed from the
truck. For the repair of damaged units, see 'Installation' article.

E. Panels must be handled, stored and transported in such a way that no damage or
marking of architectural surfaces occurs and so that the screens are not subject to
undue stress. Delivery must be timed to coincide with construction programs.

F. All GRC panels shall be marked by some method of individual identification, which
shall also indicate the type and date of moulding.

1.9 SUPPORTING STEEL

A. Supply and install necessary galvanized supporting steel and stainless steel accessories
except steel forming part of a structural system and/or shown and identified on the
Structural Drawings.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 PROPERTIES:

A. Flexure: The GRC from which the panels are made shall have the following
properties measured on coupons cut from 10 mm thick test boards cast and vibration –
compacted in the same manner as the panels and then cured for 28 days in the same
curing environment.

1. Modules of Rupture (MOR) 9 N/MM2.

2. Limits of Proportionality (LOP)

a. 5.0 N/mm 2 on J.J. Lloyd T 5000/SS Test Machine or similar (CEM/QC/003)


b. 6.0 N/mm2 on Monsanto Tensometer Type W or similar (CEM/QC/007)

B. Density: The wet bulk density of the finished GRC checked from samples cast and
vibrated in the same manner as the panels shall be not less than 1900 kg/M3

C. Composition: 96-98% silica, 2% maximum moisture, 1% maximum soluble salts,


0.5% maximum loss on ignition, 0.5% maximum clay and organic material. Other
sands may be acceptable, however test reports of such samples must be submitted to
ENGINEER for approval prior to use.

D. The maximum particle size shall be 2.4 mm and the fine fraction shall not exceed 10%

E. The GRC texture should be acid etched finish.

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 4 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

F. Mix Design:

1. The mix shall be determined by the manufacturer in conjunction with the Licensor
and submitted to ENGINEER for acceptance before work commences. The
proportions shall be chosen to achieve the performance and the quality control
requirements specified. The following limitations to the mix design shall be
observed.

a. Glass content 4% by weight of total wet mix


b. Sand content minimum 30% by weight of total wet mix to 55% maximum.

2. If the admixtures to aid workability are used, and manufacturing takes place in a
hot environment. Additional steps may be taken to delay setting of the GRC. The
use of retarders and chilling of the water used in the mix must be in accordance
with the Licensor’s requirements and recommendations.

G. Mould Release Agent: The use of a mould release agent will be permitted provided it
is compatible with the architectural finish specified. The manufacturer shall submit
full details of the type of release agent proposed, for acceptance by ENGINEER.

2.2. MATERIALS:

A. GENERAL

1. Cement:

a. The cement shall be White Portland Cement to BS 12, ASTM C 150 Type 1,
DIN 1164, or equivalent, and shall be obtained from one source throughout
manufacture.

2. Glass Fiber:

a. The glass fiber shall be Cem-FIL Alkali Resistant Glass Fiber as supplied by
Fiber glass Limited or approved equal. The chopped strand shall have a
nominal length of 12mm.

3. Admixture:

a. Admissible if normal practice for the mix being employed. Calcium chloride
and chloride admixtures shall not be used.

4. Sand:

A. Sand shall be washed and dried silica sand, free from soluble salts, clay
particles and organic matter.

5. Fixings:

A. All fixings shall be stainless steel.

6. Sealant / Joints:

a. Sealant:
b. High Performance Deoxidized polyurethane approved from the ENGINEER.

b. Joint backing:

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 5 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Closed cell polyurethane foam, as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

B. Density: The wet bulk density of the finished GRC checked from samples cast and
vibrated in the same manner as the panels shall be not less than 1900 kg/M3

C. Composition: 96-98% silica, 2% maximum moisture, 1% maximum soluble salts,


0.5% maximum loss on ignition, 0.5% maximum clay and organic material. Other
sands may be acceptable, however test reports of such samples must be submitted to
ENGINEER for approval prior to use.

D. The maximum particle size shall be 2.4 mm and the fine fraction shall not exceed 10%

E. Mix Design:

1. The mix shall be determined by the manufacturer in conjunction with the Licensor
and submitted to ENGINEER for acceptance before work commences. The
proportions shall be chosen to achieve the performance and the quality control
requirements specified. The following limitations to the mix design shall be
observed.

a. Glass content 4% by weight of total wet mix


b. Sand content minimum 30% by weight of total wet mix to 55% maximum.

2. If the admixtures to aid workability are used, and manufacturing takes place in a
hot environment. Additional steps may be taken to delay setting of the GRC. The
use of retarders and chilling of the water used in the mix must be in accordance
with the Licensor’s requirements and recommendations.

F. Mould Release Agent: The use of a mould release agent will be permitted provided it
is compatible with the architectural finish specified. The manufacturer shall submit
full details of the type of release agent proposed, for acceptance by ENGINEER.

2.3 FINISH OF PRECAST GRC ELEMENTS

A. Shape: The wall panels are to be formed in GRC to achieve the profiles indicated on
the Drawings.

B. Finish: The colour and texture shall match those of sample prepared by the
manufacturer and approved by ENGINEER.

C. The finished units shall be free from surface imperfections such as blowholes, void,
ridges or any other defects that will be visible in the finished condition, as the
approved samples. Fibers in the surface of the moulding will be acceptable, providing
the appearance so achieved is uniform and to ENGINEER’S satisfaction, but bare
fibers are not to be visible.

D. Making-good of architectural surfaces shall only be permitted on approval by


ENGINEER and provided that agreed standards are achieved. Structural making-good
will not be permitted.

E. Any panel not complying with the Specification may be declared unacceptable by
ENGINEER.

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 6 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.4 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING

A. Quality control of the consistency of GRC being produced shall generally be carried
out by monitoring 28 day MOR test results on a statistical basis.

B. Test for glass content MOR, LOP and Density shall be carried out on test coupons cut
from test boards produced during the beginning and end of each day's production, as
described in Article 2.3.8. These coupons shall represent that day's production of
units. Initially, an increased sampling rate may be required to provide sufficient data
to establish compliance.

C. Preliminary testing shall be carried out before manufacturing commences with the
actual mix, equipment, personnel and technique proposed for manufacture. The
following factors shall be established by this work:

1. That the modulus of rupture and quality control requirements can be achieved (the
average 28 day MOR or preliminary tests shall be equal to or greater than the
Target Mean MOR).

2. A relationship between 7 day and 28 day quality control MOR.

D. One sample of a typical unit shall be manufactured to the agreed detailed construction
and submitted to a recognized testing authority for load testing. The cost for testing to
be borne in this Section by the contractor.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Do not erect any panel which has chips, spalls, cracks or other deficiencies on surfaces
exposed in the finished work. Immediately remove units damaged during installation
and replace.

B. If it is considered that a damaged section can be successfully patched, remove the


panel from the work and patch elsewhere, for future consideration and use.

C. ENGINEER will determine whether damaged or patched units are accepted or


rejected. If the unit is rejected, remove from the site.

D. Take down and replace any unit erected contrary to these requirements and make good
to other units and work disturbed by the replacement, at no cost to the Contract.

E. Be fully responsible for closing-in areas of work where panels have to be replaced and
be liable for damage arising out of neglecting to provide and maintain the protection in
place.

F. The safety and protection of GRC units shall be ensured throughout the whole of the
building contract. No approval will in anyway absolve the Contractor from the
responsibility for protection.

G. Where shrinkage of panels will occur after erection, make final restraining
connections after shrinkage is substantially complete.

H. Set work plumb, true and square, with joints parallel and uniform; check alignment of
joints at each floor level by instrument.

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 7 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

I. Fill holes around anchors with cement mortar, where allowance for movement is not
required.

J. Erect wall panels and adjust anchors to set units plumb, level and in true planes, with
correct joint widths.

K. Insert all necessary sealant and flashings, as noted here and on shop drawings.

L. Coordinate work with adjacent surfaces and back-up construction.

M. Install neoprene compression seals, of cross section required and as shown on the shop
drawings. When inserted in the joint, install gasket seal with 50% compression of the
original dimension.

3.2. SEALING

A. Seal all joints between GRC panels, between GRC coping and concrete parapet,
between GRC panels and louver and door frames, and between bottom of GRC panels
and concrete base wall. Provide 15 mm x 15mm P.V.C. Vent/Weep holes through
sealant assembly at 600 mm O.C. maximum to joint assembly at joint between GRC
panels and concrete base wall.

B. Before application of sealant, clean and dry thoroughly, joints of units. Surfaces
which are to receive sealant to be free from parting agents or other treatments which
may affect the bond. Prime surfaces to receive sealant, if so directed by the Sealant
Manufacturer.

C. Use continuous sealant backing material of size to suit depth and width of joint.
Install backing under 25 to 30% compression, to prevent dislodgement or falling out.

D. Apply primer and sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions.

E. Depth of sealant bead to be 2/3 the width of the joint. Tool sealant after installation.

F. Submit samples of typical joint sealing for approval by ENGINEER.

3.3 FIXING AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO BE BUILT INTO CONCRETE


BUILDING FRAME

A. Supply fixing and anchorage devices to be built into the cast-in-place concrete,
complete with setting plans.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Return to site at Final Completion or when instructed, and thoroughly clean down the
entire area of the GRC works. Cleaning agents for the purpose must be approved by
the GRC manufacturer.

End of Section

03575 – GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE (GRC) PAGE 8 OF 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown prince court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 04100

MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:

A. Mortar for Masonry


B. Grout for Unit Masonry

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures
B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 - Specifications for Masonry Structures
C. ASTM C91 - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement
D. ASTM C94/C94M- Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
E. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
F. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement
G. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
H. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry
I. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout
J. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry
K. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cement
L. ASTM C780 – Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars
for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry
M. ASTM C1019 – Standard Test Method of Sampling and Testing Grout
N. FBC - Florida Building Code

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit mix design for mortar indicating whether to use the proportion or the property specification
of ASTM C270.
B. Submit mix design for grout indication conformance of grout to requirements of ASTM C476.
C. Submit test reports indicating conformance of mortar materials to property specifications of ASTM
C270.
D. Submit test reports of pre-construction tests of mortar for consistency, mortar aggregate ratio, water
content, air content, compressive strength and splitting tensile strength in conformance with ASTM
C780.
E. Submit test reports of grout tests in conformance to ASTM C1019.
F. Submit manufacturer's certificate for products indicating conformance with specified requirements.
G. Submit two samples representative of mortar color.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original unopened containers and store in dry weather-tight
enclosures.
B. Stockpile and handle aggregates to prevent segregation and contamination.
C. Maintain sand for volume proportioning of mortar and grout in a damp loose condition.

Section 04100 Masonry Mortar And Grout Page 1 / 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown prince court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Follow requirements of ACI530.1/ASCE6/TMS 602-99 for cold and hot weather construction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MORTAR MATERIALS

A. Cementitious Materials:
1. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91, Type M or S, gray color.
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, gray color.
3. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
B. Sand: ASTM C144.
C. Water: Suitable for drinking, clean, and free of harmful amounts of acid, alkalies, salts, or organic
materials.
D. Admixtures:
1. When required use only non-chloride based accelerators as approved by specifier.
2. Do not add antifreeze substances to the mortar.
E. Pigments: When required used mineral oxide pigments not to exceed 5% of the weight of masonry
cement or 10% of the weight of Portland Cement in the mortar.

2.2 GROUT MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I.


B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Aggregates: ASTM C404.
D. Water: Suitable for drinking, clean, and free of harmful amounts of acid, alkalies, salts, or organic
materials.

2.3 MORTAR MIXES

A. Mortar: ASTM C270, Type M or S in conformance with proportion specifications.

2.4 GROUT MIXES

A. Grout: ASTM C476, coarse grout meeting proportion requirements.

2.5 MORTAR MIXING

A. Measure sand by volume or equivalent weight; do not measure by shovel.


B. In clean mortar mixer, mix ingredients for 3 to 5 minutes with maximum amount of water to
produce proper workability.
C. Re-temper mortar as needed within 2½-hours after initial mixing.
D. Discard unused mortar 2½-hours after initial mixing.

2.6 GROUT MIXING

A. Control batching procedure to ensure proper volume proportions of grout materials and achieve
grout slump between 8" and 11".
B. Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C94.

Section 04100 Masonry Mortar And Grout Page 2 / 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown prince court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

C. Measure grout materials mixed at job site by volume and mix all ingredients in mechanical mixer
for minimum of five minutes.

2.7 MIX TESTS

A. Testing of Mortar: In accordance with ASTM C270


B. Testing of Grout: In accordance with ASTM C1019

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install mortar and grout in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Architect, Owner, or Building Department may request field inspections per Section 01400 1.7
Inspection Services.
B. Test Mortar in accordance with ASTM C780 for consistency, mortar aggregate ratio, water content,
air content, compressive strength and splitting tensile strength.
C. Test Grout in accordance with ASTM C1019

END OF SECTION

Section 04100 Masonry Mortar And Grout Page 3 / 3 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

Section 04800 - MASONRY

BLOCK WORK

1 GENERAL

1.1 Types of Block

Supply and installation of masonry block work and related accessories necessary to
complete the Works, to ENGINEER’S approval.

The below types of block should be used in each area specified as below:

1.1.1 Solis block for underground level, first layer and around openings( doors
& windows)

1.1.2 Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) thermalite blocks, manufactured from


cement lime & sand for all exterior walls in the conditioned rooms/
spaces.

1.1.3 Fire Rated Walls: Generally are required at service shafts, at service stairs,
at vestibules to stairs, storage rooms, at electrical and transformer rooms
and as required by Authorities having jurisdiction. ( Refer to fire fighting
drawings)

1.1.4 Hollow block for all areas not mentioned in above.

1.2 Reference Standards

1.2.1 The work under this Section shall comply with BS EN771-4: 2001, BS EN
6073 Parts 1 & 2, BS 5628 Part 1 and BS 5628 Part 3.
1.2.2 The work under this Section shall comply with DIN 4165 and DIN 4166.
1.2.2 The work under this section shall comply with Local Municipality
Applicable Advisory Notes and regulations.

1.3 Submittals

1.3.1 Samples:
a. Submit for approval by ENGINEER three samples of each type of
masonry unit and accessory, before delivery to the site.
b. After approval, samples will be retained on site for use as standard
of acceptance until completion of Contract.
c. Materials built into the Work shall match approved samples.
1.3.2 Testing: Perform compressive strength tests in accordance with BS 6073
for concrete blocks with a minimum compressive strength of 3.0 MPa for
none load bearing walls and submit results for ENGINEER’S review and
approval.

04800 – Block Works PAGE 1 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.3.3 Certification: Submit manufacturer's certificates attesting that materials


supplied are as per referenced standards.
On Completion of works, submit a certificate signed by the installer,
which states that the work of this Section is installed as specified in this
Section. No final payment for work of this Section will be made without
receipt by ENGINEER of this certificate.

1.4 Mock-up

1.4.1 Construct a mock-up wall of a typical wall type. The wall shall be floor to
floor in height. Location shall be as designated by ENGINEER. Modify
the mock-up wall as may be necessary to obtain approval by
ENGINEER. Approved mock-up wall may remain as part of the
completed building.
1.4.2 Mock-up shall contain approved materials. Block masonry work shall
match approved mock-up wall.
2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials,

2.1.1 Concrete Block


Blocks shall comply with BS 6073 and Clause 3.3 of this Section
Types and Dimensions of blocks
a. Blocks shall be either solid or hollow as indicated on the drawings.
b. Blocks shall have the following dimensions:
As indicated in the Drawings
c. No overall dimension (length, width, or height) shall differ by more
than 3mm at any point
d. Load bearing blocks shall have a minimum thickness of 200mm.
e. Fully cured blocks, at least 28 days prior to delivery to the site shall
be brought to the site.
f. 100% solid blocks shall be used for corners and for support of wall
mounted items.
2.1.2 Properties of blocks
a. When tested in accordance with Clause 3.3 of this section, blocks
shall have the following properties:
b. The compressive strength of the individual blocks at twenty eight days
shall have an average compressive strength of 12.5N/mm2 with a
minimum individual strength of less than 10N/mm2 for load bearing
blocks and an average strength more than 7.5N/mm2 with a minimum
individual strength of not less than 7N/mm2 for non-load bearing
blocks.
c. The average transverse strength of 5 blocks shall not be less than
0.65N/mm2 .
d. Water absorption shall be 15% or less of dry weight

04800 – Block Works PAGE 2 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

e. Shrinkage, when measured in accordance with the method given in


BS 6073, shall not exceed 0.05%.
f. Blocks in contact with the ground shall be solid sulphate resisting
concrete blocks coated with thick black bitumen or tar composition
unless otherwise stated.
g. Minimum 75% solid blocks shall be used for Fire rated masonry
construction.

2.1.1 Hollow Block,: To BS 6073, Parts 1 & 2 and BS EN 772-2 to suit


applicable conditions, hollow, light weight, min. compressive strength of,
fully cured and achieved its full compressive strength prior to delivery to
the site, complete with all special shapes and sizes required, including
bull-nose block and 100% solid blocks for corners and for support of
wall-mounted items. Blocks exposed in the completed Works shall be
free from cracks, splits, spall, chippages and other defects. Smooth face
walls which will be left fare face and may be treated with paint should
have a minimum compressive strength of 4.5 MPa. Hollow blocks shall
have void ratio of 35% with a minimum nominal aggregate size
whichever is greater.

2.1.3 Autoclaved Aerated (AAC) Blocks All exterior block work for the main
building to be autoclaved aerated concrete block, thermal conductivity equal or
below 0.09. Thickness as per architectural drawings.

Thermal characteristics:

All exterior block work for the main building to be autoclaved aerated concrete block,
thermal conductivity equal or below 0.09. Thickness as per architectural drawings.

Characteristic Data:

J0+ Unit Remarks


Dry Density 400 Kg/m3 ± 10%
Normalized Compressive Strength 2.6 N/mm2 Min.
Thermal Conductivity at
0.09 W/m.k° Max.
35°C and 60% R.H.
Fire Resistance 4 Hours Min.
Acid Soluble sulphate (So3) 0.9 % by mass Max.

Thin Bed Mortar


To achieve the best performance and to maintain the prime properties of AAC blocks
(such as thermal insulation, sound insulation, lightweight etc.), it is highly
recommended to lay AAC blocks using thin bed mortar, developed in
compliance to be used with AAC and recommended by the manufacturer of
AAC

04800 – Block Works PAGE 3 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.1.4 Concrete Block for Fire-rated Construction: To BS 6073, Part 1 & 2


and BS EN 772-2, light weight, min. compressive strength of 3.0 MPa and
7.0 MPa for none load bearing block work and load bearing work
respectively and at least 75% solid cured to max., fully cured and
achieved its full compressive strength, prior to delivery to the site,
complete with all special shapes and sizes required, including bull-nose
block and 100% solid blocks for corners and for support of wall-mounted
items. Blocks exposed in the completed work shall be free from cracks,
splits, spalls, chippages and other defects. Smooth face walls which will
be left fare face and may be treated with paint should have a minimum
compressive strength of 4.5 MPa.

2.1.4 Tolerances: Dimensions of block in any direction (length, height and


thickness) not to vary from nominal size by more than 3 mm.

2.2 Materials, Mortar and Rendering

2.2.1 Thin Bed Mortar: Having Hydraulic and Organic Binders, Precisely
graded quartz fillers and having Plastisizing, adhesion promoting and
Water retaining agents.
2.2.2 Cement: Portland, gray, normal to BS PD 6472.
2.2.3 Water: Potable, free of organic matter, free of debris, free of chlorides
(salt), free of sulphides and free of silt, with Ph value in the basic range of 7-
9.
2.3 Materials, Miscellaneous Materials

2.3.1 Strap and Frame Anchors: Stainless steel in accordance with BS 1449:
Part 2:1993 to Grade 304S15.
2.3.2 Insulation between Tops of Block Partitions and Underside of
Structure: Mineral wool or fibrous glass board of 1.1 lb density, machine
cut, recessed each side of wall to accept caulking/smoke seal, placed
under minimum 25 % compression when installed.
2.3.3 Horizontal Reinforcing Galvanized Steel Mesh: To BS EN 10142 of
Fe PO2G quality coating type Z275 and mild steel rods complying with
BS 4449, hot dip galvanized to ENGINEER’S approval.

2.4 Mortar Mixing and Proportions

2.4.1 Proportion mortar dry, 1 Part cement, and 4 parts sand and mix
thoroughly. Add and mix thoroughly and uniformly in enough water to
make mortar tightly ball in a man’s hand and to lightly ooze through
fingers as the hand is closed.
2.4.3 Only mechanical mortar mixing shall be permitted.

2.5 Mixing Thin Bed Mortar:

2.5.1 Prepare Thin Bed mortar by mixing water, in quantity recommended by


the manufacturer. Mix it in a high speed mixer for 3-5 minute. Let the
material stand for 5 minutes prior to application.

04800 – Block Works PAGE 4 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3 EXECUTION

3.1 Placing of Masonry

Block work shall be done to the recommendation of BS 8000: 2001, Code of


practice for masonry and BS 5682: Part3: Code of Practice for the use of
masonry – Materials, components, design and workmanship.

3.1.1 The first course of blocks shall be laid in thick bed of Cement, sand mortar
(C/S of 1:4), added to it a bonding agent @ 10@ of water.
3.1.2 Lay a Damp Proof Course (DPC) slip joint material beneath the blocks.
The DPC should conform to the BS 6398 Type B, specification.
3.1.3 Apply Mortar to the ACC Blocks, in rest of the courses, using ACC
mortar applicator or notched trowel to approx. 3mm thickness.
3.1.4 Units shall be laid on bed of mortar. Webs and shells of hollow units to be
covered, ensure good contact. Vertical joints between units shall be solid
filled.
3.1.5 Remove excess material with a wet sponge before setting.
3.1.6 Masonry units shall be set out with a storey rod so that coursing lines up at
steel shelf angles, sills, heads of windows and doors with full courses.
3.1.7 Walls shall be kept level at all times. Do not install any portion of wall
more than 1.2 m in height in any particular day. Carry up walls in a
uniform manner, no part being raised more than 1000 mm above any
adjacent un-built course, and no area of walling higher than 600 mm,
above any course which is not fully set. Angles and reveals shall be kept
true, square and plumb. Broken walls must be laid up with a lead.
3.1.8 Walls shall be constructed as true planes and when tested with a 3.0 m
straight edge placed anywhere on the wall in any direction shall be true to
place within 3 mm and plumb within 4 mm. Each horizontal joint shall be
level and at same height in all walls around the room and true to the lines
and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Unsatisfactory work shall be
removed and replaced.
3.1.9 Intersecting concrete block walls shall be tied together in a masonry bond.
3.1.10 Where fire-rated walls are called for, construct walls with block of proper
solids content to provide the required rating.
3.1.11 Provide special units at jambs, heads, sills, corners and bonding blocks as
required. External corners shall be bull-nosed throughout.
3.1.12 Build hollow metal frames into masonry work at correct elevations using
anchors furnished with frames. Frames to be set and maintained square,
plumb and true.
3.1.13 Extend masonry partitions, unless shown otherwise, to within 20 mm of
underside of structure. Fill the 20 mm gap with insulation under 25%
compression, so placed that space is left each side of the finished wall to
accept joint sealant. At fire-rated enclosures ensure gap at top is filled
and sealed to meet wall fire rating and BS 476 part 20 fire resistance,
whichever is grater.

04800 – Block Works PAGE 5 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.1.14 Install in masonry all nailing plugs, ground, inserts, anchors and other
items supplied by other trades, and where required so as to receive anchor
bolts for the securing of wall cabinets, shelves, vanities, etc.
3.2 Joint Finishing

3.2.1 Unless otherwise specified, rod all joints in exposed masonry work
(concave). Use a plastic pointing tool which will not cause staining of the
mortar.
3.2.2 Concrete block which is to be plastered directly or which is to receive tiles
applied with a mortar bed, shall have the joints raked back 12 mm for the
full thickness of the joint.
3.2.3 Use flush joints for concrete block walls which are not exposed in the
finished work, or plastered direct.
3.2.4 Rake-out joints where interior walls and partitions butt to concrete
columns to a depth of 12 mm on both sides, full height, ready to receive
sealants, specified under Section 07920.

3.3 Lintels and Bearing Blocks

3.4.1.1 Install reinforced concrete lintels over openings in concrete block walls.
Lintels shall a minimum of 200 mm bearing on supporting masonry.
3.4.1.2 Install solid concrete masonry bearing blocks at the jambs of all concrete
block. The bearing blocks to be of the same material as the adjacent wall
surfaces.
3.4.1.3 Contractor, at his option, may provide cast-in-place concrete lintels, or
precast concrete lintels with the approval of ENGINEER.
3.4 Grouting

3.5.1 Grout pressed steel frames in masonry walls to full height of jamb, using
6 mm gravel, sand and cement.
3.5.2 Grout with 25 N/mm2 concrete with 6 mm aggregate all voids containing
re-bars.
3.5 Anchors

3.6.1 To Provide Lateral Support:

a. Intersecting bearing walls shall be tied together with a prefabricated


"Galvanized Tee Section" of wall reinforcement or Galvanized
strap anchor conforming to set in first two bed courses and every
alternate course thereafter, full height of wall.
b. Tops of masonry walls up to 45 mm height, shall be secured to
slabs/beams (framing structure element) above with strap anchors
securely fixed to the slab/beam and securely embedded into mortar
joints of the wall. Space anchors not more than 600 mm apart.

04800 – Block Works PAGE 6 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.6 Horizontal Reinforcing

All block walls and partitions shall be reinforced with horizontal reinforcing
galvanized steel mesh/galvanized expanded metal mesh conforming to BS EN
10142, as follows:

3.6.1 Reinforcement to be set in mortar bed joints and lapped at least 300 mm at
all splices and at corners and intersections.

3.6.2 Reinforcement to terminate at each side of expansion & control joints.

3.6.3 Reinforcement to be continuous and set in first two bed courses and
onwards in every alternate bed course @ 400 mm thereafter, to full height
of wall or partition.

3.6.4 Mesh need not be more than 1.5 mm thick.

3.6.5 Bed joint of the top course of block is to be reinforced in all cases.

3.6.6 Reinforcement to be set in the second and third bed joints 200 mm apart
immediately above lintels and below sills of openings and shall extend at
least 900 mm beyond the jambs.

3.7 Vertical & Horizontal Stiffeners

3.9.1.1 Block work more than 6 m in height shall be reinforced with reinforced
concrete stiffening frame work comprising of 200 x 200 mm verticals at
4.00 meter centre and 200 x 300 mm horizontals at mid-height or at
every 3.00 meters in case wall height is bigger than 5.00 meters

3.8 Control Joints

3.8.1 All anticipated movement shall be accommodated according to the


recommendations of BS 5628 Part 3 “Use of Masonry”.

3.8.2 Where masonry is continuous at an internal or external angle, the position


of first angle should be designed to be within 3m of the angle.

3.8.3 Construct vertical control joints in masonry walls at maximum 6000 mm


o.c. and/or where directed by ENGINEER.

3.8.4 Joints shall be constructed full height of the walls or partitions.

3.8.5 Joints shall be formed by using one half and full blocks to form a
continuous straight vertical joint and placing continuous tarred or waxed
paper or asphalt emulsion on the end half-cells of the blocks; the resulting
center key cavity is to be completely filled with mortar as each course is
placed.

3.8.6 Vertical joint between the block ends shall be raked out to a depth of 12
mm full height, both sides and left ready to receive caulking specified
under Section 07920.

04800 – Block Works PAGE 7 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.9 Cleaning

3.9.1 As the work proceeds, carefully remove mortar splashes from masonry
surfaces and adjoining surfaces. After completing each section of the wall,
clean down surfaces and make good where required. Remove excess
material with a wet sponge before setting.

3.9.2 In all cases, first clean a sample area of masonry in an approved location
and obtain approval of ENGINEER, before completing work.

- END OF SECTION-

04800 – Block Works PAGE 8 Of 8 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

DIVISION FIVE – METAL


05500 - METAL FABRICATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Summary
1.1.1 This Specification includes the following:
a. Steel pipe railings and handrails.
b. Metal ladder
1.2 Related Work
1.2.1 Work of this section is considered as specialist work.
1.3 References
1.3.1 Comply with all requirements of the Local Regulations.

1.3.2 Unless noted otherwise in this specification, works of this section is to be carried
out in accordance with relevant British standard specifications.

1.3.3 Referenced Standards:


1.3.3.1 BS 4 Part 1: Hot rolled section.
1.3.3.2 BS 5950: Structural use of steelwork in buildings.
1.3.3.3 BS 3692: ISO Metric precision hexagon bolts, screws and nuts.
1.3.3.4 BS EN499: 1995: Covered electrodes for the manual metal arc welding
of carbon manganese steels.
1.3.3.5 BS EN ISO 1461: 1999: Hot dip galvanized coatings on iron and steel
articles.
1.3.3.6 BS4570: Specifications for fusion welding of steel casting.
1.3.3.7 BS EN ISO 1011-2: 2001: Process of arc welding of carbon and carbon
manganese steels.
1.3.3.8 BS EN 287: Approval testing of welders for fusion welding.
1.3.3.9 BS 4395: High Strength friction grip bolts and associated nuts and
washers for structural engineering.
1.3.3.10 BS 4604: The use of high strength friction grip bolts in structural steel
work.
1.3.3.11 BS 7079: Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints
and related products.
1.3.3.12 BS 5493: Codes of practice for the protective coating of iron and steel
structures against corrosion.
1.3.3.13 ASTM A 786: Steel floor plate.
1.3.3.14 ASTM A 569: Steel Grating
1.4 Quality Assurance
1.4.1 The work of this section shall be designed, fabricated, installed and erected by a
firm (Steel Work Contractor) approved by ENGINEER. The steelwork
Contractor shall provide a full time, senior, experienced and qualified
representative, acceptable to ENGINEER, to direct work on site.

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 1 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.4.2 Information to be submitted involve engineering services including design,


execution, operations procedures and shop drawings which shall be prepared by
or under the direct supervision of a professional engineer. He shall check all
drawings and calculations before submission to ENGINEER, and shall certify
that he has made such checks by stamping and signing the information submitted.

1.4.3 Structural steel supplied under this section shall be manufactured in England,
Germany, France, Canada or the United States of America or approved equal.

1.4.4 Quality System: Comply with ISO 9001/9002 Quality System as a minimum.
Incorporate all the standard procedures supplied by the ENGINEER.

1.4.5 Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:


a. AWS D1.1, “Structural Welding Code Steel”
b. AWS D1.3, “Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel”
c. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed A WS qualification tests
for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone re-
certification.
1.4.6 Mockups:
a. Offsite Mockup for Review and Testing: Use the same installation methods
and materials as required for the Work. Schedule construction so that it
may be reviewed, and any necessary adjustments made, prior to
commencing fabrication of the Work.

1.5 Source Quality Control


1.5.1 Inspection and testing of materials and shop fabrication of works of this Section,
and field quality control specified elsewhere in this section, will be performed by
an inspection and Testing ENGINEER approved by ENGINEER.

1.5.2 Inspection and Testing ENGINEER shall carry out.


1.5.2.1 Mill Inspection: Check that materials conform to specified standards.
Mill test reports, properly corrected materials will be accepted in lieu
of physical tests.
1.5.2.2 Shop Inspection: Verify that:
- Structural Steel is fabricated in accordance with shop drawings.
- Specified fabrication, welding, cleaning and painting procedures
are followed.

- Surfaces inaccessible for cleaning and painting after assembly


are treated before assembly.

- For surfaces painted with zinc-rich paint or zinc primer, specified


surface preparation is followed, and specified paint thickness is
applied.

1.5.2.3 Shop Inspection: Verify that:

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 2 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

- Carry out non-destructive testing of welded connections in


accordance with Section 5.5 of National Structural Steelwork
Specification for Building Construction.
1.6 Submittals
1.6.1 Product Data: For steel floor plate, paint products, and grout.
1.6.2 Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication
indicated. Include plans, elevations, Specifications, and details of metal
fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
a. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under
other Specifications.

1.6.3 Engineering Calculations:


a. Include structural computations, material properties, and other information
needed for structural analysis that has been signed and sealed by the
structural engineer who was responsible for their preparation.

b. Calculation and shop drawings to be submitted simultaneously.


1.6.4 Samples representative of materials and furnished products as may be requested
by the ENGINEER.

1.6.5 Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel
and welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance"
Article.

1.6.6 Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in “Quality Assurance”
Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of
completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
engineers and owners, and other information specified.

1.6.7 As-Built Drawings: At project close out, submit Record (As- Built) Drawings of
completed work products.

1.7 Warranty
General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive
ENGINEER of other rights, ENGINEER may have under other provisions of the Contract
Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by
the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 Metals, General
2.1.1 Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the
completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without
blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller
marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.

2.2 Ferrous Metals


2.2.1 Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36M.
2.2.2 Rolled Steel Floor Plates: ASTM A 786.
2.2.3 Steel Tubing:

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 3 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

a. Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500.


i. Provide tubing with hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 53.
2.2.4 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is
indicated or required by structural loads.
2.2.5 Malleable-Iron Castings: ASTM A 47M, Grade 32510.
2.2.6 Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A 48M, Class 200, unless another class is indicated
or required by structural loads.

2.2.7 Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from


corrosion-resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load
imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488,
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
a. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47M
malleable iron or ASTM A 27/ A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers,
and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M.

2.2.8 Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for
metal alloy welded.

2.3 Paint
2.3.1 Primers:
a. Interior Priming as per the specification
b. Exterior Priming as per the specification
2.3.2 Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds
in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20.

2.3.3 Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12,
except containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying
with ASTM D 1187.

2.4 Fasteners
2.4.1 General: Provide Type 316 Galvanized-Iron fasteners for exterior use and zinc-
plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where
built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
2.4.2 Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6;
with hex nuts, ASTM A 563M; and, where indicated, flat washers.
2.4.3 Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.
2.4.4 Machine Screws: ASME BI8.6.7M.
2.4.5 Lag Bolts: ASME BI8.2.3.8M.
2.4.6 Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ASME B 18.6.1.
2.4.7 Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME BI8.22M.
2.4.8 Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B 18.21.2M.
2.4.9 Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below
with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load
imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed
05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 4 Of 9 REV.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted


by a qualified independent testing agency.
a. Interior Material: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with
ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.
b. Exterior Material: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless-steel bolts complying with
ASTM F 738M and nuts complying with ASTM F 836M.

2.4.10 Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588, tumble-wing type, class and style as needed.

2.5 Grout
2.5.1 General: Grout shall meet the specification "Cast-in-Place Concrete"
2.5.2 Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by the manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

2.6 Concrete Fill


2.6.1 Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in the
Specification "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-
mix concrete with a minimum 28-day cube compressive strength of 40 MPa,
unless approved otherwise.

2.7 Fabrication, General


2.7.1 Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for
shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value
of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

2.7.2 Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.

2.7.3 Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1 mm, unless otherwise


indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing
grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

2.7.4 Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: Use
materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
a. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
b. Remove welding flux immediately.
c. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches that of adjacent surface.

2.7.4 Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in
place and to support indicated loads.

2.7.6 Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish
hardware, screws, and similar items.

2.7.7 Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner so as to exclude


water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 5 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.7.8 Allow for thermal movement resulting from the maximum change (range) in
ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints,
overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental
effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to
both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss.

a. Temperature Change (Range): Refer to the Specification

2.7.9 Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges.

2.7.10 Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces

2.7.11 Form exposed connection with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not
indicated, Phillips flat head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where
least conspicuous.

2.7.12 Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated
but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated.
Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details
of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for
various components of each metal fabrication.

2.8 Steel Pipe Railings and Handrails

2.8.1 General:

2.8.2 Construct railing and handrails to conform to sizes and arrangements indicated.
Join pieces together by welding, unless otherwise indicated. Provide complete
assemblies, railings, posts and other components necessary.
A. Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt-welding or welding
with internal connectors.
i. At tee and cross intersections, notch ends of intersecting members to
fit contour of pipe to which end is joined and weld all around.

B. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe to produce uniform


curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical
cross-section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting,
cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe.

C. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails.

D. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 4.5 -mm thick steel plate in place or
by use of prefabricated fittings, except where clearance of end of pipe and
adjoining wall surface is 6 mm or less.

E. Toe Boards: Provide toe boards at railings around openings and at the edge
of open sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details
indicated, or if not indicated, use 100 mm high x 3 mm steel plate welded
to, and centered between, each railing post.

F. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end


closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections
of pipe and attachment of railings and handrails to other work.
05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 6 Of 9 REV.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

i. For removable railing posts, fabricate slip-fit sockets from steel pipe
whose inside diameter is sized for a close fit with posts and to limit
deflection of post without lateral load, measured at top, to not more
than 1/12 of post height. Provide socket covers designed and
fabricated to resist accidental dislodgment.

G. Fillers: Provide steel sheet or plate fillers of thickness required to support


structural loads of handrails where needed to transfer wall bracket loads
through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish
thicknesses. Size fillers to produce adequate bearing to prevent bracket
rotation and overstressing of substrate.

H. Construction:
i. Exterior Steel Railings and Handrails: Steel pipe with, fittings,
brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components.
- Finish: Hot dipped galvanize after fabrication.

ii. Interior Steel Railings and Handrails: 37.5 mm outside diameter steel
pipe with black finish, provide non-galvanized ferrous metal fittings,
brackets, fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors secured to
exterior masonry and concrete construction.
- Finish: Prime painted.

2.9 Aluminum Pipe Railings and Handrails

Construct railing and handrails to conform to sizes and arrangements indicated. Join
pieces together by welding, unless otherwise indicated. Provide complete assemblies,
railings, posts and other components necessary.

2.10 Finishes, General

Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.11 Steel and Iron Finishes

2.11.1 Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable


standard listed below:
a. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
b. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and
steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates,
bars, and strip 0.76 mm thick or thicker.
- Coating Thickness Grade: 85

2.11.2 Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply
with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation
specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal
fabrications:
a. Exteriors (SSPC Zone IB): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast
Cleaning."
b. Interiors (SSPC Zone lA): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 7 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.11.3 Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with
galvanized finishes and those to be secured to concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing,
or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint
Application Specification No. I," for shop painting.
a. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

3.0 EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation

3.1.1 Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,


instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, including anchor boIts, and
miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be secured to concrete or
masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site.

3.2 Project Conditions

3.2.1 Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other
construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and
indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with
construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
a. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,
guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating products without field
measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions
correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting.

3.3 Coordination

3.3.1 Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting


drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be
secured to concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
installation.

3.4 Installation, General

3.4.1 Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners


where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include
threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts,
lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors.

3.4.2 Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location,
alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of
rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

3.4.3 Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built
into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

3.4.4 Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld
connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of
exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for
bolted or screwed field connections.

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 8 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

3.4.5 Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:


a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
and corrosion resistance of base metals.
b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
c. Remove welding flux immediately.
d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches that of adjacent surface.
e. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come
into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with
a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

3.5 Adjusting and Cleaning

3.5.1 Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the
same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA-1 for touching
up shop-painted surfaces.
a. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 0.05-mm dry film
thickness.

3.5.2 Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in the painting
specification.

3.6 Defective Work

3.6.1 Variations in excess of specified tolerances, and failure of materials or


workmanship to meet requirements of this specification, and which cannot be
repaired by approved methods, will be considered defective work performed by
this Section.

3.6.2 Replace defective work, as directed by ENGINEER.

3.6.3 Contractor shall pay for additional inspection and testing and related expenses.

END OF SECTION

05500 – METAL FABRICATION PAGE 9 Of 9 REV.00


Project: Construction Of Mosque
Client: General Authority For islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section specifies steel stairs with railings.
B. Types:
1. Closed riser stairs with concrete filled treads and platforms.
1.2 RALATED WORK
A. Concrete fill for treads and platforms: Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
B. Wall handrails and railings for other than steel stairs: Section 05500, METAL
FABRICATIONS.
C. Requirements for shop painting: Section 09900, PAINTING.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS.
B. Shop Drawings: Show design, fabrication details, installation, connections, material, and size
of members.
1.4 APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The
publications are referenced in the text by basic designation.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
A36/A36M-04 ........................Structural Steel
A47-99 (R2004) .....................Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings
A48-03 ...................................Gray Iron Castings
A53-04 ...................................Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated Welded and
Seamless
A307-04 .................................Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60000 psi Tensile Strength
A500-98 .................................Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
A611-97 .................................Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Structural Quality
A653/653M-04.......................Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc Alloy Coated
(Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
A563-04 .................................Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts

SECTION 05510 – METAL STAIRS Page 1 / 5


REV.00
Project: Construction Of Mosque
Client: General Authority For islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

A1008-04 ...............................Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength,


Low-Alloy
A786/A786M-00 ....................Rolled Steel Floor Plates
A1011-04 ...............................Steel, Sheet and Strip, Strip, Hot-Rolled Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength, Low-Alloy
C. American Welding Society (AWS):
D1.1-00 ..................................Structural Welding Code-Steel
D1.3-98 ..................................Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel
D. The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufactures (NAAMM) Manuals:
Metal Bar Gratings (ANSI/NAAMM MBG 531-93)
2nd Edition-1985 ...................Pipe Railing Manual, Including Round Tube
E. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI):
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA

A. Design stairs to support a live load of 500 kg/m2 and 135 kg concentrated.
B. Structural design, fabrication and assembly in accordance with requirements of NAAMM
Metal Stairs Manual, except as otherwise specified or shown.
C. Design pipe railings in accordance with NAAMM Pipe Railing Manual for 900 N (200 pounds)
in any direction at any point.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Standard Weight, zinc coated.
B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.
C. Sheet Steel: ASTM A611 Grade C.
D. Structural Steel: ASTM A36.
E. Steel Floor Plate: ASTM 786.
F. Steel Decking: Form from zinc coated steel conforming to ASTM A446, with properties
conforming to AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
G. Iron Castings: ASTM A48, Class 30.
H. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47.

SECTION 05510 – METAL STAIRS Page 2 / 5


REV.00
Project: Construction Of Mosque
Client: General Authority For islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.3 FABRICATION GENERAL


A. Fasteners:
1. Conceal bolts and screws wherever possible.
2. Use countersunk heads on exposed bolts and screws with ends of bolts and screws dressed
flush after nuts are set.
B. Welding:
1. Structural steel, AWS D1.1 and sheet steel, AWS D1.3.
2. Where possible, locate welds on unexposed side.
3. Grind exposed welds smooth and true to contour of welded member.
4. Remove welding splatter.
C. Remove sharp edges and burrs.
D. Fit stringers to head channel and close ends with steel plates welded in place where shown.
E. Fit face stringer to newel post as shown on plans.
F. Shop Prime Painting: Prepare surface and apply primer as specified for ferrous metals in
Section, PAINTING.

2.4 RAILINGS
A. Fabricate railings, including handrails, from steel pipe with flush.
1. Connections may be standard fittings designed for welding, or coped or mitered pipe with
full welds. See plans.
2. Wall handrails are provided under Section, METAL FABRICATIONS.
B. Return ends of handrail to wall and close free end.
C. Provide standard terminal castings where fastened to newel.
D. Space intermediate posts not over four feet on center between end posts.
E. Fabricate handrail brackets from cast malleable iron.
F. Provide standard terminal fittings at ends of post and rails.

2.5 CLOSED RISER STAIRS

A. Provide treads, risers, platforms, railings, stringers, headers and other supporting members.
B. Fabricate pans for treads and platforms, and risers from sheet steel.
C. Form risers with sanitary cove.
D. Fabricate stringers, headers, and other supporting members from structural steel.

SECTION 05510 – METAL STAIRS Page 3 / 5


REV.00
Project: Construction Of Mosque
Client: General Authority For islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 STAIR INSTALLATION

A. Provide hangers and struts required to support the loads imposed.


B. Perform job site welding and bolting as specified for shop fabrication.
C. Set stairs and other members in position and secure to structure as shown.
D. Install stairs plumb, level and true to line.
E. Provide steel closure plate to fill any gap between the stringer and surrounding shaft wall. Weld
and finish with prime and paint finish of adjoining steel.

3.2 RAILING INSTALLATION

A. Install standard terminal fittings at ends of posts and rails.


B. Secure brackets, posts and rails to steel by welds, and to masonry or concrete with expansion
sleeves and bolts, except secure posts at concrete by setting in sleeves filled with commercial
non-shrink grout.
C. Set rails horizontal or parallel to rake of stairs to within 3 mm in 3650 mm (1/8-inch in 12 feet).
D. Set posts plumb and aligned to within 3 mm in 3650 mm (1/8-inch in 12 feet).

3.3 FIELD PRIME PAINTING

A. When installation is complete, clean field welds and surrounding areas to bright metal, and coat
with same primer paint used for shop priming.
B. Touch-up abraded areas with same primer paint used for shop priming.
C. Touch up abraded galvanized areas with zinc rich paint as specified in section PAINTING.
---END---

SECTION 05510 – METAL STAIRS Page 4 / 5


REV.00
Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

SECTION 05521 - PIPE and TUBE RAILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of Contract


and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section covers steel handrails, guards rails, curb rails and foot rails as detailed
on Drawing and includes, but shall not be necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Wall-mounted steel pipe handrails.


2. Tread-mounted steel pipe stair handrails.
3. Floor-mounted steel plate and pipe guardrail.
4. Floor-mounted steel built-up boxes (for illumination installation) and steel
pipes guardrails.
5. Tread-mounted steel pipe/tube and bars stair handrails.
6. Sill-mounted steel pipe handrail.
7. Floor-mounted stainless steel foot rails.
8. Tread-mounted steel pipe separator handrail.
9. Floor-mounted removable steel pipe railing.

B. Included also in this Section, steel pipe handrail and railing to steel stairs.

C. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrication" for specifications of steel stairs.


2. Division 5 Section "Ornamental Metal" for glass mounted stainless steel
handrails.
3. Division 9 Section "High Performance Coatings".
4. Division 10 Section "Post and Panel Signs" for freestanding exterior
aluminum panel signs, including accessible parking signs.
5. Division 10 Section "Pylon Signs" for freestanding exterior signs.
6. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for illuminated signs
7. Division 16 sections for electrical service and connections for illuminated
handrail

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: In engineering handrails and railings to withstand structural loads


indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of handrail and railing
materials based on the following:

Section 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 1 of 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. Structural Steel: AISC S335, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings


Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design with Commentary."
2. Cold-Formed Structural Steel: AISI SG-673, Part I, "Specification for the
Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."

B. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings


complying with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance, based on
testing performed according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.

C. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior handrails and railings that allow for thermal
movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and
surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of
components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering
calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and
nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 35 deg. C, ambient; 65 deg. C, material


surfaces.

D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by


insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible
materials.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected handrails and railings.


2. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings. Include
plans, elevations, sections, component details, and attachments to other Work.

1. For installed handrails and railings indicated to comply with design loads,
include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional
engineer responsible for their preparation.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of
colors available for products with factory-applied color finishes.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: Short sections of railing or flat, sheet metal samples
showing available mechanical finishes.

E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
components indicated below and of same thickness and metal indicated for the
Work. If finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets
showing the full range of variations expected.

Section 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 2 of 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1. 150 mm long sections of each distinctly different linear railing member,


including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters.
2. Fittings and brackets.
3. Assembled sample of railing system, made from full-size components,
including top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Show method of finishing
members at intersections. Sample need not be full height.

F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance"
Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed
projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
architects/engineers and owners, and other information specified.

G. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating handrails and
railings comply with ASTM E 985, based on comprehensive testing of current
products.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality System: Comply with ISO 9001/9002 Quality System as a minimum.


Incorporate all the standard procedures supplied by the Engineer and the Employer.

B. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a qualified structural consulting engineer to


prepare design calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural data.

C. Consulting Engineer Qualifications: A consulting engineer who is legally registered


and qualified to practice in Abu Dhabi and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of handrails and railings that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to the


Engineer, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 548.

E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of handrail and railing through one source
from a single manufacturer.

F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

1.6 STORAGE

A. Store handrails and railings in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place, and protect
from damage.

Section 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 3 of 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify handrail and railing dimensions by field measurements


before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for handrails and railings. Furnish setting


drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be
embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
installation.

1.9 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule installation so handrails and railings are mounted only on completed walls.
Do not support temporarily by any means that does not satisfy structural
performance requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METALS

A. General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units.

B. Steel and Iron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated, complying with the
following requirements:

1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; finish, type, and weight class as follows:

a. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated


b. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated.
c. Type F, or Type S, Grade A, Schedule 80, unless higher grade and
weight are required by structural loads.

2. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing, ASTM A 500, Grade A, unless


another grade is required by structural loads.
3. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
4. Iron Castings: Malleable iron complying with ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010.

C. Stainless Steel: Grade or type designated below for each form required.

1. Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 304.


2. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M, Grade TP 304.
3. Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M, Grade CF 8 or CF 20.

Section 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 4 of 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

4. Plate: ASTM A 666, Type 304.

D. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and
finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 WELDING MATERIALS, FASTENERS, AND ANCHORS

A. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and
electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for
color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items.

B. Fasteners for Anchoring Handrails and Railings to Other Construction: Select


fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for
anchoring handrails and railings to other types of construction indicated and capable
of withstanding design loads.

1. For steel handrails, railings, and fittings, use plated fasteners complying with
ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating.

C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Handrail and Railing Components: Use fasteners


fabricated from same basic metal as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do
not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined.

1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting handrail and railing


components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are
unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for handrails and railings
indicated.
2. Provide Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless
otherwise indicated.

D. Cast-in-Place, chemical and Postinstalled Anchors: Anchors of type indicated


below, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with capability to sustain,
without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit
masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing
agency acceptable to the Engineer.

1. Cast-in-place anchors.
2. Chemical anchors.
3. Expansion anchors.

2.3 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT

A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining,


noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout
specifically recommended by the manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

Section 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 5 of 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate handrails and railings to comply with requirements indicated for
design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but
not less than that required to support structural loads.

B. Assemble handrails and railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

C. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:

1. As detailed.
2. By bending.
3. By radius bends of radius indicated.
4. By flush radius bends.
5. By mitering at elbow bends.
6. By inserting prefabricated flush-elbow fittings.
7. By any method indicated above, applicable to change in direction involved.

D. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform
curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross
section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or
otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components.

E. Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings for connecting members by


welding. Cope components at perpendicular and skew connections to provide close
fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld connections continuously to
comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so that
no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of
adjoining surfaces.

F. Nonwelded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings by connecting members


with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated.
Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.

1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive
where this is manufacturer's standard splicing method.

G. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges,


miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect handrail and railing members to
other work, unless otherwise indicated.

Section 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 6 of 12 Rev.00


Project: Construction of Mosque
Client: General Authority for Islamic Affairs & Endowments
& Crown Prince Court
Location: Abu Dhabi – Sector W14-1 – Plot no. P8

H. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails and railings to
concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding
loads imposed by handrails and railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with
supporting structure.

I. For railing posts set in concrete, provide preset sleeves of steel not less than 150 mm
long with inside dimensions not less than 12 mm greater than outside dimensions of
post, and steel plate forming bottom closure.

J. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut
edges.

K. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1 mm, unless otherwise indicated.


Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation
or otherwise impairing the Work.

L. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap components, as indicated, to receive finish hardware,
screws, and similar items.

M. Provide weep holes or other means to drain entrapped water in hollow sections of
handrail and railing members that are exposed to exterior or to moisture from
condensation or other sources.

N. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a watertight manner.

O. Close exposed ends of handrail and railing members with prefabricated end fittings.

P. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at
edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details
indicated.